R-2015-032 2015-02-23RESOLUTION NO. R2015-32
A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas,
awarding a bid for the construction of the Kirby Drive Underground
Duct Bank Facilities Project, from Fruge Road to the future extension of
South Spectrum Road, to North Houston Pole Line, LP, in the amount of
$563,345.00.
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS:
Section 1. That competitive bids for the construction of the Kirby Drive
Underground Duct Bank Facilities Project have been reviewed and tabulated.
Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to North Houston Pole
Line, LP, in the amount of $563,345.00.
Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a
contract for the construction of the Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank Facilities Project.
PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 23fd day of February,
A.D.. 2015.
ATTEST:
TOM REID
MAYOR
``%t IIIIIf/,,,/
•
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
DARRIN M. COKER
CITY ATTORNEY
C
Resolution No: R2015-32
Exhibit
. LJA Engineering, Inc.
2929 Briarpark Drive. Phone 713.953.5200
Suite 600 Fax 713.953.5026
Houston,Texas 77042-3703 www.ljaengineering.com
February 12, 2015
• City of Pearland
rojects Department
3519 Liberty Dr.
Pearland,.Texas 77581
Re: Recommendation of Award
Construction of the Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank
Facilities Project
(From Fruge Road to Amerlux Property)
City of Pearland
Bid No:: 0115-14
LJA.Job No. 1957-.1401 (11,0)
Dear Sirs:
On February 3,2015,we received the bid tabulation for the referenced project. After review of the
bid tabulation submitted and receiving favorable recommendations from previous clients such as
• finishing work on time and having a great safety record, we recommend that the contract be
awarded to the low bidder, North Houston Pole Line, L.P;,for the Total Amount Bid of$563,345.00
and 30/40 calendar days construction time.
Enclosed for your review is a copy of the:bid.tabulation. Please call me at 713.953.5274 if you •
have any questions regarding the bid.
07
Since ly,
:.% / . .
Project Engineer
QH/ba
Enclosure
Copy: Mr. James Ross, P.E.;LJA Engineering, Inc. (w/enclosure)
Ms. Amada Rodriguez, P.E., LJA Engineering, Inc:(w/enclosure)
Ms. Jennifer Lee, City of Pearland(w/enclosure)
O:\LAND\1957\1957-1401\RECAWARD_KIRBY DUCT BANK.DOC
KIRBY DRIVE UNDERGROUND DUCT BANK FACILITY PROJECT
BIDS
Event Number 0115-14 Addendum 3 Organization Pearland,TX
Kirby Drive Underground Duct
Event Title Bank Facilities Project Workgroup Projects Department
The Project entails construction of approximately
1,957 L.F.of underground electrical duct bank
(1,455 L.F.of 6x6"PVC conduits,285 L.F.of 4x6"
PVC conduits,and 217 L.F.of 2x6"PV conduits)
contained
within an easement along Kirby Drive from Fruge
Event Description Rd.to the Amerlux Property. Event Owner Debbie Cody
Event Type Invitation to Bid Email dcody@pearlandtx.gov
Issue Date 1/15/2015 6:21:48 PM Central Phone 281(652)1732
Close Date 2/3/2015 2:00:00 PM Central Fax
Response Submitted Lines Responded
Responding Supplier City State Response Total
North Houston Pole Line L.P. Houston TX 2/3/2015 10:29:23 AM 15
$563,345.00
2/3/2015 11:10:44 AM 15 $564,359.00
TCH Friendswood TX
McDonald Electric Houston TX
2/3/2015 12:55:59 PM 15 $591,169.00
MP Nexlevel of Texas LLC Cypress TX 2/3/2015 12:41:00 PM 15
$624,659.00
Harper Brothers Construction Houston TX
2/3/2015 1:09:30 PM 15 $819,503.00
THE FISHEL COMPANY Roanoke TX
2/3/2015 12:32:30 PM 15 $827,296.39
Engineer's Estimate Houston TX NA 15 $681,577.50
Please note:Lines Responded and Response Total only includes responses to specification. No alternate response data is included.
0115-14 Addendum 3-Page 1
iigt AP 419 ® ...Cuery/Lnfo faSeleition ,�i Druw -.Lat/Long LSystem
L Exhibit C-Kirby Drive Duct Bank Facilities Location Map
Queries
Markup .
a'
Let/tong
Overview Map 0''iik
I
0
H E111'i - ri#1
(rw4--- _
mai
'i : ) / !, 0 "--
0.
f,- 4,- ,'", # 0,.., f,,,,,,, ,
��
Tool:Draw Rectangle X:311148797,V:13778697.07,Longitde:-95.4030,Lat6tde.29.5873 1.12-13°° / Soles Bookmarks
Project Manual
for:
Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank
Facilities Project
(From Fruge Road to Amerlux Property)
BidNo.:0115 14
January, 2015
Prepared By:
LJA Engineering, Inc.
2929 Briarpark Drive, Suite 600
Houston, Texas 77042
Project Manual
for:
Kirby Drive Underground Duct
Bank Facilities Project
(From Fruge Road to Amerlux Property)
COP Project No.: LK1401
Bid No.: 00115 14
January, 2015
Prepared By:
LJA Engineering, Inc.
2929 Briarpark Drive, Suite 600
Houston, Texas 77042
4
k' 1;-
FRN F-1386
LJA Engineering, Inc.
SECTION TITLE
CITY OF PEARLAND
BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 0 — BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
00100 Invitation to Bid
00200 Instructions to Bidders
00300 Bid Proposal
00500 Standard Form of Agreement
00610 Performance Bond
00611 Payment Bond
00612 One -Yeas Maintenance Bond
00615 Partial Waiver of Lien
00700 General Conditions of Agreement
00800 Special Conditions of Agreement
00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01100 Summary of Work
01140 Contractor's Use of Premises
01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures
01290 Change Order Procedures
01310 Coordination and Meetings
01350 Submittals
01380 Construction Photographs
01420 Referenced Standards
01430 Contractor's Quality Control
01440 Inspection Services
01450 Testing Laboratory Services
01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01505 Mobilization
01550 Stabilized Construction Exit
01555 Traffic Control and Regulation
01560 Filter Fabric Fence
01561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier
01562 Waste Material Disposal
01563 Tree and Plant Protection
01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water
01565 TPDES Requirements
01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation
01570 Trench Safety System
01580 Project Identification Signs
01600 Material and Equipment
01630 Product Options and Substitutions
01720 Field Surveying
00010 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS
01750
01760
01770
Starting Systems
Project Record Documents
Contract Closeout
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
02200 Site Preparation
02220 Site Demolition
02252 Cement Stabilized Sand
02255 Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials
02316 Excavation and Backfill for Roadways
02317 Excavation and Backfill for Structures
02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
02330 Embankment
02335 Subgrade
02370 Geotextile
02415 Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers
02417 Augering Pipe or Casing for Water Lines
02510 Water Mains
02511 Water Meters
02512 Polyethylene Wrap
02513 Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large Diameter Water Lines
02514 Fire Hydrant Assembly
02515 Water Tap and Service Line Installation
02520 Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults
02530 Gravity Sanitary Sewers
02531 Sanitary Sewer Service Leads or Reconnections
02532 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Solid Wall Pipe
02533 Sanitary Sewage Force Mains
02534 PVC Pipe
02540 Tapping Sleeves and Valves
02541 Water and Wastewater Line Valves
02542 Concrete Manholes and Accessories
02582 Thermoplastic Pavement Markings
02603 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers
02624 Structural Plate Culvert Structures
02628 Jacking Pipe or Box
02629 Safety End Treatments
02630 Storm Sewers
02631 Precast Inlets, Headwalls, and Wingwalls
02632 Cast -in -Place Inlets, Headwalls and Wingwalls
02633 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, and Valve Boxes
02634 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
02635 Steel Pipe and Fittings
02636 Polyurethane Coating on Steel or Ductile Iron Pipe
02710 Base Course for Pavement
02741 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement
02742 Prime Coat
02743 Tack Coat
00010-2of3
CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS
02744 Single Course Surface Treatment
02751 Concrete Pavement
02762 Temporary and Removable Reflectorized
02770 Curb, Curb & Gutter, and Headers
02771 Concrete Sidewalks
02775 Concrete Driveways
02811 Landscape Irrigation
02820 Wood Fences and Gates
02821 Chain Link Fences and Gates
02910 Topsoil
02921 Hydromulch Seeding
02922 Sodding
02931 Landscape and Tree Planting
02980 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing
02981 Blast Cleaning of Pavement
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03300
03310
13730
Cast In Place Concrete
Structural Concrete
Computer Equipment
Pavement Marking
END OF SECTION
00010-3of3
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS
Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m., Tuesday, February 3, 2015 and read aloud
into the public record for the following project:
Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank Facilities Project
From Fruge Road to Amerlux Property
City of Pearland, Texas
COP PN: LK1404
BID NO.: 0115-14
The Project entails construction of approximately 1,957 L F of underground electrical duct bank
(1,455 L F of 6x6" PVC conduits, 285 L F of 4x6" PVC conduits, and 217 L F of 2x6' PV
conduits) contained within an easement along Kirby Drive from Fruge Rd. to the Amerlux Property.
A Mandatory Pre -Bid Conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 Liberty
Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 2:00 p.m. on January 27, 2015.
Bids should be submitted through the E-Bid system located on the City's website at:
https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx or by hard -copy to the office of the City Secretary, 3519
Liberty Dr., Pearland, Texas 77581 by the above stated time. Interested Bidders are advised to
register as a `supplier" on the City s E-Bid System at the above website by clicking on "Supplier
Registration" and completing a short registration questionnaire. Electronic B'd Documents,
including Plans, Technical Specifications and Bid Forms are available for download after
registration is approved by City Purchasing office. No plan fees or deposits are required for bid
documents obtained through the City's E-bid System. Questions regarding electronic bidding
should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids(2pearlandtx.gov.
Bid Documents are also available for review at the City of Pearland's Purchasing Department by
appointment (281 652-1600) at the above address or, from the following plan houses:
Amtek Plan Room
The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc.
Associated Builders & Contractors of Greater Houston
Dodge Reports
(713) 956-0100
(713) 334-7100
(713) 523-6222
(713) 316-9411
Bid Security, in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond, payable to the City of
Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price, must accompany each Bid proposal. See
Instructions to Bidders for Bond submittal information and instructions.
The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids
Young Lolling, TRMC
City Secretary, City of Pearland
First Publication date January 15, 2015
Second Publication date January 22, 2015
05-2014
O:\LAND\1957\1957-1401\Biddocs\00100 Notice to Bidders E-Bid revl-12-15.doc
00100 - 1 of 1
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Section 00200
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. Defined Terms
1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used
interchangeably with the term "the City" Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City.
1.2 The term ' Bidder" means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as
distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder"
means the lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation
as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The tennnn "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation
to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents
(including all Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids).
1.3 The teen "E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web -
based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the
pathway for interested Bidders to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The
term "e-bid" and/ or ' electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the
electronic Bid Proposal to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid"
or "e-bid" are used inter -changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized
bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders.
1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City s web -based contract administration and
construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project.
This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for
communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention
for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the
successful Bidder at the pre -Construction Meeting.
1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in
the Bidding Documents.
1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean
consecutive calendar day(s).
2 Registration for E-bid System
21 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at
https://pearland.ionwave.net/Logm aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific
project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier.
Potential Bidders MUST REGISTER as a ` Supplier' by clicking on the Supplier Registration button and
completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add
the codes listed below:
* Building Construction Services, New (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services)
* Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services)
* Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services)
* Construction Services, Trade (New Construction)
12-2014 00200 - 1 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes
Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact
information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, ` suppliers'
will receive emails notifying of bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will
automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E-
bid System will automatically send any and all updates, changes or addenda associated with
that project.
2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can
be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form
within the E-bid System.
2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to:
ebids@pearlandtx.gov.
3. Copies of Bidding Documents
3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to
registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids.
Interested Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid
Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications
from the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print
3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these
documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the
project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and
all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer.
3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan
Houses hsted in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders,
whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub -bidders bidding to a Bidder, register as a
Supplier and download the project Bid Documents.
3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither
Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from
the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including, but not limited to all Addenda
issued prior to bid.
3.4 Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above
terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a
license or grant for any other use.
4. Qualifications of Bidders
4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in
addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders,
the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two
(2) days of Owner s request any or all of such Qualifications requested:
1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and
scope;
12-2014 00200 - 2 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on -going projects and contracts for
construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete;
3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid;
4) A list of name, address and telephone number of references for projects completed by
Bidder; and
5) A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income
statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid
Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant.
The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder s net working capital,
which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall
be considered evidence of the Bidder s ability to provide sufficient financial management of
the project being bid. The Bidder s Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously
marked as "confidential' , and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from
the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et
seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or
would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder.
5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site
5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal to (a) examine
the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions
that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal,
state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing
of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract
Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the
Contract Documents, (f) to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Pro-Trak" software to
administer the construction process and perform the work of the project.
5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized
by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders
for review, but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and
should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or
opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or
construction.
5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground
utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon
information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground
facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness
thereof.
5 4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or
obtain any additional examinations investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain
any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface,
subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may
affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems
necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for perfotnning and furnishing the Work in
12-2014 00200 - 3 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents.
5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site
to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for
submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the
site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations.
5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for
access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual
arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage
of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing structures ate to be obtained and paid for by
Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by
Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without
exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work
required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques sequences or
procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the
Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to
indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing
of the Work.
6. Interpretations and Addenda
6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed
to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to
such questions will be issued by Addenda dehvered or transmitted by electronic means to all
registered Bidders to the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior
to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by
formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be
without legal effect.
6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by
Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders
that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System.
7. Bid Security
7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in
an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a
certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond ("Bid Security").
7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up -load a copy of their
Bid Security (sealed Bid Bond, Certified Check or Cashier's Check) as an attachment to
their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City
from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48
12-2014 00200 - 4 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City
Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581.
7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder
has executed the Standard Form of Agreement, and furnished the required Performance and
Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the
Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the
required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award,
Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid
Security. The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and
the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid
Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned.
8. Contract Time
8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in
the Bid Proposal foini and the Standard Form of Agreement subject to such extension of time
as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time").
All references to "time' or "days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days.
9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus
9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in
the Standard Faun of Agreement.
10 Substitute or "Or -Equal" Items
10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment
described in the Plans or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible
substitute or ' or -equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the
Specifications that a substitute or "or -equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished
or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be
considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or -equal" references
shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal". The procedure for submission of any such
application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract
Documents.
11. Bid Form
11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding
Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below,
and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid.
All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All
blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all
Alternates if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection.
11.2 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president
or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign)
and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary
12-2014 00200 - 5 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once
executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid.
11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by
a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general
partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership
must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature.
Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid.
11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be
filled in on the Bid Proposal form).
11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal
must be shown on the Bid Proposal form.
12. Submission of Bid Proposals
12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in
accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule
shall be made by Addenda.
12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and
conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System
electronic bidding software All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential
supplier, (Bidder) E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at
https //pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx.
Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected.
13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals
13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without
prejudice.
13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly
executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City
Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas
77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals.
13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means.
A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid
Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent
to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland.
13.4 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened any Bidder files a
duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable
satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal,
that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or,
at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter,
that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the
Contract Documents.
12-2014 00200 - 6 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
14. Opening of Bid Proposals
14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud
publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any)
will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their
entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of
any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly
identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential
information.
15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance
15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of
the Bid Proposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and
return the bid security prior to that date.
16. Award of Contract
16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all
informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms
with the Successful Bidder Owner may reject a bid as non -responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to
provide required Bid Security, 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete
all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or
improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or
otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of
Bidder as required under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is
otherwise non -responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of one of the following criteria:
A) provision of the "Best Value" or
B) Lowest Responsible Bidder
16.2 Best Value. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to whom
to award a contract, Owner may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and
Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the
goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6)
impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with
historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with
disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services 8) the
Qualifications of Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding
Documents. A contract to be awarded to the Bidder offering the Best Value may be let on
either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format.
16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder. In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will
consider: Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid Extra Work and Alternates,
if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include: the
Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed
requii ements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid
Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of
Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the
12-2014 00200-7of8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of
the correct sum.
A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum
basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format.
Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for
attendance of the mandatory pre -bid meeting.
16.4 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to
assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications
and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and
organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to
Owner's satisfaction, within the Contract Time.
17. Contract Security
17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to
Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface
Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided
herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner.
18. Signing of Agreement
18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied
by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the
required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor
shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement
to Owner with the required Bonds Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one
fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between
Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form
of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner.
19. Pre -bid Conference
19.1 A pre -bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid.
20. Retainage
20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
12-2014 00200 - 8 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND RRD PROPOSAL
Section 00300
BID PROPOSAID,
Part A
Date: Mat' Elf 2o/3<
Bid of goeV7/ /3>?67't/ 272e hilt f_ . P , an individual proprietorship / a
corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas / a partnership consisting
of , for the construction of:
KirI
3y Drive Underground Duct it ank Facilities Project
City of Pearland, Texas
COP PN: LKI4O1
BIB NO.: 0115=14
(Submitted in Electronic format)
To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland
City of Pearland
3519 Liberty Drive
Pearland, Texas 77581
Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned
Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor,
machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all
the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of
the Kirby rive Underground ilruct Bank Facilities Project with all related appurtenances,
complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by the
Design Engineer, IAA Engineeri i g, Inc., 2929 Briarpark, Suite 600, Houston, TX 77042, for
the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in
the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and
executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered
on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions
from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed.
The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as
an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has
been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2" Floor, City Hall, 3 519
Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581.
The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial
Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition
of the Bid review.
The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of
Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond, each in the amount of one
hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the
Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for
the prices stated in Part B of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required
amounts.
12-2012
Bidder's Initial's:
00300 - 1 of 2
2
CC
0
u.
EXHIBIT "A"
Contractor Name
Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank Facilities Proje'
O
0
0
O 0
T T
J J
MOBILIZATION (NOT TO EXCEED 3% OF BID)
Ln
0
L0
0
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
W
H
0 0
g g
Z
ao_a0
W Q Q- ¢
LL N UL D:
0.J0<
0tC
U2UD.
N M
LE-
_J
0
CC
0 a
0
wz
a
Wu)
Z
Z 0
a~
CC c0
H¢
U 0
0
N
co
N
LL
J
OO
z
J �
Q
Q D
T M
LL
�w W
W WZ
ZO
U
CD LI)1 CC
F_ AL]
0
EL
0
4
cn
0
Q
0
0
N
J
0
0
} CC:
O a
cc0
Z
a
W (/)j
Z Z
O_
CL~
I--m
ZvJ
W
U 0
cf)
J
J
D
a.
0
Z
0
0
ate.
Z
cc
U
W
J
0
CO
z
0
(D Q
N X
W w
T
N
LL
J
Z
WO
U
-) Cr
W
0w0
U
zz
<
Z Z_
U CO H
D CC W
C/) Da.. a.
O
sc
ZQU
0 J
p uj Z H
QQw
J F.. pc co W
Z W Z F-
0 (U21 W Z
Y0ZCtO
m Q CO O C C
W
W U W
pQwF-U
_ = wccOciQ
a= (7 O Z
0
OLL�-
Z z Z m Z
OOw—J
U U CC > D_
EV
LL
J
0
0
}m
Oa
D: 0
z
a
W u)
Z Z
O
CC op
UU)
O
Ln
W
3-WAY MANHOLE, ALL DEPTHS, COMPLETE IN PLACE TO CENTERPOINT SPECS
O
O
cc)
5
0
}¢
0 a
¢0
z
a
w u)
F- z
z0
~
D
W CC
Z tz
U O
0
0
J
w
w
p
=a
J 1
U
ZU
ci
Q J
J co
0
O Z
CO
}
Z
Q Q
C3 PC
Z
W
O 0-
m U
Z �-
O n.
Uw
W ct
0
m
CC
O z
• Q
cc0
O W
cn 0�
Uw
J Q
Z W
O 0
H
CC
o EL
Q Q
Q
J
CL
N
N
CC
0
LL
U
LL
0
a..
U Z
Z
ww
O a
Q
ti
co
0
00
LL
J
}
J
0
0
cn
LU
UJ
0
Z
U
LL
CC
cc
LC
m
J
w
U
LL
U
W
L
0
Q
0
Z
CC
U
a
CO
LL
CC
w
J
UL
CC EIC
OWu. _
Z m
ar
cc op
O)
1
co
b
ui
0
J
0
z
J
CL
z
0
a.
Z
w
z
0
J
J
0
a.
LC
5
m
0
J
ct
LL
U
0)
z
cc
cn
H
0
J
0
0
cC
0
cc
0
It
co
N
T
0
U
g
w
L5
CL
0
CC
Z CC
CC Q
U'
LL
O U
J a
O 11-
Cr
CC
O 0
0
T
W
U
g
Z
STAGE II INLET PROTECTION BARRIERS, COMPLETE
r
J Q
STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT, COMPLETE IN PLACE
Z
0
~Q 0
0w 0
m 2 ft
0
z
Z 0 O
OZ
a
Z N
O
D: (A Cp (/)
D0 aH
(Ow (i)u�
0
T
T
T
SITE RESTORATION TO INCLUDE HYDROMULCH SEEDING OF DISTURBED AREA
N
N
0
HYDROMULCH SEEDING
N
T
EXTRA WORK ITEMS
0
0
u
T
0
0
0
T
J
WELL POINTING, COMPLETE IN PLACE
(D
in
T
0
0
0
0
to
T
LL
J W
WET SAND BEDDING, COMPLETE IN PLACE
ADDITIONAL 3-WAY MANHOLE
O
0
(r)
5
cc
w
U
0Q¢o0
Dui_JUJOF--�W z
CC < 2 W a
u.WQzZp
0 0 m w p-
0u-(DYCE=
a: Z m
�0QFw-a:
Z m CDm Z 0
0CCw2w-
0 0 m W 0 0
T
N M
CITY OF PEARLAND BID ]PROPOSAL
i
The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice
to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within sixty (60) days
after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date
established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the
amount(s) specified in Document 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is
not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time.
The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or
modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as
may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder.
It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of
Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond, each in the amount of
one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated
amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid
Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein,
all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s).
The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to
the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in
the Bid Proposal prices.
Addendum No.: / Date: 1/4_, ,2o/c Addendum No.: 3 Date: 2 3 ,2o/6
Addendum No.: 2- Date: //3c/toiff .Addendum. No.: Date:
Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are
those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any
collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding.
Firm Name: / v1; // .7- 2//222te:
BYb,
Title: KITe�,� ��A�rdr
Address: 1 a:94/Z %/4s;ro f";(` 5 7
-7;37
Phone No: J5JY 1/1/7. 9oz •
ATTEST:
(Typed or Printed Name)
Signature
Date. l'5',//i Loon, ��,r&/5
END OF SECTION
(Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation)
Bidder's Zniiial s.
12-2012 00300 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
Section 00500
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT isby and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and
//277l fI 6toiA/ /tits 4,edg 1. A (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR).
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,
agree as follows:
Article 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably
inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the `Work"). The Work is generally
described as follows:
Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank Facilities Project
From Fruge Road to Amerlux Property
City of Pearland, Texas
COP PN: LK1401
BID NO.: 0115-14
Article 2. ENGINEER
The Work has been designed by James Ross, P E , LJA Engineering, Inc., 2929 Briarpark,
Suite 600, Houston, TX 77042 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume
all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in
the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Article 3. CONTRACT TIME
3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General
Conditions) within sixty (60) days (including weekends and holidays) from the date
when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5.01 of the
General Conditions (as revised m the Special Conditions if applicable), and
completed and ready for Final Payment within seventy (70) days from the date
when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays.
3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the
essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is
not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any
extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions.
OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties
involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by
OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring
any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for
delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER five hundred
dollars $500.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1
12-2014
OALAND\1957\1957-1401\Biddocs\00500 Standard Form ofAgreement 12-2014.docx
00500 - 1 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
in paragraph 3.1 for Substantial Completion until the Woik is substantially
complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect refuse or
fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of
Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER,
CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER one thousand dollars $1000.00 for each day
that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for
completion and readiness for Final Payment.
3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from
7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays.
The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work
at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City
inspections.
Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE
4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict
accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds $563,345.00 (the
"Contract Price").
The Contract Price includes the Base Bid as shown in Document 00300 — Bid
Proposal.
Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0
"Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be
processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.
5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the
Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as
recommended by ENGINEER as provided below. All progress payments will be
on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in
accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions.
5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an
amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in
each case less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such
amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold, in
accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment
within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER
5.1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06
of the General Conditions, and furthei less all previous payments and all
further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this
Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near
to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no
fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon
written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable
12-2014 00500 - 2 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND STAN'1 ARD FORM SF AGREEMENT
portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the
CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation
to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall
receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to
the conditions stated under "Final Payment."
5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance
with paragraph 6 09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of
the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph
6.09.
Article 6. INTEREST
Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in
accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251.025 of the Texas Government Code, as
amended.
Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the
following representations:
7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract
Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations
that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the
Work.
7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys assessments, reports of
explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of
physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not
Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the
accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete,
comprehensive, or all-inclusive.
7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for
obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations,
explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those
referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical
conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress,
performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of
such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract
Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other teens and
conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations
investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies or similar information or data
are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or
indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities
at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of
00500-3 of
12-2014
O:\LAND\1957\1957-1401\Biddocs\00500 Standard Form of Agreement 12-2014.doex
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations,
explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said
underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to
perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price within the Contract Time and in
accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions
of the Contract Documents.
7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or
discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have
known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within
the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or
discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the
OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is
assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative.
Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are
incorporated herein by reference:
8.1 Standard Form of Agreement (Section 00500).
8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and
00612).
8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1
Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for
Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's
Insurance Requirements of Contractor.
8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement (Section 00800).
8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 10 inclusive with attachments with
each sheet bearing the following general title: Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank
Facilities Project.
8.6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any
Addenda referenced therein.
8.7 Technical Specifications for the Work.
8.8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes
effective: Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or
supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions.
12-2014
O:\LAND\1957\1957-1401\Biddocs\00500 Standard Form of Agreement 12-2014.docx
00500 - 4 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The
Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the
General Conditions.
Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS
9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and
Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the
General Conditions.
9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract
Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of
the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that
may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such
consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by
law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an
assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or
responsibility under the Contract Documents.
9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns
and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns
and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations
contained in the Contract Documents.
9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from
Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship.
CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty
period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and
equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for
repairs at no additional cost to OWNER.
9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in
accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of
Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental
authorities.
9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to
be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period
required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law.
9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in
any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between
the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there ate no
agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that
any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing.
9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner
consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the
12�2014
O:\LAND\1957\1957-1401\Biddocs\00500 Standard Form of Agreement 12-2014.docx
00500 - 5 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND STAN'J AID FORM OF AGREEMENT
parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such
provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining
provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed
provision had not been part of this Contract.
9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference
and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the
Contract text shall control.
9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent
breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any
instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be
deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No
waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the
particular instance only. Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with
knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or
default or any other breach or default.
9.11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER (through its employee
handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination
of an employee of the OWNER Any fraud, forgery, misappropriation of funds
receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked, mishandling
or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement,
accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting
reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The
CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly cause an employee of
the OWNER to engage in such misconduct.
9.12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A (attached) of the City of
Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances.
12-2014
O:\LAND\1957\1957-1401\Biddocs\00500 Standard Form of Agreement 12-2014.docx
00500 - 6 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in
duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to
CONTRACTOR.
This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of
the City of Pearland and upon the following date: , &/,f,e�/ f' 20/57.
OWNER: CONTRACTOR:
CITY OF PEARLAND ,a�f/' 4/,S72w' , ///v G.0
By: k
Title:ram' i (�iT /�Aw rF VP
� p !�• Title: Or
Date: FtbLU A el 24 go' 5 Date: /a/.iaR-�/
(Corporate Seal)
A I IESIAA.LL , 4ATTEST
ram`
Address for giving notices
''��''�H� I t 1‘0`‘ Phone:
Fax:
Agent for service of process:
END OF SECTION
12-2014 00500-7 of 7
O:U.AND\1957\1957-1401\Biddocs\00500 Standard Form of Agreement 12-2014.docx
an- OF PEARLAND
STATE OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF BRAZORIA §
PERFORMANCE BOND
• Section00610 Bond 4f82388293-906003750
PERFORMANCE BOND
North Houston Pole Line, L.P.
KNOW ALL ;MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That A of the City
of Houston , County of Hams , and State of Texas, as principal, and
Federal Insurance Company/Liberty Mutual Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act
as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee
(Owner), in the penal sure of $ 563,345.00 for the payment whereof, the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and
assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents:
SS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as
of the 23rd. day of February , 20 15 (the "Contract") to commence and complete the
construction of certain improvements described as follows:
Tatty Drive Underground Duct Bank Facilities Project
City ofPearland, Texas
COP PN: LK1401
BID NO.: 011544
which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and
made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDIYION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully
observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said
Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to
the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be
void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253
of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length
herein.
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work perfoi i i ted thereunder, or the plans,
specifications or drawings accompanymg the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this
bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change extension of time, alteration or addition
to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder.
* Five hundred sixty three thousand three hundred forty five and 00/100
12/2007
00610 -1 of 2
ti
CITY OF FEAR ND
PERFORMANCE BOND
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument
this 23rd ., day of February , 20 15.
Principal:
North Houston Pole Line, L P.
By:
Title: ill
1'674 na OP/ f
•
Address:
850 Aldine Mail Route
Houston, TX 77037
Telephone: 832-448-6319
Fax: 832-448-9068
•
Surety:
Federal Insurance Company
Liberty utual Insurance Company
r
B
Title: DiLynn Gue
Attorney -In -Fact
Address:
15 Mountain View Road, Warren, NJ 07059
175 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116
908-903-2000
Telephone: 617-357-9500
908-903-3656
Fax: 720-497-9529
NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH HICH ANY NOTICE
OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-4FREE TELEPHONE
NUMBER; 11-800-252n3439.
END OF SECTION
12/2007 00610-2of2
CITY OF R A.R£.AN➢ PAYMENT B 0 ND
Section 00611. Bond #82388293-906003750
PAYMENT BOND
STATE OF TEXAS' §
COUNTY OFBRAZORIA §
INOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESFNTS• That North Houston Pole Line, L.P. of the City
of Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and
Federal Insurance Company/Liberty Mutual Insurance Company authorized 7mder the laws of the State of Texas to act
as surety on bonds for principals, am held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee
(Owner), in the penal slim of $ 563,345.00---- * for the payment whereof, the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and
assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents:
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as
of the 23rd. clay of February 2015 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the
construction of certain improvements described as follows:
Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank Facilities Project
City of Pearland, Texas
COP PN: LK1401
BID NO.: 0115-14
which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and
made apart hereof as tally and to the same extent as if copied at length herein..
NOW THEREFORE, THE COND1IION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to hun or a subcontractor in the
prosecution of the Worlc provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253
• of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities o31 this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length
herein.
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work perfo.i used thereunder, or the plans,
specifications or drawings accompanymg the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this
bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change extension of time, alteration or addition
to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder.
* Five hundred sixty three thousand three hundred forty five and 00/100
07/2006 00611-1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND
PAYMENT BOND
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument
this 23rd. day of February , 20 15,
Principal:
North Houston Pole Line, L P.
y:
Title: IMP of &NfW77oIYS
Address:
850 Aldine Mail Route
Houston, TX 77037
Telephone: 832-448-6319
Fax: 832-448-9068
Surety:
Federal Insurance Company
Liberty Mutual Insurance ompany
Title: DiLynn Guern,,Attorney-in-Fact
Address:
15 Mountain View Road, Warren, NJ 07059
175 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116
908-903-2000
Telephone: 617-357-9500
908-903-3656
Fax: 720-497-9529
NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE
OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL -FREE TELEPHONE
NUMBER; 14300M2521•3439.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 00611 - 2 of 2
cnY OF PEARLAND ONK-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND
Section 00612 Bond #82388293-906003750
ONE-YEAR MAIN 1J3 NANCE BOND
STAI'B OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF BRAZORIA §
KNOW ALL MEN BY TBESE PRESENTS: That North Houston Pole Line, LP. of the City
of. Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal and
Federal Insurance Company/Liberty Mutual insurance Company authorized ender the laws of the State of Texas to act
as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee
(Owner), in the penal sum of $ 563,345.00 for the payment whereof, the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and
assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents:
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as
of the 23rd. day of February 20 15 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the
construction of certain improvements described as follows:
Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank Facilities Project
City of Pearland Texas
COP PN: LKI401
BID NO.: 0115-14
which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if
copied at length herein.
•
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION TS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents
discovered within the one-year period. from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation
shall be void; otherwise to remain in. full force and effect
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253
of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length
herein.
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the teens of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans,
specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this
bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change extension of time, alteration or addition
to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder.
* Five hundred sixty three thousand three hundred forty five and 00/100----
07/2006 00612-1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND
ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument
this 23rd. day of February , 20 15,
Principal:
North Houston Pole Line, L.P.
B yi,C
Title: rp 0
(9P6-117/001S-
Surety:
Federal Insurance Company
Liberty Mutual Insurance onipany
By:
Title: Dilynn Guer► 9tt9rney-In-Fact
Address: Address:
850 Aldine Mail Route
Houston, TX 77037
Telephone: 832-448-6319
Fax: 832-448-9068
15 Mountain View Road, Warren, NJ 07059
175 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116
908-903-2000
Telephone: 617-357-9500
908-903-3656
Fax: 720-497-9529
NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WfCJJ ANY NOTICE
OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL -FREE TELEPHONE
NUIVIBER; .F800-252-3439.
END OF SECTION
07/2006
00612--2of2
o
Chubb
Surety
POWER Federal Insurance Company Attn: Surety Department
OF Vigilant Insurance Company 15 Mountain View Road
ATTORNEY Pacific Indemnity Company Warren, NJ 07059
Know All by These Presents, That FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE
.OMPANY, a New York corporation, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation, do each hereby constitute and
appoint Florietta Acosta, Donald E. Appleby, Todd Bengford, Sarah C. Brown, Dilynn Guern, Cheryl M. Husted, Lindsey
Knickerbocker Susan J. Lattarulo, Kevin W. McMahon Mark Sweigart and J R Trojan of Denver, Colorado
each as their true and lawful Attorney- in- Fact to execute under such designation in their names and to affix their corporate seals to and deliver for and on their behalf as surety
thereon or otherwise, bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof (other than bail bonds) given or executed in the course of business, and any
instruments amending or altering the same, and consents to the modification or alteration of any instrument referred to in said bonds or obligations.
In Witness Whereof, said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMP/JIY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have each executed and attested
these presents and affixed their corporate seals on this 29 day of July, 2014.
avi
Edwards, Assistant Secretary
STATE OF NEW JERSEY
County of Somerset
On this 29ti1 day of July, 2014 before me, a Notary Public of New Jersey, personally came David J. Edwards, to me known to be Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL
INSURANCE COMPANY VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, the companies which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney, and the
said David J. Edwards, being by me duly swom, did depose and say that she is Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE
COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY and knows the corporate seals thereof, that the seals affixed to the foregoing Power of Attomey are such corporate seals
and were thereto affixed by authority of the By- Laws of said Companies; and that she signed said Power of Attomey as Assistant Secretary of said Companies by like authority;
and that she is acquainted with David B. Norris, Jr., and knows him to be Vice President of said Companies; and that the signature of David B. Norris, Jr., subscribed to said
Power of Attomey is in the genuine handwriting of David B. Norris, Jr., and was thereto subscribed by authority of said By- Laws and in deponent's presence.
ss.
Notarial Seal
KATHERINE J. ADELAAR
NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY
No. 2316685
Commission Expires July 16, 2019
CERTIFICATION
Extract from the By- Laws of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY:
"All powers of attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by Ole Chairman or the
President or a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The
signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the following officers: Chairman, President, any Vice President, any
Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any
certificate relating thereto appointing Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys- in- Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other
writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attomey or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding
upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company
with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached:
I, David J. Edwards. Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY (the 'Companies")
do hereby certify that
(i) the foregoing extract of the By- Laws of the Companies is true and correct,
(ii) the Companies are duly licensed and authorized to transact surety business in all 50 of the United States of America and the District of Columbia and are
authorized by the U.S. Treasury Department; further, Federal and Vigilant are licensed in the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Federal is licensed in American
Samoa, Guam, Puerto Rico, and each of the Provinces of Canada except Prince Edward Island; and
(iii) the foregoing Power of Attomey is true, correct and in full force and effect.
Given under my hand and seals of said Companies at Warren, NJ this February 23, 2015
David J. Edwards, Assistant Secretary
IN THE EVENT YOU WISH TO NOTIFY US OF A CLAIM, VERIFY THE AUTHENTICITY OF THIS BOND OR NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER MATTER, PLEASE CONTACT US AT ADDRESS
LISTED ABOVE. OR BY Telephone (908) 903- 3493 Fax (90) 903- 3856 e-mail: surety@thubb.com
Form 15-10- 02258- U GEN CONSENT (rev. 02-14)
THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND.
This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated.
Certificate No. 6752757
American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire & Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of
the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company
is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute
and appoint, DiLynn Guern, Donald E. Appleby; Florietta Acosta J. R Trojan Kevin W. McMahon; Mark Sweigart; Sarah Brown; Susan J. Lattarulo;
Todd Bengford
all of the city of Denver , state of CO eachindividually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge
and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall
be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons:
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attomey has been subscribed by an authonzed officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed
thereto this 22nd day of October 2014
By
STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA. ss
COUNTY OFMONTGOMERY
American Fire and Casualty Company
The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
West American Insurance Company
David M. Carey; Assistant Secretary
On this 22nd day of October 2014 , before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himselfto be .the Assistant Secretary of American Fire. and
Casualty Company, Liberty. Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do
execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above wntten.
B
iiiteilto
Teresa Pastella , Notary Public
This Power of Attomey is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations ofAmencan Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance
Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and WestAinencan Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows:
ARTICLE IV —OFFICERS -Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject
to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make execute, seal,
acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective
powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so
executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-m-fact under
the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority.
ARTICLE XIII -Execution of Contracts — SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company. authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president,
and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute,
seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their
respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so
executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary.
Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to. the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-jn
fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety
obligations.
Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the
Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company. with
the same force and effect as though manually affixed.
I, Gregory W. Davenport, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, ofAmencan Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance. Company, and
West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the onginal power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said
Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 23rd , day of February , 20 15
By:
Gregory W. Davenport, Assistant Secretary
any business day
LMS 12873 122013 134 of 300
INSR ADDL
LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD
P1
A X
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
PRO-
JECT
A
POLICY
OTHER:
LOC
O ACL7►R
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 5/1/2015
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
EPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED subject to
the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the
certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER LOCKTON COMPANIES
5847 SAN FELIPE, SUITE 320
HOUSTON TX 77057
866-260-3538
INSURED NORTH HOUSTON POLE LINE CO
1365788 A QUANTA SERVICES COMPANY
1608 MARGARET STREET
HOUSTON TX 77093
CONTACT
NAME:
DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)
2/16/2015
PHONE
(A/C No, Ext):
E-MAIL
ADDRESS:
FAX
(A/C, No):
INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURER A : Old Republic Insurance Company
INSURER B :
NAIC #
24147
INSURER C :
INSURER D :
INSURER E :
INSURER F :
COVERAGES
CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 13357170 REVISION NUMBER: XXXXXXX
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
POLICY EXP
(MM/DD/YYYY)
SUBR
WVD
N
POLICY NUMBER
MWZY 60331
POLICY EFF
(MM/DD/YYYY)
8/1/2013
5/1/2015
LIMITS
EACH OCCURRENCE
DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES (Ea occurrence)
MED EXP (Any one person)
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
GENERAL AGGREGATE
PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
X
X
X
ANY AUTO
ALL OWNED
AUTOS
HIRED AUTOS
UMBRELLA LIAB
EXCESS LIAB
X
SCHEDULED
AUTOS
NON -OWNED
AUTOS
OCCUR
CLAIMS -MADE
RETENTION $
DED
WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
(Mandatory in NH)
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
Y/N
N
N/A
N
Y
MWTB 22002
NOT APPLICABLE
MWC 301920 00
8/1/2013
5/1/2014
5/1/2015
5/1/2015
COI fBINi- ' SII GFE Ili I'
(Ea accident)
1,000,000
1,000,000
10,000
1,000,000
1,000,000
1,000.000
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
PROPERTY DAMAGE
(Per accident)
EACH OCCURRENCE
AGGREGATE
X
E<
STATUTE
1' I -
ER
$ 1,000,000
$XXXXXXX
$ XXXXXXX
$ XXXXXXX
$ XXXXXXX
$ XXXXXXX
$ XXXXXXX
$ XXXXXXX
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT
$ 1,000,000
$ 1,000,000
$ 1.000.000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CANCELLATION
13357170
City of Pearland
3519 Liberty Dr
Pearland, TX 77581
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATIO All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
;NTINUAnow DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS (Use only IF more space is required)
The General Liability policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement [provision] that confers additional
insured status to the certificate holder only if these is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder
that requires the named insured to name the certificate holder as an additional insured. In the absence of such a contractual
obligation on the part of the named insured, the certificate holder is not an additional insured under the policy. / The
Workers' Compensation policy includes a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement [provision] that provides this
feature only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requ res it. In the
absence of such a contractual obligation on the part of the named insuied the waiver of subrogation feature does not apply. / 30
DAY NOTICE OF CANCELLATION IS INCLUDED ON THE POLICIES
3ORD 25 (2010/05) Certificate Holder ID: 13357170
CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN
Section 00615
PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN
AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT
The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in
connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland,
TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows:
Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank Facilities Project From Fruge Road to Amerlux
Property, City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: LK1404, Bid No. 0115-14.
In consideration of Pay Estimate No. in the amount of $
the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and
materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project will be fully paid within 30
days of the date of this document by the undersigned for such work through
•
In consideration of the payment herewith made, the undersigned does fully and
finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any, through the
above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or lien arising out of this
Project under any applicable bond, law or statue.
It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above
sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens
and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid.
State of
County of
Subscribed and sworn to, before me, this
Signature
Printed Name & Title
My Commission Expires:
Company Name
day of , 20
•
Notary Public
5-12-12
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Section 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page
No.
1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1
1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer
1.02 Contract Documents
1.03 Subcontractor
1.04 Written Notice
1.05 Work
1.06 Extra Work
1.07 Work Day
1.07-1 Rain Day
1.07-2 Impact Day
1.08 Calendar Day
1.09 Substantially Completed
1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases
1.11 Referenced Standards
1.12 Contract Time
1.13 Construction Inspector
1.14 Balancing Change Order
2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 4
2.01 No Warranty of Design
2.02 Right of Entry
2.03 Ownership of Plans
10-2012 00700-i
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
2.04 Changes and Alterations
2.05 Damages
3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER
3.01 Owner -Engineer Relationship
3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible
3.03 Preliminary Approval
3.04 Inspection by Engineer
3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes
3.06 Recommendation of Payment
4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
4.01 Independent Contractor
4.02 Contractor's Understanding
4.03 Laws and Ordinances
4.04 Assignment and Subletting
4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond]
4.06 Insurance
4.07 Permits and Fees
4.08 Texas State Sales Tax
4.09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence
4.10 Character of Workers
4.11 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings
4.12 Sanitation
4.13 Cleaning and Maintenance
4.14 Performance of Work
4.15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work
10-2012 00700 - i i
8
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.16 Layout of Work
4.17 Shop Drawings
4.18 Engineer -Contractor Relationship; Observations
4.19 Observation and Testing
4.20 Defects and Their Remedies
4.21 Liability for Proper Performance
4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public
4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property
4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen,
and Furnishers of Equipment, Machinery and Supplies
4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention
4.26 Indemnification
4.27 Losses From Natural Causes
4.28 Guarantee
5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
5.01 Time and Order of Completion
5.02 Extension of Time
5.03 Hindrances and Delays
5.04 Suspension of Work
5.05 Liquidated Damages for Delay
5.06 Change of Contract Time
5.07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control
6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions
6.02 Quantities and Measurements
10-2012 00700 - iii
18
21
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.03 Estimated Quantities
6.04 Price of Work
6.05 Payments
6.06 Partial Payments
6.07 Use of Completed Portions & Punchlist
6.08 Substantial Completion
6.08-1
6.09 Final Payment
6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment
6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment
6.12 Payments Withheld
6.13 Delayed Payments
7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 27
7.01 Differing Site Conditions
7.02 Change Orders
7.03 Change Orders
7.04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non -Work Days
7.05 Minor Changes
7.06 Extra Work
7.07 Time of Filing Claims
8.0 DEFAULT
8.01 Default by Contractor
8.02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces
8.03 Cumulative Remedies & Specific Performance
8.04 Cross -Default
10-2012
30
00700 - iv
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
8.05 Insolvency
8.06 Contingent Assignment
8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages
8.08 Termination for Convenience
8.09 Default by Owner
9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 35
ATTACHMENT NO. 1: WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al
ATTACHMENT NO. 2: AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S
SWORN RELEASE Bl
ATTACHMENT NO. 3: OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl
10-2012 00700 - v
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Section 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER The OWNER, the
CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the
Agreement. 1 he term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer
or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a
representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in
connection with the preparation of plans and specifications of this Contract. The term
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the
Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized
to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services
required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's
representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as
designated.
1 02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the
documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement which documents,
excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the
Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work.
All references to the "Contract' or the `Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement
shall include the Contract Documents
The Contract Documents are complementary and what is required by one shall be binding as if
required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract
Documents shall govern in the following order:
(1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders;
(2) Standard Form of Agreement;
(3) Special Conditions of Agreement;
(4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers'
Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final
Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 — Owner's
Insurance Requirements of Contractor;
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Addenda, if any;
Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual;
Instructions to Bidders;
Bid Proposal; and
10-2012 00700 - 1 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(9)
Exhibits: The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein,
and are a part of this Contract:
In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the
Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall
provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more
stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER.
Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction
industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards specifications,
manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or
regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of
the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents.
1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes
those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of
work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of
work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall
look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor.
1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if
delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner of
the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is
intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known
business address or registered office of such individual, partnership joint venture or corporation or
company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement.
1.05 WORK Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay
for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services,
insurance, and all water light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any
nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the
Standard Fowl of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both
workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the
FNGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and
quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known,
technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be
done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents.
1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work' , as used in this Contract shall be
understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as
representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change,
alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by
the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as
authorized basis only.
1.07 WORK DAY: As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through
Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in
which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction
schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or
10-2012 00700 - 2 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all
charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the
performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7.05 for procedure to determine cost
for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non -work days.
1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather
related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive
hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule.
CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and
possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time.
(See 1.12 Contract Time below)
1.07-2 IMPACT DAY* As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME
by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day. (See 1.12
Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract
Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the
CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path
items Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work
and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays
beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time.
1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no
days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean
calendar day(s).
1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED* The terms "Substantially Completed", or
"Substantially Complete" or `Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all
major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy,
including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual
components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's
recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met
the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to
serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve
Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the
above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion.
PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation will be given on components of
the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The
contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial
Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and
make all such designations.
1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES Whenever the words
"directed", "permitted' , ` designated', "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed"
or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission,
order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is
intended. Similarly, the words "approved", ` acceptable' , `satisfactory" or words of like import
shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of
responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents.
10-2012 00700 - 3 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents the terms of description of
various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot,
from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described
in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such
cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as
the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations
of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work.
1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard
specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner,
Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the
Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants,
employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or
performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to
provisions of the Contract Documents
1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number
of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement (i) to achieve
Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as
evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with
Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions.
The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average
number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the
Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of
Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the
number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the
Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive
remedy for delays.
1.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in
includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance
with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements
1.14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out
process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused
pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work
performed or installed by the Contractor
2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER
2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO
WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. Prior to
commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the
relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall
take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or
10-2012 00700 - 4 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance
between the Contract Documents and apphcable codes, standaids or ordinances, shall be promptly
reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work
performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CONTRACTOR
fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and
damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors,
omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or
which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR
shall comply with the Contract Documents all approved modifications thereof and additions and
alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER The burden of proof of such compliance
shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the
Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and
alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER.
2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or
location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for
itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the
purpose of performing constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire.
The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the
CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss
or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or
installation of collateral work.
2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS. All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished
by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the
part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the
completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER.
2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the
Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see
fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or
specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the
beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding
Performance and Payment Bonds.
If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be
done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or
anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the
work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to
the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this
Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for
Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless
any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall
compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss
occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as
originally planned.
2.05 DAMAGES In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by
the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the
10-2012 00700 - 5 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so
as to cause loss foi which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse
the OWNER for such loss.
3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER
3.01 OWNER -ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the
OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the
authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER s representative during construction are set forth in
the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's
liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the
written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR
regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER.
It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work;
therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's
representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as
provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this
Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stop work
orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The
ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with foui (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications
without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of
the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and
accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of
redlines during closeout.
3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to
waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of
new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein
described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or
change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn
any non -conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the
CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without
limitation the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at
any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non -conforming or defective work or
material.
Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER
prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all
expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR,
otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Woik and shall be paid for by the
OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications
prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without
requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and
replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER
10-2012 00700 - 6 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the
site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work
generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or
engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed
in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible
for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspections to check the
quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly
or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures,
programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part
thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and
substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and
any part thereof and, on the basis of such on -site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of
the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies
in the Work of the CONTRACTOR Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or
any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for
any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents,
servants or employees or any other person, firm o1 corporation performing or attempting to
perform any of the Work.
3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES In order to prevent
delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases,
determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under
this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the
construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the
CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the
interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or
shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or
question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the
Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the
Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or
OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the
ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04.
3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the
CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount
owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for
payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to
CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment
that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and
belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not
be deemed an acceptance of any defective o1 non -conforming Work. Any recommendation of
payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under
Section 6.11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract.
10-2012
00700 - 7 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an
independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work
under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control
his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so
long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not
adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work
area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of
such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents The fact that
the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe
CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are
expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to
and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent
contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative
or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation
4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the
CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the
Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be
encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the
prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions including but not limited to weather,
access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under
this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the
terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws,
codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has
taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work
for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with
any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the
execution of this Contract shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained.
4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and
comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless
of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any
manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER
and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances
and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or
vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with
federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify
the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract
for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to
such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have
known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
bear all costs arising therefrom.
The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its
powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the
conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be
considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act
10-2012 00700 - 8 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a
waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and
defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the
contrary The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be
deemed to be embodied in this Contract.
The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 — Wage
Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 — Wage Scale for Building
Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual.
4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLE'1`1ING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he
will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract
and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any
rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written
consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone
objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to
disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The
CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or
matenals required in the perfoiniance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from
his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement.
4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the
Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate
Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of
the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas
Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000.00 the statutory bonds will not
be required All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the
OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7.19-1 of the
Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original
Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER
The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, should
Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. All
bonds shall be issued by Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies.
4.06 INSURANCE The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain
and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period,
insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation
Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such
insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of
Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the
CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible.
4.07 PERMITS AND FEES Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper
execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are
received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit.
4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt
from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H.
10-2012 00700 - 9 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate
which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at
due time of purchase.
4.09 CONTRACTOR S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The CONTRACTOR
shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall
keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all
satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER S representative. The superintendent shall
represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR,
and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate
supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the
proper perfonnuance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and
grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR The Superintendent cannot be
removed from the project without the consent of the Owner the Superintendent must speak and
understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project
is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work.
The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control
of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR.
Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for
the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees,
or any other persons performing any of the Work.
4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and
competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to
do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any
worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the
ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker
or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work
without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person,
subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful disorderly, or not using their best
efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project
or workforce
4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND
BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery,
supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this
Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and
further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and
protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities,
all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has
been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and
accepted.
The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or
other foims of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at
10-2012 00700 - 10 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about
such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any
structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes
herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection,
placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the
ENGINFFR or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against
either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement,
construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures.
4.12 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others
on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained
by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the
ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or
erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of
the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR
agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any
nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by
reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings.
4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep
and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste. The
CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and trash at the end of each work day.
CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris, trash and waste tools, scaffolding and surplus
materials, and shall leave the Work broom -clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work.
The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove
the debris, trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR.
4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this
Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the
generally accepted piactice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents.
4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK If at any time the
methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be
inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the
Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the
CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime,
or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the
Woik within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own
cost and expense.
4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and
shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the
Contract Documents.
4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with
such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6)
checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules
10-2012 00700 - 11 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for
compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each
drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of
approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The
ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections.
The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two
(2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER s approval
of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for
deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's
attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged
and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of
any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully
and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the
required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract
Time.
Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent
sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with
the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent
contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER
does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules,
or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property
during CONTRACTOR s performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall
not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract
Documents.
OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all
submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment
applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The
OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as
are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from
this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version
document.
All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other
documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as
if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee.
4.18 ENGINEER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed
by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is
hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said
ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work
done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance
required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and
examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and
instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed when such
directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract
Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any
10-2012 00700 - 12 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
subordinate engineer representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days,
make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision.
4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the
OWNER' s representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test
the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper
facilities and access for such observation inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is
in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation,
inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall
give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation,
inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective
or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the
time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has
previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without
approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER be
uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part
of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the
OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work,
then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish
the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by
independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is
being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed
by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may
be required by law or the Contract Documents.
If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written
approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or
the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the
CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the
requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements
of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall
be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be
corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense.
Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests
or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this
Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from
his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any
part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the
same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract
Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the
ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that
it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action
contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense.
10-2012 00700 - 13 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE Engineering construction
drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the
Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as
requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the intent of
such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the
agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be
fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction,
installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the
Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing,
scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used
by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for
all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be
suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract.
Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any
clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or
representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by
means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means
or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and
nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents, or
for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents
so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the
CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the
Project, including, without limitation the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR
in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for
accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or
observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a
waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the
CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or
not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in
accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his
liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out.
4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC.
The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and
persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected
and the property of himself or any other person as a result of his operations hereunder. The
CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers Compensation
Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which
policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The
CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and
others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and
municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other
physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident
Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where
incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall
provide all necessary machinery guards safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades,
fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices.
10-2012 00700 - 14 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work
site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site
for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to
perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a
default under the Contract. The use possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the
influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or
CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at
the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and
enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program.
All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported
verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight (8) hours.
The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor Inclusion of this paragraph in
the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as
the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses,
are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any
assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions
by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors.
4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall
employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way
encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be
undertaken under this Agreement from any damage or injury by reason of said process of
construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his
failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO
INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR
DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING
PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE
CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR
EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR
STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER
4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS,
MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES.
THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE AND WILL
INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM
ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS,
WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND
PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING
COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS
CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory
evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or
waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the
OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or
withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably
10-2012 00700 - 15 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all
liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be
resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract.
Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing.
Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any
relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier
of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to
see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR.
4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The
CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any
design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal
agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL
SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND
SHALL INDEMNIFY SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS
FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND
CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS
OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS
SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF
ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE
CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE
PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING,
THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE
OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF.
4.26 INDEMNIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND,
INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY
CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE,
EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR OR BY ANY
UNION TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS,
ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE
CONTRACTOR IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS
EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR
ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY,
COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR
COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE
THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND,
INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR
RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND
AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS SUITS, LIABILITIES,
JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING
REASONABLE, ATTORNEY S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO
PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED
AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS,
REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING
FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE
10-2012 00700 - 16 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND,
SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE:
(A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR
ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN
PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF
WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR; OR
(B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR
DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY,
INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND
IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN
WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE
CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR THEIR AGENTS OR
EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY
ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM
MAY BF LIABLE REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED
IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE,
GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER
AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER
Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with
the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code,
CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents,
servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans,
designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the
ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any
construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction
contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises
from personal injury, death, or property injury.
This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding
completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the
Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work.
CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on
amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a
subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit
acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to
be provided under this Contract.
4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES All loss, cost, expense or damage to the
CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen
circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be
sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense.
10-2012 00700 - 17 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the
Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from
defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use;
and agrees to replace or to re -execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to
be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make
good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its
required replacement or re -execution. This guarantee shall covei a period of one year from the
date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as
evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neithei the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contiact Documents shall relieve the
CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non -conforming material or
workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will
not limit the OWNER S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies
or non -conforming Work discovered after one year If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other
warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern.
5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this
Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed
to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner
as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the
time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in
part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the
OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may
direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will
be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be
harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER
or such other contractors.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the
ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to
carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the
work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts Such schedules shall show
completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as
CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed.
5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his
Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into
consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and
has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be
entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial
Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any
other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give
the ENGINEER prompt notice in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay,
of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for
completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time
from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the
10-2012 00700 - 18 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the
OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or
omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER
shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate
for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy,
except as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for
delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505
MOBILIZATION.
The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates
40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The
CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly
count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this
record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the
Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract
Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or
Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The
Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change
Order. If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The
addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR' s sole remedy for delays to the
completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price
through any `per diem' adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or
any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time.
5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR
agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into
consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident
to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No
claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from
interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of
the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of
the OWNER s representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or
omission of CONTRACTOR.
5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the
CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as
OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase
in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No
adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause
for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under
another provision of the Contract Documents.
5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time
is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified
herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract
Time It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the CONTRACTOR and the
OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable
time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and
conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further
10-2012 00700 - 19 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages
cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree
that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted
after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages
and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the
Standard Form of Agreement.
However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the
OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain
by reason of the CONTRACTOR S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should
the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may
recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due.
The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages
whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to
said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and
the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be
required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any
one remedy.
5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME: The Contract Time may only be changed by a
Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice
delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but
in no event later than ten (10) days after the event -giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of
the claim, along with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence
and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is
the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the
occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the
ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a
minimum, the following data:
A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing
Contract and in addition to the Contract.
B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the
event.
C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects
the project's critical path.
5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL• Where
CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due
to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited
to, interference by utility owners or other contractors perfouuuing other work, Contractor shall be
entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR
shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays IN NO EVENT
SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR
RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii)
Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility
owners or other contractors performing other work fires floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of
contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard
10-2012 00700 - 20 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR' s sole and exclusive
remedy foi any such delays.
Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR.
6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or
reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he
shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received,
and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be
considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided
sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later
than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids.
6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements
of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume,
number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided.
6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Contract
Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be
done and material to be furnished hereunder Where the estimated quantities are shown for the
various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are
approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and
for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual
amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from
the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between
estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the
OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences, unrecovered
overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation.
6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work
described in the Bid Proposal and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the
CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the
Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the
ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit.
In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the
completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the
delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract
Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard
Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost
agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost
multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner.
The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay foi any services or material not
actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as
payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for
10-2012 00700 - 21 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the
mannez and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the
ENGINEER.
6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be
considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part
nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient
or non -conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the
Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's
total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the
CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid
claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract.
Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims
of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work or
any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as
provided in this Contract.
6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to
the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and
approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the
various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to
substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values
shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this
Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's
Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of
each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment.
On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the
ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement
showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the
Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding
month; said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into
the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and as approved by the
OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only. No payment will be made for matenals stored until
OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review
such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work
made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives
CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct
and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall
certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for
payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR; or, if the ENGINEER finds that
CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall
notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for
partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR
and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that
a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment.
All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to RNGINEER and all
verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro-
Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software.
10-2012 00700 - 22 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the
CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed
by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding
amount of the payment application.
The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of
FNGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable
retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or
withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a
corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER s notice of error or dispute,
and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or
paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above
As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and
deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in
equity arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously
submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by
CONTRACTOR in the release.
OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount
thereof Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions
for Final Payment. It is understood however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion
as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect
or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of
the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the
CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the
obligation to fully complete the Work and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the
OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in
accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or
retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under "6.08 FINAL PAYMENT."
The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the
above -stated percentages.
6 07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST The OWNER shall have
the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work,
notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have
expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not
completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or
delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's
taking possession, give OWNRR written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to
such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement.
6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER
AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in
CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is
` Substantially Complete '. Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete
items Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter of such notice, the ENGINEER and
the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine
10-2012 00700 - 23 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed
hst of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non -conforming Work (` Punchlist"). If the
ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of
Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make
written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached hst of
non -conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete,
ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the
Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will
deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of
responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance,
utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial
Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE
OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR
FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR
MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the
time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the
Owner and ENGINEER.
6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the
date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may estabhsh an
access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes
of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner.
6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract
Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as
(a) the Work including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been
fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents;
(b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's
responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth
in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which
necessarily survive final payment;
(c)
CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance
required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is
currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30
days prior written notice has been given to OWNER;
(d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment;
(e)
CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As -Built Drawings,
reflecting all deviations from the Plans Specifications and approved shop drawings
in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating
manuals and/or instructions;
10-2012 00700 - 24 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(0
(g)
CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to
occupancy and all other required inspections / approvals / acceptances by city,
county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction;
CONTRACTOR dehvers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties
from subcontractors, vendors suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names,
addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor,
supplier or manufacturer;
(h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment, tools, temporary facilities, surplus
materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's
satisfaction;
CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of
Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by
CONTRACTOR;
CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be
submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not
limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance
manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in
OWNER's sole discretion; and
(k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and
OWNER
Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by
CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by
CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third
party actions, cross -claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or
provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Neither
the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of
the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non-
confo.uumg Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the
Contract Documents.
6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR
shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials equipment or Work which is
defective or otherwise not in confonliiance with the Contract Documents, whether actually
incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace
such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the
Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of
CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If
CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business
days after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may
remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense.
10-2012 00700 - 25 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year
from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law
or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the
Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR
shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a
written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any
damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty
materials or defective workmanship; to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER' s
insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work
upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in
addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute.
These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable
by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to
OWNER at law or in equity.
6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may withhold, or on account of
subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part
of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER
from loss on account of:
(a) Defective or non -conforming Work not remedied;
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims;
(e)
Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or
for material or labor;
(d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to
adjacent or adjoining property;
(e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the
Contract amount;
(f) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract
Time;
(g)
Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents,
releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as
provided for herein or otherwise;
(h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or
(i)
Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be
made promptly. If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for
CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost
10-2012 00700 - 26 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement
between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the
CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents,
any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with
the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such
interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of
such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due
within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the
notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251.051 of the Texas Government
Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein.
7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS
7.01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS. During the progress of the work, if subsurface, latent
physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the
site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered
and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, the CONTRACTOR
shall notify the OWNER' s Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific
differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed.
(a) Upon written notification, the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is
determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the
cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment,
excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing
accordingly. The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the
determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted.
(b) No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be
allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice.
(c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on
unchanged work.
7.02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the performance of all
or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven (7) calendar days
and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a
result of such suspension, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the
ENGINEER within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request
shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment.
(a) Upon receipt, the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR's request. If the
ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract
has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions
beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers or
subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the ENGINEER will make
10-2012 00700 - 27 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
an adjustment (excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly. The
CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER s determination, in writing, whether or
not an adjustment of the contract is warranted.
(b) No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the
request for adjustment within the time prescribed.
(c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance
would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or
excluded under any other term or condition of this contract.
7.03 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at
any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes
will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the
OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in
Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which
may result from the change.
7.04 In accordance with paragraph 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends,
the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of
the need to conduct work on otherwise non -Work Days, prepare a cost estimate for providing
Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to
both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall
prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the
CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive
Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to
start of work on any non -Work Day.
7.05 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work
not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in
Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the
ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the
Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the
ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by
the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's
commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall
constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time
arising out of or related to such changed work.
7.06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work
when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by
the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written
confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is
agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either
altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for
Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods:
Method (A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or
10-2012 00700 - 28 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Method (B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or
Method (C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra
Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the `Actual Field Cost" of
the work plus:
a)
For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen
percent, ten (10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor
or
b) For the General Contractor alone, self -performing the extra work, without
subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent (10%), as full and final
compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect,
arising out of or related thereto.
In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and
paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field
Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and
equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work
Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all
power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental
expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age
Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Perfoiivance and
Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Pubhc Liability and Property Damage and Workers'
Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract
Documents, plus all payments to subcontractors for such work.
The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept
and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER The ENGINEER or
OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work
and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be
determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of
machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless
otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the
Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field
Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead,
and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein
defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR s field office must be maintained solely on account
of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the
"Actual Field Cost.'
No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a
written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the
CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an
adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written
Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER s orders or
instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance
10-2012 00700 - 29 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or
acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is
Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the
CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and
shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof as provided under Method (C).
Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten
(10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms
provided by the ENGINEER The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on
CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the
ENGINEER s decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's
performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the
Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties If the ENGINEER
shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR s claim within thirty (30) days of the date of
submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim,
and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the
provisions of Article 9.0 within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or
such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and
forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by
the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall
continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute
resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
7.07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions
of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro-Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER
within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions order or instruction to which
the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days
to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between
the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work,
CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the
Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the
parties In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the
CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER s decision directly to the
OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR' s
request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the
CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his
representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or
such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such
claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail,
for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation the OWNER shall be released of any and all
liability, and the CONTRACTOR s failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a
waiver forfeit and final bai of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER.
CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending
claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
10-2012 00700 - 30 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
8.0 DEFAULT
8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon
and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER
or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER
when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise
defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and
without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of
default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to
take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for
the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on
these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a
copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR.
After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than
three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not
intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such
machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and
store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their
purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit.
Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the
completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another
contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies
and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final
settlement.
Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance
with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of
such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following
elective manners:
(a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such
machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem
necessary to expeditiously complete the Work and charge the expense of such
labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said
CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the
OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any
other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is
less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same
had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be
credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which
would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by
such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly
pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or
10-2012 00700 - 31 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(b) The OWNER under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by
law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same
terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in
cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would
have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the
CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the
OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any
other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR
and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER
upon demand. Howevei, should the cost to complete any such completion contract
prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this
Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith.
In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to
CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall
have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete
itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall
then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the
CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The
OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement
of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for
payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any
claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that
which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the
CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety
shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment,
tools or supphes left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his
surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR
and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and
there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of
CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such
equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective
addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any
manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property
shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the
OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date
of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and
apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such
sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may
elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which
remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their
reputed owners.
8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES If CONTRACTOR at any
time shall in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies
or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in
10-2012 00700 - 32 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the
exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to
supplement CONTRACTOR s forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such
workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing
other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost
thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to
CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent,
subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER.
8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE All rights and
remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are
cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails
or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation,
erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment,
machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR
acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project
and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in
accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific
performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure
the timely furnishing of such items.
8.04 CROSS -DEFAULT. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default
and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the
Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts
which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against
any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any
retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under
the Contract.
8.05 INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in
voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings makes a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously
impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that
should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary,
CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with
the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events,
OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers,
adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to
the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER
shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law.
Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed
with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit,
from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any
other agreement with OWNER In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in
performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if
OWNER failed to exercise such remedies.
8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all
of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders
10-2012 00700 - 33 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective
upon CONTRACTOR s default under this Agreement or OWNFR's termination of this Contract,
and OWNFR's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's
termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the
Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER
otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such
acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all
of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of
OWNER In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor then OWNER
shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the
subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of
withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly
performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER' s acceptance and thereafter. OWNER' s
liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all
payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of
CONTRACTOR s default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall
include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take
these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR s termination for default,
the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records
of subcontractor relating to the Work.
8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES CONTRACTOR expressly
waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to
this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER including, but not
limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses
including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity,
business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise.
8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion,
upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part
if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt
of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take
reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures
after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase
orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable
to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Woik performed in strict accordance with the
Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date
of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges
attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and
further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will
CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for
interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential
damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished
materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under
no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract
exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and
exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience.
10-2012 00700 - 34 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material
obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed
amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by
Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently
pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the
CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may
remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work
that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated
into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned
by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by
said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair
and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or
provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any
provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot
be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the
CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and
all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall
present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on
or before thirty (30) days after OWNER' s receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all
rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by
OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed
or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder.
9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract,
and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim,
dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract,
or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute
resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the
mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party. The
parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally.
If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such
subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase
orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to
being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such
subcontractor or supplier.
This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered
performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and
CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching
upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County,
10-2012 00700 - 35 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the
county wheze the Project is located.
CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by
OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by
arbitration or other dispute resolution process Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim
instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution
process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by
OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in
such proceeding.
10-2012 00700 - 36 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE
A. DEFINITIONS:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") . A copy of a certificate of insurance, a
certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage
agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory
workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees
providing services on a project for the duration of the Project.
Duration of the Project includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the
Project until the contractor s/person's work on the Project has been completed and
the Project warranty period has expired.
Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing
all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project,
regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and
regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without
limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner -
operators, (as defined at Section 406 121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing
companies, and employees of any such entity or employees of any entity which
furmshes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without
limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing
labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. ' Services' does not
include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office
supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification
codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the
statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A
Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on
the project, for the duration of the project.
C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being
awarded the Contract.
D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage
ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the
coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that
coverage has been extended.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing
services on a project, and provide to the OWNER
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the
OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the Project; and
05/2007 00700 - Al
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end
of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of
coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the Project.
F The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of
the Project and for one year thereafter.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal
delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any
changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services
on the Project.
H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, foiin and manner
prescnbed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons
providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a
person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.
NOTICE
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing
services related to this construction project must be covered by
workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing,
hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or
transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of
the identity of their employer or status as an employee."
` Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440-
3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage,
to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage,
or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage."
I. The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to
provide services on a project, too:
(1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory
requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A
Texas Workers Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on
the Project, for the duration of the Project;
(2) provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning work on the
Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all
employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the
Project:
05/2007 00700 - A2
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(3)
provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new
certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period
shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
Project;
(4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
CONTRACTOR:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
Project; and
(b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the
end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project
and for one year thereafter;
(6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within 10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and
contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person
for whom they are providing services.
(7)
J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,
the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the
CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers'
compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will
be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a
self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false
or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties,
criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of
contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and
remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does
not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER
05/2007 00700 - A3
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE
In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between [Contractor's
Company Name] (hereafter `CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter ` OWNER")
for the Project known as Kirby Drive Underground Duct Bank Facilities Project (from Fruge Road
to Amerlux Property) (the "Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations
to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners
if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as
duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said
corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals
that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation:
1. The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for
Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract and the final Change Order
issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in
some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of
which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate,
and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for
Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully
compensated for all labor materials equipment and/or services furnished in
connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment.
2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the
receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for
Payment, the CONTRACTOR by execution of this instrument of release, does,
therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all
manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action
of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or
which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change
Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services
furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER
3. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names
are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have
been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities
performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall
not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection
therewith.
4. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final
Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and
it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a
modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as
set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and
Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional
protection of OWNER
05/2007 00700 - B 1
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the _ day of , 20 .
CONTRACTOR:
By:
Signature
Print Name:
Title:
[If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each general partner
must sign, if a corporation, the following language should be used.]
SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the
20 by
day of
, a Texas corporation, under authority
granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By -Laws or Minutes of
a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held.
CONTRACTOR:
By•
President
ATTEST:
Corporate Secretary
(Corporate Seal)
[This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a
partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each
individual.]
05/2007 00700 - B2
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF §
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or
persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment
and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed
and said:
I (We) am (are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing
Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I (we) have read the
facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I (we)
state that the above and foregoing are true and correct.
CONTRACTOR - Affiant
SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of 20.
Notary Public, State of Texas
My Commission Expires:
[This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.]
07/2006 00700 - B3
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF §
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons
who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's
Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their
oaths deposed and said:
We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the
offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the
authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release
for and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of
said corporation, the By -Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation;
and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this
Affidavit is attached, are true and correct.
SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of
20
Notary Public, State of Texas
My Commission Expires:
07/2006 00700 - B4
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR
1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
1.1
Owner Parties. `Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and
assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees or agents of such persons or
entities, and (c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any.
1.2 Contractor. "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be
perfoiined under this Agreement.
1.3 Subcontractor. "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier.
1.4 ISO. "ISO" means Insurance Services Office.
2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties
2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein:
2.1.1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be
construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in
this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance
coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection; and
2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the
Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the
requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency,
bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the
Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall
be held to affect, negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement.
2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material
breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy
such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor
will be liable for any and all costs, habihties, damages and penalties resulting to the
Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance
requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner. In the event of any
failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the
Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at
law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the
Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so
and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused
from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages.
10-2012 00700 - Cl
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
3. Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein
3.1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's
sole expense.
3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company. All insurance coverage shall be written
through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the
work is to be performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition
of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide.
3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall
be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and
shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required
herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner.
3.4 Limits of Liability. The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of
insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event
shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less
than the amount required herein.
3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All
insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision:
In the event of cancellation non -renewal, or material reduction in
coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior
written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified
mail or registered mail, return receipt requested.
3.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of
recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or
liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in
favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor,
whether required herein or not.
3.7 Deductible/Retention Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required
herein shall contain a deductible or self -insured retention in excess of $25,000
without prior written approval of the Owner. All deductibles and/or retentions shall
be paid by, assumed by, foi the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The
Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same.
4. Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with
limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this
Agreement and thereafter as required:
10-2012 00700 - C2
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance
4.1.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations
and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability
assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed
in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit
and not included within the limit of liability.
4.1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as
an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent).
4.1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less
than:
Each Occurrence Limit
General Aggregate Limit
Product -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit
Personal and Advertising Injury Limit
4.1.4 Required Endorsements
$1,000,000
$2,000,000
$2,000,000
$1,000,000
a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in
favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following:
i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85; or
ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85; or
iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37
10 01; or
iv. any form providing equivalent protection to Owner.
b. Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate
limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO
CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent.
c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in
Coverage as required in 3.5 above.
d. Personal Injury Liability. The personal injury contractual liability
exclusion shall be deleted
e. Primary and Non -Contributing Liability. It is the intent of the
parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be
primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The
obligations of the Contractor s insurance shall not be affected by
any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no
contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary,
excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance
coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non-
contributing liability.
f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above.
10-2012
00700 - C3
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insuiance. The Contractor shall
maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including
required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of
Substantial Completion of the Work to be peifoimed under this Agreement.
The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work
completion date.
4.2 Auto Liability Insurance
4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto
(including owned, hired, and non -owned).
4.2.2 Fotm. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA
0001 or its equivalent).
4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than $1 000,000.
4.2.4 Required Endorsements
a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in
Coverage as required in 3.5, above.
b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above.
4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance
4.3.1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows:
4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than:
Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each accident and each disease.
4.3.3 Required Endorsements
a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in
Coverage, as requited in 3.5, above.
b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above.
4.4 Umbrella Liability Insurance
4.4.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all
coverages described above and shall include a drop -down provision for
exhaustion of underlying limits.
4.4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the
commercial general liability insurance required above.
10-2012 00700 - C4
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than $5,000,000.
4.4.4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain
such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required
endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial
Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The
Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work
completion date.
4.5 Professional Liability Insurance
4.5.1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for
any professional design or engineering drawing required by the work. Such
insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent
performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited
to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed.
4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover
all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this
Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a
Claims -Made basis.
4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than $1 000,000.
4.5.4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain
such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1)
year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed
under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation
to the Owner stating Work completion date.
4.6 Builder's Risk
4.6.1 Insureds. Insureds shall include:
a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as
Named Insureds; and
b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds.
10-2012 00700 - C5
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover:
Form
a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved
surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings,
underground pipes and wiring excavations, grading, backfilling or
filling;
b. all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false
work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located
at the site;
c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation;
d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but
intended for use at the site•
e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for
installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit,
and
f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this
Exhibit is attached.
a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special
form, shall be provided on a completed -value basis and shall be
primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured
parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non-
contributing.
b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted.
c. Required coverage shall further include:
i. Additional expenses due to delay in
completion of project (where applicable)
ii. Agreed value
Damage arising from error, omission or
deficiency in construction methods,
design, specifications, workmanship or
materials, including collapse
iv. Debris removal additional limit
v. Earthquake (where applicable)
vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where
applicable)
vii. Expediting expenses
viii. Flood (where applicable)
ix. Freezing
x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot &
cold testing (where applicable)
xi. Notice of cancellation non -renewal or
$ TBD
Included without sublimit
Included without sublimit
25% of direct damage
loss
$ TBD
$ TBD
$ TBD
$ TBD
Included without sublimit
Included without sublimit
Included
10-2012 00700 - C6
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
material reduction — 60 days prior
written notice to each insured
xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F,
below
xiii. Ordinance or law
xiv. Pollutant clean-up and removal
xv. Preservation of property
xvi. Replacement cost
xvii. Theft
xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G,
below.
Included
Included
$ TBD
Included
Included
Included
Included
without sublimit
without sublimit
without sublimit
4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all
times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single
occurrence.
4.6.4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following:
a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per
Occurrence, except
b. Delayed Opening Waiting Period
c. Flood, Per Occurrence
d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler
Leakage, Per Occurrence
$5,000
5 Days
$25,000 or excess of
NFIP if in Flood Zone A,
B or V
$25,000
4.6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be
endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so
long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the
property. This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise.
provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following
dates:
a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds
under the policy agree that it shall be terminated;
b. the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement
to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made; or
c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of
all insureds other than Contractor have ceased.
10-2012 00700 - C7
CITY OF PEARLAND
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.6.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be
endorsed as follows:
a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds.
b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows:
Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole
or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first,
and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you
have been fully compensated for the loss.
5. Intentionally left blank.
6. Evidence of Insurance
6.1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be
maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance evidence of
insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent,
and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later
than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of
insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner
prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of
insurance, and endorsements.
6.2 Form
6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form
28, `Evidence of Property Insurance".
6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form
25, "Certificate of Insurance".
6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and
endorsements shall specify:
6.3.1
6.3.2
6.3.3
6.3.4
6.3.5
6.3.6
6.3.7
The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address.
Insured's name which must match that on this Agreement.
Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each
coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described
herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company.
Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed.
Additional insured status required herein.
Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions.
Cancellation, non -renewal and material reduction in coverage notification
as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to' and
`but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any
kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the
cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form.
10-2012
00700 - C8
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein.
6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein.
6.3.10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein.
6.3.11 Waivers of subrogation required herein
6.4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be
provided.
6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other
evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any
Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be
construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance.
6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to
the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10)
days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the
Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy.
6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the
required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required
endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement,
shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall
have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any
subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance,
evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by
the Owner.
7. Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors
7.1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all
subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover
operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be
held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply
to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all
subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to
recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other
things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability
as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request.
7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site
including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent
damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance
of property. Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property
shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or
recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance
or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed
for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk,
it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its
10-2012 00700 - C9
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of
the Owner Parties.
8. Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or
suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the
Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and
condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees subcontractors or
suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery,
tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the
Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any
and all loss or damage which may arise from such use.
9. Release and Waiver. The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to
release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which
the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting
in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance whether required
herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including
the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be
maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement.
10-2012 00700 - C 10
CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Section 00800
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a
portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered
portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect.
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01:
The OWNER'S representative on the project site is:
telephone: 281. 652.
The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is: telephone:
The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is: telephone:
ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
5.08 Add Article 5.08:
The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a
certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain
days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record.
The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days
must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly
pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for
the number of accepted ram days that exceed 40 rain days per year, proportionate to the original
Contract Time.
General Notes:
Sections 00100 Invitation to Bidders, 00200 Instructions to Bidders and 01505 Mobilization
all make reference to provision by the CONTRACTOR of a laptop computer for use by the
OWNER'S representative or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER BIDDER is Required to provide
this equipment or include this cost in the Bid. See Section 13730 for full details regarding this
computer equipment.
Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet
access in the Field Office BIDDER is Required to provide either a Field Office or any internet
access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control
Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents
2-24-12 00800 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times, in both directions.
No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day.
Contractor Will Not be required to provide an on -site construction office for the duration of this
prof ect.
END OF SECTION
2-24-12 00800 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
Section 00811
WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas
Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates
shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in
which the work is being performed.
1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated.
1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than
five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior
wall of an existing building.
(Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 00811-3, etc)
10-2012 00811 - 1 of 1
PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
FOR DISTRICTS LOCATED WITHIN CORPORATE BOUNDARIES OR ETJ OF
CITY OF PEARLAND AND BRAZORIA COUNTY, AND GALVESTON COUNTY
•
Classification
I Wage
Rate
Asphalt
Raker
7,84
Asphalt
Shoveler
7,17
[latching
Plant
Weigher
.11.11
Carpenter
10.35
Concrete
Finisher
Paving
9
48
Concrete
Finisher
Structures
9.47
Concrete
Rubber
8
03
Electrician
15,03
Flagger
6.66
Form
Builder
Structures
9.61
Form
Liner
Paving
&
Curb
8.52
Form
Setter
Paving
&
Curb
8.25
Form
Setter
Structures
8.45
Laborer
Common
6.66
Laborer
7.64
Utility
Lineperson
7.50
_
Manhole
Builder
Brick
8.49
Mechanic
10.94
Oiler
8.62
Servicer
8
69
Painter
Structures
12,00
•
Pileariver
10.63
Roe
Layer
8,04
Asphalt
Distributor
•
8.66
Asphalt
Paving
Machine
9.53
Broom
or
Sweeper
Oaerator
7.14
Bulldozer
9.91
Concrete
Machine)
Curing
Machine
(see also
Concrete
Paving
Curing
8.80
•
Concrete
Paving
11.79
Concrete
Finishing
Machine
(see also
Finishing
Machin!)
Concrete
Joint
Sealer
10.50
Concrete
Paving
Float
9
30
Concrete
Paving
Saw
9.37
Concrete
Paving
Soreader
9.16
Slioform
Machine
Operator
9
20
•
Shovel
11.35
Crane.
Ciamshell,
Backhoe
Derrick,
D'Llne,
11,00
Crusher/Screenina
Plant
Mounted
10.90
Foundation
Drill
Operator
Crawler
10.37
Foundation
Drill
Operator
Truck
Mounted
Front
End
Loader
9.29
10,43
MiiIingMachine
Operator
Mixer
7
94
10.42
Motor
Grader
(Fine
Grade)
9
84
Motor
Grader
7.45
Pavement
Marking
Machine
W"teei
Plant Mix
Pavements
8.32
Roller
Steel
Classification
.Wage Rate
Roller Steelwheel Other Fiatwheei or tamping
7,61
Roller Pneumatic Self Propelled
7.40
Scraper
8,69
Tractor Crawler Type
Tractor Pneumatic
10,12
8.99
Traveling Mixer
Trenching Machine Licht
Trenching Machine Heavy
Wagondrifi Boring Machine
Reinforcing Steel Setter Paving
Reinforcing Steel Setter Structures
Steel Worker Structural
Sign Erector
Spreader Box Operator
Work Zone Barricade
Sign installer
Truck Driver Single Axle Light
Truck Driver Single Axle Heavy
Truck Driver Tandem Axle Semi -trailer
Truck Driver Lowboy Float
Welder
Air Tool Operator
Carpenter Rough
Carpenter Helper Rouah
Concrete Finisher Helper Paving
Concrete Finisher Helper (Strs)
Electrician Helper Senior
Electrician Helper Junior
Form Builder Helper (Strs)
Form Setter Helper (Pvg & Curb)
Form Setter Helper (Strs)
Mechanic Helper
Pipelayer Helper
Bulldozer 150 HP or less
Bulldozer aver 150 HP
Concrete Paving Curing Machine
Concrete Paving Finishing Machine
Crane Clam Backhoe Tess than 1-1/2 CY
Crane Clam Backhoe greater than 14/2 CY
Front End Loader 2-112 CY and less
Front End Loader Over 2-1/2 CY
Scrapers 17 CY and less
Scrapers over 17 CY
Tractor Crawl Over 150 HP
Tractor Pneumatic Over 80 HP
Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper
7.93
10.00
13.58
10.15
991
10.81
10.18
9 53
8.54
7,45
7.45
7.61
8.21
7.90
10.07
9.82
7.50
9.87
7.95
Steelworker Helper (Strs)
Transit Mix
Weider Hefner
•
•
•
7.04
7.16
10.60
9 34
6.93
6.69
6.83
8.39
6.36
8,40
9.00
8.68
9.57
9.12
10.50
781
8.96
7.64
7.80.
9.67
9.00
7.03
7.50
7.25
8.00
Manhole Builder
Painter Helper Structures
Found Drill Operator Helper (both)
Pump Crete
9,43
6.50
7.75
7.35
Wage
Rate
Classification
Roller
St'
Whl
Other
7.00
Sign
Erector
Heber
6.00
/
Instrument
Person
.63
Rod
or
Chainaerson
6.58
8.94
Watch
Engineer
Oiler
6.20
Leverman
9.70
Mate
8.00
Deckhand
6.00
Boatmen
over 250
HP
8.30
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
05/2008 01100 - 1 of2
Section 01100
SUMMARY OF WORK
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner, Owner
furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and
Owner occupancy.
1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A Work of the Contract is for the construction of : A. Of 1,957 linear feet of
underground duct bank: 1,455 linear feet of 6-6" PVC conduit, 285 linear feet of 4-6"
PVC conduit, and 217 linear feet of 2-6' PVC conduit, along lower Kirby Drive from
Fruge Road to the Amerlux Property.
B Work of the Contract shall include implementation of Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and Practices during construction. Install and maintain
erosion and sediment controls.
C Work of the contract shall include extra work items to address miscellaneous items
that maybe encountered during construction. These items are only use upon
authorization by Engineer.
D Project constraints:
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining and protecting existing
utilities during the various construction phases of the project. Refer to
Specification 01500 Temporary Facihties and Controls for further detail.
2. Existing overhead power lines are located within Kirby Drive. The
Contractor should use extreme caution when working around these
overhead power lines.
3. Existing gas and electrical lines are located at various locations along Kirby
Drive. The Contractor shall coordinate with Centerpoint Energy to verify
locations of existing facilities various locations along Kirby Drive.
1.03 WORK BY OWNER
A N/A
1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A N/A
1.05 WORK SEQUENCE
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
05/2008 01100 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
05/2008 01100 - 2 of 2
A N/A
B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer & Owner for approval as specified
in Section 01300 — Submittals.
C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in
Section 01040 Coordination and Meetings.
1.06 FUTURE WORK
A N/A
1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights -of -way as
specified in Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises.
B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction.
1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's
operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer.
B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement.
2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed
END OF SECTION
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
05/2008 01100 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND
1.0 GENERAL
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
Section 01140
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of
construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to
adjacent occupants.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1 Section 01350 — Submittals
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Section
S ection
S ection
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
01730 —
01555 —
01562-
01720 02980 02770 02255 02922 —
02921 —
1.02 SUBMITTALS
Cutting & Patching
Traffic Control & Regulation
Waste Material Disposal
Field Surveying
Pavement Repair
Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers
Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials
Sodding
Hydromulch Seeding
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals.
1.03 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
A Confine access, operations, and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the
Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of
Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed.
B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private
properties, in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold
harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties
outside of the limits of construction.
1. Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use must be
removed upon completion of the Work.
a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent
private properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the
issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing
entity.
C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the
construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by
Engineer.
02/2008 01140 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
1.04 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction
will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s).
B Means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures which will result in damage to
properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not
be permitted.
C Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or
replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner.
D Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners monuments or other
demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The
replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the
City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or
private property owner.
1.05 USE OF SITE
A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or
streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously
B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for
street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor.
C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants.
D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to
requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to
maintain unimpeded flow.
E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights -of -ways
within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or
better than that existing at start of the Work.
F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing
facilities, accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or
uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance
with Section 01730 — Cutting & Patching.
G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site.
1.06 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS
A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed
construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks
prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses.
02/2008 01140 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for
resident contact, who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will
be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility
inconvenience or disruption.
C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to
the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice
shall be in an understandable language.
1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS
A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any
intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by
permission of the Engineer.
B Obtain the Engineer' s approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an
entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility.
Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners.
C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work
in that block is complete.
D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public
use.
E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property.
F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous
operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across
drives or entrances.
G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 — Traffic Control &
Regulation.
1.08 CLEAN-UP
A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner.
B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt, debris, scrap materials,
other disposable items.
C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of
each work day.
D Promptly remove barriers, signs, and components of other control systems that are no
longer being utilized.
E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section
01562 — Waste Material Disposal.
02/2008 01140 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
1.09 RESTORATION
A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless
replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans.
B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980 —
Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs, gutters, and headers in accordance
with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like
materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by
Engineer.
C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional
cost to Owner.
Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, &
Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer.
Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during
construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved in accordance with
Section 02922 — Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or
sprigging
Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use
over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not
designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 Hydromulch Seeding.
Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers
appropriate for sodding.
2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01140 - 4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
Section 01200
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work.
B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products.
C References to Technical Specifications: See Bid Proposal Sheet
D Reference Standards:
1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
1.02 AUTHORITY
A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of
the Technical Specifications and Section 00300 — Bid Proposal
B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid
Proposal shall govern.
C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the
Engineer.
D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as
required by Engineer to verify quantities.
1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED
A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal are for
contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work,
authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section
00700 — General Conditions of Agreement.
B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in
Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices
contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of
Agreement or in executed Change Order.
1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel rolled or formed steel or other metal
shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights.
Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction
or scale weights.
05/2007 01200 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
B Measurement by Volume:
1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and
height or thickness.
2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension
using the average end area method.
C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or
radius.
D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean
chord.
E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement.
F Other. Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as
appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work.
1.05 PAYMENT
A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools,
equipment, plant, transportation, services, and incidentals; and erection, application or
installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price
bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price
Work not specifically covered in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal will not be accepted.
B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations
and evaluations of quantities incorporated m the Work multiplied by the unit price.
C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations
and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values
incorporated in the Work.
D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual
measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for
Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work.
1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT
A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the
Contract Documents.
B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work,
the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies*
1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be
adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer.
2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer,
and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the
Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally
specified.
05/2007 01200 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a
specific formula or percentage price reduction.
D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment
adjustment is final.
1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS
A Payment will not be made for any of the following:
1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to
Engineer.
2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement.
3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle.
4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work.
5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified
otherwise.
6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products.
2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
05/2007 01200 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
Section 01310
COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site
Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract
Documents and coordinate as necessary
1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES
A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in
Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.01 "Owner, Contractor, and
Engineer', and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference.
1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION
A Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Technical Specifications to
assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction
elements.
B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for
portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy.
C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize
disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy.
1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference.
B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives, Consultants, Contractor, and major
Subcontractors.
C Agenda:
1. Distribution of Contract Documents.
2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the
Consultant.
3. Review of insurance.
02/2008 01310 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values,
and Construction Schedule.
5. Discussion of required Submittals, including, but not limited to, Work
Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs.
6. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals,
substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request
for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout.
7. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors.
8. Review of Subcontractors.
9. Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1.06 "Site Mobilization
Conference", when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization
Conference are combined.
10. Procedures for testing.
11. Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents.
12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and
their responsibilities.
13. Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program.
1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE
A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, Engineer will schedule a Site
Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy.
B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's
Superintendent, and major Subcontractors.
C Agenda:
1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor
2. Safety and first aid procedures
3. Construction controls provided by Owner
4. Temporary utilities
5. Survey and layout
6. Security and housekeeping procedures
1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the
Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if
directed by Engineer.
B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers,
Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each
meeting.
C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording
minutes.
D Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings.
02/2008 01310 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda
item.
F Agenda: •
1. Review minutes of previous meeting
2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment, payroll and
compliance submittals.
3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.
4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress.
5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals.
6 Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal.
7 Review status of Change Orders.
8 Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules.
9 Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule.
10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.
11. Planned progress dunng succeeding work period.
12. Coordination of projected progress.
13. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination.
15. Other items relating to the Work.
2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01310 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
Section 01350
SUBMITTALS
1.0 GENERAL
This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be
required for the Work When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical
Specifications, refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures.
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Submittal procedures for:
1. Schedule of Values
2. Construction Schedules
3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
4. Operations and Maintenance Data
5. Manufacturer's Certificates
6. Construction Photographs
7. Project Record Documents
8. Design Mixes
B References to the following Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01310 — Coordination & Meetings
2. Section 01630 — Product Options & Substitutions
3. Section 01100 — Summary of Work
4. Section 01380 — Construction Photographs
5. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents
6. Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers
1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A Scheduling and Handling
1. Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for
construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after
Submittal is approved.
2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review,
correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Engineer will
review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but
the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity
and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be
acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer.
This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional
compensation to the Contractor.
3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans, Technical
Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is
responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any
errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of
01/2008 01350 - 1 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish
required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications.
4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by
individual Technical Specifications.
5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since
previous submittal.
6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is
fabricated or delivered prior to approval No material or equipment shall be
incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until
approval has been obtained in the specified manner.
B Transmittal Form and Numbering
1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form.
2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Re -
Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e., 2A for
first Re -Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re -Submittal of Submittal
15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or
equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted.
3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify
product or system limitations.
4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1.10 "Video".
C Contractor's Certification
1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor,
certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in
accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested
variance.
1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment.
A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum
(LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive
Progress Payments.
B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2" x 11", plain bond, white paper. Use
the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by
Section.
C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of
one item, if necessary to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of
Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal.
D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's
overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values
equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts, Mobilization, Bonds, and
Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values.
01/2008 01350 - 2 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required,
include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and
a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
Reports, each valued at five (5) percent of the Lump Sum.
F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract
modifications, Change Orders, and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule
of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are
approved by the Engineer.
1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of
this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be, at a minimum, a bar chart,
(computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report.
B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and
Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the
Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer.
Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample.
C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the
Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed
Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet
the following requirements:
1. The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not
more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the
Engineer.
2. For Projects with work at different physical locations, each location should be
indicated separately within the Construction Schedule.
3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components, these
elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule.
4. For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work
should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule.
5. For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25
percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate
dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be delivered, and
when installed.
6. For Projects where operating plants are involved each period of work which
will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the
Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting
work in the area.
7 A Billing Schedule (tabulation of the estimated monthly billings) for the Work
shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction
Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless
significant changes in Work require re -submittal of the Construction Schedule
for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated.
01/2008 01350 - 3 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer.
Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in
accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement.
D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule
and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment No payment
will be made until these are accepted.
E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for
approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in
the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule.
F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual
Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each
Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly
Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for
Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before
the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment.
G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes
made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule;
Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the
Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish
Dates and Remaining Durations.
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
A Shop Drawings
1 Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications.
2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal
Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing.
3. The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following:
a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such.
b. Arrangement and section views.
c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete
information for making connections between work under this Contract
and work under other contracts.
d. Kinds of materials and finishes.
e. Parts list and descriptions.
f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories
showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete
equipment package.
g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet
numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on
the Plans.
4. Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of
the specific equipment or item to be furnished.
01/2008 01350 - 4 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
B Product Data
1. Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical
Specifications.
2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal
Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted.
3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in
this Project. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information
unique to this Project where required by the Technical Specification.
4. For products specified only by reference standard, submit manufacturer, trade
name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard.
5. For Approved Products those designated in the Technical Specifications
followed by the words "or approved equal' , submit manufacturer, trade name,
model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard.
6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section
01630 - Product Options and Substitutions, 1.04 "Selection Options" and 1.07
`Substitution Procedures".
7. For products that are neither Pre -Approved, Approved, specified only by
reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description,
trade name, manufacturer, and supplier. Contractor shall provide additional
information upon written request by Engineer or Owner.
C Samples
1. Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification.
2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 `Submittal
Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of
paper.
3. Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification; one of
which will be retained by the Engineer.
4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the
Technical Specifications.
1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' printed instructions
for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing,
and maintenance.
B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1.02 "Submittal Procedures",
shall be placed on front page of each document.
C Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents.
1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES
A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of
compliance for review by Engineer.
B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures",
shall be placed on front page of the certificate.
01/2008 01350 - 5 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
D Manufacturer' s Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or
product, but must be acceptable to Engineer.
1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380 — Construction Photographs.
1. Prints' Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's
Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be
retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the
job site.
B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS:
1. Prior to the commencement of any construction, take digital color photographs
on the entire route of the project
2. Photographs Two prints, color matte finish; 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on
81/2 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole
punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook.
3. Th photographs shall show:
a. Date photographs were taken
b. Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This
information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a
label on the mountings.)
4. Photographs should show the condition of the following
a. Esplanades and boulevards
b. Yards (near, side and far side of street)
c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb
d. Area between walk and curb
1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.)
2) Landscaping and decorative features.
C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
1. On completion of construction, provide photographs of any public or private
property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may
be the subject of complaints.
1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760— Project Record
Documents
1.10 VIDEO
A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical
Specifications.
B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1,
T02, T03, etc.
01/2008 01350 - 6 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND
1.11 DESIGN MIXES
A When specified, submit design mixes for review.
SUBMITTALS
B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures",
shall be placed on front page of each design mix.
C Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives for each class
and type of design mix submitted Include applicable test results on samples for each
mix.
D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
01/2008 01350 - 7 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
Section 01380
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals.
B References Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work
2. Section 01350 — Submittals
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction
Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in
accordance applicable provisions of this Section.
B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section
01350 — Submittals.
C Prepare three (3) prints of each view and submit two (2) prints directly to the Project
Manager within seven (7) days of taking photographs. One (1) print shall be retained
by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for
reference.
D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of
photographs, for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for
the extra prints directly to the photographer.
E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the
Work to show original Project Site conditions.
F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for
Payment.
G When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken following completion
of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left.
H With each submittal, include photographic negatives in protective envelopes, identified
by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken.
01/2008 01380 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their
vantage point, direction of shot, and quality.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS
A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a CD.
B The photographs shall show on a non -elective chalkboard or white board, readable in
the photograph:
1. Job number.
2. Date and time photographs were taken.
3. Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project
number.
C Indicate the condition of the following:
1. Esplanades and boulevards.
2. Yards (near side and far side of street).
3. House -walk and sidewalk.
4. Curb.
5. Area between walk and curb
6. Particular features (yard lights, shrubs, fence, trees, etc.).
7. Date shall be on negative.
8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot
on a key plan of the Project Site.
D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non-
existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass.
E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the
following information:
1. Name of the Project.
2. Name and address of the photographer (if a professional photographer is
used).
3. Name of the Contractor.
4. Date the photograph was taken.
5. Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three -ring notebook for
easy access and viewing.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the
Project Site.
01/2008 01380 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
3.02 POST -CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A Following the completion of the Work, take photographs from corresponding vantage
points and direction of shots.
3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each
Application for Payment and submit on CD with monthly Application for Payment.
B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of
construction and progress since the last photographs were taken Take not less than
two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time -lapsed sequence.
C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points.
END OF SECTION
01/2008 01380 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
Section 01420
REFERENCED STANDARDS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references.
B References to Technical Specifications: None
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards
comply with requirements of the standard except when more rigid requirements are
specified or are required by applicable codes.
B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section
00700 — General Conditions of Agreement.
C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference
standards conflict with Contract Documents.
1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
444 North Capitol Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20001
ACI
AGC
AI
AITC
American Concrete Institute
P.O. Box 19150
Reford Station
Detroit, MI 48219-0150
Associated General Contractors of America
1957 E Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
Asphalt Institute
Asphalt Institute Building
College Park, MD 20740
American Institute of Timber Construction
333 W. Hampden Avenue
Englewood, CO 80110
02/2008 01420 - 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
AISC
AISI
American Institute of Steel Construction
400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor
Chicago, IL 60611
American Iron and Steel Institute
1000 16th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ANSI American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
APA
API
American Plywood Association
Box 11700
Tacoma, WA 98411
American Petroleum Institute
1220 L Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20005
AREA American Railway Engineering Association
50 F Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20001
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
AWPA American Wood -Preservers Association
7735 Old Georgetown Road
Bethesda, MD 20014
AWS American Welding Society
PO.Box 35104
Miami, FL 33135
AWWA American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235
02/2008 01420 - 2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036
CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers
Code of Ordinances
City of Pearland
3519 Liberty Drive
Pearland, TX 77581
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
933 Plum Grove Road
Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association
707 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration
5600 Fisher Lane
Rockville, MD 20857-0001
FS
ICEA
IEEE
Federal Standardization Documents
General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS)
7th and D Street S.W.
Washington, DC 20406
Insulated Cable Engineer Association
P.O. Box 440
S. Yarmouth, MA 02664
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
445 Hoes Lane
P.O. Box 1331
Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331
MIL Military Specifications
General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS)
7th and D Street S.W.
Washington, DC 20406
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
P. O. Box 986
Katy, TX 77450
02/2008 01420 - 3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association
2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300
Washington, DC 20037
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park, P O. Box 9101
Quincy, MA 02269-9101
OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration
U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
PCA
PCI
SDI
Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, IL 60077-1083
Prestressed Concrete Institute
201 North Wacker Drive
Chicago IL 60606
Steel Deck Institute
Box 9506
Canton, OH 44711
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
4400 Fifth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15213
TAC Texas Administrative Code
TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
P. O. Box 13087
Austin, TX 78711-3087
TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation
125 East llth Street
Austin, TX 78701-2483
Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption)
(published by Texas Department of Transportation)
UL
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc
333 Pfingston Road
Northbrook, IL 60062
UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association
2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155
02/2008 01420 - 4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
Dallas, TX 75234
WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute
942 Main Street — Suite 300
Hartford, CT 06103
WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council
Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation
P.O. Box 12157
Austin, TX 78711
2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01420 - 5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND
1.0 GENERAL
CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
Section 01430
CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and
reports.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products services, site
conditions and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no
additional cost to the Owner.
B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in
sequence.
C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers'
instructions conflict with Contract Documents.
D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when
more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or
more precise workmanship.
E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship.
F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual
Technical Specifications.
1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS
A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product
suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions,
conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment,
operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate
operation, as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations
and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications.
02/2008 01430 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's
representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required
representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project
Manager.
C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or
instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to
manufacturers' written instructions. Submit report within one (1) day of observation to
Project Manager for review.
2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01430 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES
Section 01440
OBSERVATION SERVICES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Observation services and references.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 INSPECTION
A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as a representative of the Owner to oversee
inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications.
B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to
provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in
Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services.
C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager, Engineer, and
Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or
non-compliance with Contract Documents.
D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer; furnish samples of materials,
design mix, equipment, tools, and storage.
E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring services. Notify Engineer and independent firm when noted.
F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
09/2009 01440 - 1 of 1
CITY OF PEARLAND
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
Section 01450
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
C Referenced Standards:
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 3740, ` Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in
Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering
Design and Construction"
b. ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing
Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in
Construction"
1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A Owner will select, employ, and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to
perform inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications.
B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform
work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to
provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work.
D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing
laboratory, with prior approval of Owner, to perform the following
1. Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi -rigid sanitary sewer
collection system pipe installation
2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for
Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material
mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of
change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner.
3. Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials
and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements.
4. Cores to test for thickness.
5. Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor' s convenience.
6. Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate
work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents.
04/2008 01450 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS
A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the
Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory.
One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project.
Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax
from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager.
1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract
Documents.
B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor.
D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work
1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section
requires the presence of the Engineer.
B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on
Project Site.
C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities.
D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough
examination and testing.
E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested; to obtain and
handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested and to facilitate tests
and inspections including storage and curing of test samples.
F Arrange with laboratory and pay for:
1. Retesting required for failed tests.
2. Retesting for nonconforming Work.
3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION
04/2008 01450 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING
A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329, as
well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications.
END OF SECTION
04/2008 01450 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Section 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities,
telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety
requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures protection of the
Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of
trash, debris, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion
control.
B References to Technical Specifications:
Section 00200 — Instructions to Bidders
Section 01100 — Summary of Work
Section 01350 — Submittals
Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
Section 01100 — Summary of Work
Section 01600 — Material & Equipment
Section 01570 — Trench Safety System
Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation
Section 01720 — Field Surveying
Section 01563 — Tree & Plant Protection
Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water & Surface Water
Section 13730- Computer Equipment
C Referenced Standards:
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas
D Definitions:
Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes,
chambers, electrical and signal conduits tunnels, and other existing subsurface
installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work.
Surface Structures - existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations
above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any
extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to
12-2- 2011 01500 - 1 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles,
wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities
that are visible above the ground surface.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the
Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper
execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of
persons and property.
B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications.
Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service.
Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires.
Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer
required.
Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original
condition.
1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A Temporary Service
Make arrangements with utility service companies for such temporary services as are
necessary to construct the work and manage the site.
Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having
jurisdiction.
Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete.
Included are fuel, power, light, heat, and other utility services necessary for execution,
completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work.
B Water
Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for
specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper
completion of the Work.
12-2- 2011 01500 - 2 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
For water to be drawn from public water supply, obtain special permit or license and
meter from the proper City officials. For facilities under construction, establish a
water/sewer billing account with City's Utility Billing Department. A deposit based on
rates established by latest ordinance will be required.
For water drawn from fire hydrants, apply for and receive a construction water meter
from City' Public Works Department. Identify specific location for construction water
meter installation. Once installed water meter may not be moved without notification
of Public Works Department. Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply if not
included in City provided meter.
Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption
by Contractor personnel.
C Electricity and Lighting
1 Provide temporary electric power service in Contractor s name, as required for the
prosecution of the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting,
operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor or as
necessary to maintain any of Owner's on -going operations as may continue on the site
during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for
open areas; 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops.
2 Provide permanent electric power service, in the Contractor's name, to the work or site
as and when required by the schedule of the work to achieve Substantial Completion or
Partial Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and
transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially
Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner.
D Natural Gas
Provide and pay for natural gas service to the work as and when required by the
schedule to achieve Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in
its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as
Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner.
E Temporary Heat and Ventilation
Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work.
Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions, maintain
enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F.
F Telephone
Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor
personnel and others performing work or furnishing services.
G Sanitary Facilities
Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site, in compliance
with federal, state, and local regulations Locate toilets on the Project Site near the
12-2- 2011 01500 - 3 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied
throughout the course of the Work.
Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site.
Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge
will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to
cause a nuisance or health problem, have sewage and waste hauled off -site and
properly disposed in accordance with local regulations.
Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566
— Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
1.06 FIELD OFFICE
A Provision of a Field Office and other specific temporary facilities as required in
paragraph B below UNLESS otherwise stated in Section 00800 - Special
Conditions of the Agreement, or Section 01100 — Summary of Work. Provide for
transportation, move -in, set-up, tie -down and, when project is complete, removal and
move -out. The Contractor shall confirm location of office and other temporary
facilities with Owner's Representative at Pre -Construction Meeting prior to delivery
and set up Location of temporary facilities shall be approved by the Owner's
Representative by way of the submittal process.
B. At a minimum, the Contractor's field office shall provide for, contain or serve to:
provide a secured space for project administrative operations, periodic progress
meetings, on -site storage for project files and plans, office space for CONTRACTOR's
field supervisory personnel and provide a separate securable office space for
OWNER's Representative including. meeting table and chairs, a single two drawer
filing cabinet, a built-in drawing table and plan holders. Provide electric lighting and
HVAC to the mobile office.
1. Field Office shall provide for, at a minimum, a high speed internet connection for
use by Owner's Representative or Construction Manager as controlled by Paragraph A
above.
1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600 — Material &
Equipment.
1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with
federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety
Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench safety
requirements as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety System.
B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal, state and local safety codes
and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible
and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel
and equipment involved in the Work.
12-2- 2011 01500 - 4 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and
with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section
107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in OSHA Standards - 29
CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams -Steiger
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for
safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to
subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees.
D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without
qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of
or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the
Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the
Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this
Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the results.
Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten (10) days of occurrence.
E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of
lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional
capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or
odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off
entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area.
F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment,
ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the Plans and Technical Specifications
are obligations of the Contractor.
G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the
entire period covered by the Contract.
1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT
A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for
physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit.
B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the
Project Site whenever work is in progress.
1.10 FIRE PROTECTION
A Fire Protection Standards.
Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that
may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies.
B. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding
Building Construction and Demolition Operations.
Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with
NFPA Standard No. 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building, and
for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction.
12-2- 2011 01500 - 5 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the
Project Site.
C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures.
Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are
continuously or intermittently hazardous.
Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible
liquids
Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits.
Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure.
1.11 SECURITY MEASURES
A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss,
theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's
property.
B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction,
provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing as approved by
Owner's Representative.
1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES
A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are
shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at
least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities
during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they
conflict with the proposed Work.
1.13 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Preventive Actions.
Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work
and public and private property from damage.
Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the
following:
a. Store apparatus materials supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe
manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the
Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the
Owner's operations.
b. Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by
exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise.
c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are
consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work.
d. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused
by construction operations, keeping the Work safe and orderly.
12-2- 2011 01500 - 6 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for
scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations,
elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas.
Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers,
tools, materials or equipment, piivately owned land except on easements provided for
construction.
Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or
adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any
act, omission, neglect, or rrusconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it
shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing
before the damage was done.
B Barricades and Warning Signals.
Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public
place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights, warning signs and danger signals;
provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures foi the protection of persons
or property and protection of the Work. Conform to Section 01555 — Traffic Control &
Regulation.
C Preserving Control Points
Maintain permanent benchmarks, public or private elevation or property demarcation
and control monumentation, or other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in
writing, replace at no cost to the Owner, those monuments, property corners or other
permanent demarcations that are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section
01720 — Field Surveying.
D Tree and Plant Protection.
Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as
designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 — Tree
& Plant Piotection.
E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures
Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone
services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available, but
is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making
Locate Calls.
Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground
structures sufficiently to dete mine their location, to prevent damage to them and to
prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to
underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner.
Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is
damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any
repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent.
12-2- 2011 01500 - 7 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid
unanticipated underground structures.
If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is
required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the Engineer will
direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the
provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700 — General
Conditions of Agreement.
Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface
structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work Install such supports
carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before
installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and
procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure.
Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service
corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or
public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to entei within the
limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties, or of making such
changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance
of this Contract.
Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of
construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those
operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the
immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of five
(5) working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities
prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction
operations reach and uncover the utility.
Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface
structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to
damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure.
Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged
structure.
1.14 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent
operations.
Remove protection facilities when no longer needed prior to completion of the Work.
Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces.
1.15 ROADS AND PARKING
A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads.
B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic.
C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces.
12-2- 2011 01500 - 8 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal
public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the
Work.
E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways
from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment
F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site
space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking Locate as approved by
Engineer.
G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing
parking areas.
1.16 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary
for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas.
B Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work
for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources,
including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-
190, Executive Order 11514.
C Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to
temporary entrance, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents.
D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed
areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents.
Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted.
1.17 POLLUTION CONTROL
A Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water
or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations.
B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain
any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any
contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.
C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams
or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and
Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants.
Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals.
Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere.
12-2- 2011 01500 - 9 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local
laws and regulations.
1.18 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL
A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site.
B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the
Project Site or adjoining properties.
1.19 NOISE CONTROL
A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the
greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards - 29 CFR
and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the
surrounding neighborhoods.
B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
except as approved by Engineer.
C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas.
1.20 DUST CONTROL
A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the
provisions of Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
1.21 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL
A Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water pumped
from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Project Site, or
adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water &
Surface Water and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply
corrective measures as required to control erosion.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
12-2- 2011 01500 - 10 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION
Section 01505
MOBILIZATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work.
B Referenced Standards:
1. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT)
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD)
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three
percent (3%) of the total bid price
B. Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the
first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and
approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable:
1. Schedule of Values (Section 01350 — Submittals)
2. Trench Safety Program (Section 01570 — Trench Safety System)
3. Construction Schedule (Section 01350 — Submittals)
4. Pre -construction Photographs (Section 01380 — Construction Photographs)
5. Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s) (Section
01580 — Project Identification Signs)
6. Installation and acceptance of Field Office (Section 01500 — Temporary
Facilities and Controls)
7. Installation and acceptance of TPDES requirements (Section 01565 -
TPDES Requirements)
C. Payment for 25% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the
second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and
approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable:
1. Installation of High Speed Internet Access (Section 01500 — Temporary
Facilities and Controls)
2. Laptop Computer (Section 00800 — Special Conditions of Agreement)
Payment for 15% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the
third monthly Application for Payment.
E Payment foi the remaining 10% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be
included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment.
09/2012 01505 - 1 of 1
CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION
G. Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700
General Conditions of Agreement.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s) per Section 01580. The
name address and contact information of the general contractor for the project
shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580, part 1.03, D
visible to passing traffic or as directed by Engineer.
END OF SECTION
09/2012 01505 - 1 of 1
CITY OF PEARLAND
1.0 GENERAL
STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS
Section 01550
STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Installation of erosion and sediment control for Stabilized Construction Exits used
during construction and until final development of the Project site.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal
3. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
C Referenced Standards:
1. Amencan Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 4632, ` Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and
Elongation of Geotextiles"
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required in this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals.
B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on Geotextile fabric.
C Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements in this Section, 2.02 "Course
Aggregates".
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
A Provide woven or non -woven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene,
polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material.
B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi any
principal direction, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140.
C Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot
and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6
months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F.
02/2008 01550 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS
D Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., Or -Equal.
2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES
A Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, concrete, crushed blast furnace
slag, or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard,
durable materials free from adherent coatings salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or
flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter.
B Course aggregates shall conform to the following gradation requirements.
Sieve Size Percent Retained
(Square Mesh) (by Weight)
21/a" 0
2" 0-20
11/2" 15-50
3/4" 60 — 80
No. 4 95 - 100
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
A If necessary to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicles and
equipment, Contractor shall provide stabilized construction exits at the construction,
staging, parking storage, and disposal areas. Such erosion and sediment controls shall
be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified
in this Section.
B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work
that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil
testing and surveying.
C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the Project Site
until acceptance of the Work or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard
the existing system.
D Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits.
Unless otherwise directed, maintain them until the Work is accepted by the Owner.
Remove stabilized construction exits promptly when directed by the Engineer Discard
removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal.
E Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on
areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage
caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired
immediately.
02/2008 01550 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS
F Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the
erosion control practices described in the Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion
& Sedimentation.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
A Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on -site
vehicle transportation routes where shown on Plans.
B Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by
Engineer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Plans or as specified in this
Section.
C Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment
prior to entrance onto public right-of-way. When washing is needed to remove
sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area Truck washing shall be
done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and
sediment control measures.
D Details for Stabilized Construction Exits are shown on the Plans. Construction of all
other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at
least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient
for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator
to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlaying soil. Exposure of geotextile
fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to
minimize damage potential.
E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from
stabilized areas. Use sandbags, gravel, boards, or similar methods to prevent sediment
from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system.
F The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily. Provide periodic top
dressing with additional coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth Repair and
clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled,
dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately.
G The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Plans, but not less than 50
feet. The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than
full width of all points of ingress or egress.
H Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate, thickness, and width
requirements as the stabilized construction exit, except where shown otherwise on the
Plans.
I Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area
when authorized by Engineer.
02/2008 01550 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS
J Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Plans, or when
approved by the Engineer These methods include the following:
1. Cement -Stabilized Soil, Compacted cement-stabihzed soil or other fill
material in an application thickness of at least 8 inches.
2. Wood Mats/Mud Mats - Oak or other hardwood timbers placed edge -to -
edge and across support wooden beams which are placed on top of existing
soil in an application thickness of at least 6 inches.
3. Steel Mats - Perforated mats placed across perpendicular support members.
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01550 - 4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND
1.0 GENERAL
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
Section 01555
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for traffic control plans, signs, signals, control devices, flares, lights and
traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and
bridging of trenches and excavations.
B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises
D Referenced Standards:
1. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD)
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic
Control and Regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from
the one provided on the Plans provision of traffic control devices, and provision of
equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public. The amount
invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic
control and regulation.
B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work.
The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted
for Flaggers.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered
Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans If the Contractor proposes to
implement traffic control different than the plan provided he shall submit a Traffic
Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer.
C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values
within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed.
D Each week submit a daily log for Flaggers listing name, badge number, time start, time
finish, and hours worked.
03/2008 01555 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
1.04 FLAGGERS
A Unless otherwise specified, use only Flaggers who are off -duty, regularly employed,
uniformed Peace Officers.
B Flaggers are required at the following locations:
1. Where multi -lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single -lane
vehicular traffic.
2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly.
3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic
lanes and walks
4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular
traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross -walks.
5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience.
6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic
around the work site.
7. When requested by Owner.
C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and
movement, and does not m any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for
taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor
may deem necessary to protect the work and the public and does not in any way
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would
otherwise be liable.
Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such penods of time as
may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES
A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations.
B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having
jurisdiction.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PUBLIC ROADS
A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads If the
Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed,
approvals shall be obtained from governing authonties and permits paid for before
starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer.
B Contractor shall maintain at all times a l0-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work
areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the
use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan.
03/2008 01555 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7:00 a m. to 9:00 a.m. and
4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer.
D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial
properties adjacent to work areas at all times.
E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets:
1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated
material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction
operations Leave the area broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of the
work day.
F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and
access by emergency vehicles.
G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain
vehicular access to and through parking areas.
H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas.
3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS
A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to
guide traffic.
3.03 HAUL ROUTES
A Utilize haul routes designated by Owner or shown on the Plans for construction traffic.
B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes.
C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize
interference with public traffic.
D Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by vehicles utilizing haul
routes.
3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS
A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads,
detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected
public traffic.
B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective
traffic control.
3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS
A Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of
traffic.
03/2008 01555 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other
devices whenever bridge is installed
1. On an existing bus route;
2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or
truck traffic;
3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or
4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days.
C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise.
D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic.
E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or
excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to
minimize wheel impact on secured bridging.
F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that
produces maximum stress.
3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises.
B Remove equipment and devices when no longer required.
C Repair damage caused by installation.
D Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet.
END OF SECTION
03/2008 01555 - 4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE
Section 01560
FILTER FABRIC FENCE
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Installation of filter fabric fence to control erosion and contain sediments and
pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fence is not for use in channelized flow
areas. Filter fabric fence may be reinforced.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350 — Submittals
3. Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal
4. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 3786, `Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength
of Textile Fabrics'
b. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and
Elongation of Geotextiles"
1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT
A Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot between the limits of the
beginning and ending of wooden stakes.
B Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these
items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance
requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment
deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of
construction.
C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other Product Data on geotextile fabric.
03/2008 01560 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 FILTER FABRIC
A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene,
polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material.
B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any
principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM - D3786, and
the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140.
C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of
6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to
120 degrees F.
D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such
systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the
requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section.
B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work
that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil
testing and surveying.
C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fence as
specified in this Section, 3.02F Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and
sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion
and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard
removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal.
D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the
erosion control practices described in Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion &
Sedimentation.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
A Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Plan detail for Filter fabric
fence. Filter fabric fence shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will
percolate through the system m sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained
and accumulated.
B Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet
apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches If filter fabric is factory preassembled
03/2008 01560 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE
with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes
at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff.
C Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as
shown on the Plans Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and
compact trench.
D Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of
36 inches above natural ground.
E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to
minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the Fabric together only
at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely.
F Inspect filter fabric fence systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged
rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections
immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height
of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less.
END OF SECTION
03/2008 01560 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND
REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER
Section 01561
REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Installation of reinforced filter fabric barrier to control erosion and contain sediments
and pollutants in channehzed flow areas.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350 — Submittals
3. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 3786, "Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength
of Textile Fabrics'
b. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and
Elongation of Geotextiles"
1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT
A Measurement for reinforced filter fabric barrier is on a linear foot basis between the
limits of the beginning and ending fence posts, measured, accepted, and complete in
place.
B Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these
items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance
requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment
deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of
construction..
C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric.
05/2008 01561 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 FILTER FABRIC
A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene,
polyethylene, ethylene, or polyanude material.
B By ASTM - D4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any
principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM - D3786, and
the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140.
C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of
6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to
120 degrees F.
D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal.
2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT
A Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a
maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches.
B Welded wire shall be galvanized, 2-inch by 4-inch, welded wire fabric, 121/2 gauge.
2.03 EXECUTION
2.04 PREPARATION
A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such
systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the
requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section.
B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work
that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil
testing and surveying.
C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric barrier.
Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the
Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems
promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance
with Section 1562 — Waste Material Disposal
D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the
erosion control practices described in Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion &
Sedimentation.
05/2008 01561 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER
2.05 INSTALLATION
A Install reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during
construction and until the final development of the Project Site. Reinforced filter
fabric barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas.
B Provide reinforced filter fabric barrier in accordance with the Plan detail for
Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier. Reinforced filter fabric barrier systems shall be
installed in such a manner that runoff will percolate through the system and allow
sediment to be retained and accumulated.
C Trench in the toe of the reinforced filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical
trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench.
Backfill and compact trench.
D Reinforced filter fabric barrier shall have a height of 18 inches.
E Securely fasten the filter fabric to the wire with tie wires
F Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to
minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only
at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely.
G Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during
periods of prolonged rainfall and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace
damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth
one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less.
END OF SECTION
05/2008 01561 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
Section 01562
WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
3. Section 01600 — Materials & Equipment
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites.
C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan.
D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners, along with a description of
the property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a
written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work.
City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the
City limits.
1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN
A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of
waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following information:
1. Schedule for collection and inspection.
2. Location of trash and waste receptacles.
3. Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material.
B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety
regulations and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
07/2006 01562 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL
A Excavated material: When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated
material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site.
B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, asphaltic or other base and
surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer.
C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area.
D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Technical
Specifications.
E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer.
F When temporary, on -site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with
applicable provisions of Section 01600 — Materials & Equipment.
3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL
A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the
Project if a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a
location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain.
B Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor.
C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the
designated area, compacted and stabihzed. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into
a stream or drainage way.
D If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing
federal, state, and local rules and regulations.
3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL, WASTE, AND EQUIPMENT
A Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil,
and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor
and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of.
B Dispose of removed equipment, materials, waste and debris in a manner conforming to
applicable laws and regulations
C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when
written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this
Section, 1.03D.
07/2006 01562 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of
excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area.
E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is
maintained in a neat and orderly condition.
F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01562 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
Section 01563
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Tree and plant protection.
B References to Technical Specifications: None
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage, branch, trunk, or
root damage that could result from construction operations.
B Prevent following types of damage:
1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage.
2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing
or bolting
3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires or machine impacts.
4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline, paint, and other noxious
materials.
5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming.
6. Damage from lack of water due to:
a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones.
b Failure to provide adequate watering.
7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime,
concrete, plaster, or other base materials near roots.
8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
A When trees, other than those designated for removal, are destroyed or badly damaged
as a result of construction operations, remove and replace with same size, species, and
variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Trees larger than 8 inches in
diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety
and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following
International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x D2 x $10.00 where D is
diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade.
B All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester.
02/2013 01563 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating
formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue, free from kerosene and
coal creosote.
B Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping.
C Fertilizer: Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5
percent potash.
D. Temporary Barrier Fence: Plastic, bright orange color for visibility, 48 inches in
height, 8.5 pounds weight minimum.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS
A Except for trees and shrubs shown on Plans to be removed, all trees and shrubs within
the Project Site area are to remain and be protected from damage.
B For designated trees to be removed, perform the following:
1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4
inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in
orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level.
2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the
Engineer of intent to begin felling operations.
3. Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected
and preserved as described below.
C For trees or shrubs to remain, perform the following:
1. Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary.
a. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be
pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching
habit.
b. Cut limbs at branch collar. No stubs should remain on trees. Branch
cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk.
2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems.
a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before
excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or
other equipment.
b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from
drying out.
c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible
3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area inside dripline) by
construction activities.
a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means.
02/2013 01563 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
b. Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material
inside dnpline of trees.
c. Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline.
Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health
during construction period.
a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be
done once a week in months receiving average rainfall and twice a
week in months receiving below average rainfall
b. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches
beneath surface.
5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while
systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing
landscapes.
6. At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission trees and
shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original
positions under supervision of professional horticulturist.
3.02 PROTECTIVE CONTROLS
A Protection of trees or shrubs in open area:
1. Install steel dnve-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on
center, at the dripline of the leaf canopy of trees or 2 ft around shrubs.
2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet
minimum above ground.
3. For trees or shrubs in paved areas, use moveable posts constructed from
concrete -filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches minimum in diameter mounted in
rubber auto tires filled with concrete
4. Mount plastic temporary barrier safety fence on posts.
B Timber -wrap protection for trees in close proximity of moving or mechanical
equipment and construction work:
1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap.
2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths) vertically, spaced 3 inches
to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk.
3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire.
3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES
A Water newly planted trees adequately to maintain and support healthy plants at the
time of planting.
B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Work shall remain alive and
healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period.
1. Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace at his
expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner, have
become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of
additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions.
02/2013
01563 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
2. When tree must be replaced, the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on
date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner s inspection, for no less
than one year.
3. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost.
4. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense
•
END OF SECTION
02/2013 01563 - 4 of 4
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
Section 01564
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trench and structure excavations
and foundation beds in dry and stable condition.
B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters.
C Disposing of removed water.
D References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350 — Submittals
3. Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems
4. Section 01565 — TPDES Requirements
5. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
E Referenced Standards:
1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
3. Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas
4. Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI)
F Definitions:
1. Ground Water Control Systems - installations external to the excavation
such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes
dewatering and depressurization.
a. Dewatering - lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which
would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and
disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase
stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from
slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and
bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated
material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and
to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and
construction of structures and other installations.
b. Depressurization - reduction in piezometnc pressure within strata not
controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or
heaving of excavation bottom.
2. Surface Water Control - diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and
rain water away from the excavation.
3. Excavation Drainage - keeping excavations free of surface and seepage
water.
02/2008
01564-1of8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on
a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the
area requiring ground water control.
B Unless indicated as a Bid Item no separate payment will be made for control of ground
water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1.02A. No
separate payment will be made for control of surface water. Include the cost to control
non -pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Work requiring such
controls.
C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350
Submittals.
B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer
prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer
registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following:
1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and
charactenstics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control.
2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors.
3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating
arrangement location, depth and capacities of system components,
installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures.
4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths
and locations of piezometers and monitonng wells, monitoring installation
details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent
data and characteristics.
5. A descnption of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and
manufacturer's application recommendations.
6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for
intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water
control operation near contaminated areas.
7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for
dewatering and depressurization.
8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump
application and other necessary means.
9 Surface water control and drainage installations.
10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water.
C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation:
1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep
wells.
02/2008 01564 - 2 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring
wells.
3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells.
4. Initial flow rates.
D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations:
1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during
monitoring of dewatering and depressunzation. Refer to this Section, 3.02
`Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells".
2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers,
and monitoring wells
E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning (abandonment)
reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase
and left for Contractor's monitoring and use
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide
parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems.
B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA
Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems of these
Technical Specifications, to produce the following results:
1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations.
2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction
operations.
3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities,
installed facilities, and other work.
4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the
foundation strata.
5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations
C Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point
systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these
equipment types.
D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other
source entering the excavation Excavation drainage may include placement of
drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump
pumping.
E Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface
water from excavation and other work areas
F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities,
construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells.
02/2008 01564 - 3 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or
damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any
settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify
ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to
new construction existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water
wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water
control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required.
H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths
as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the
excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells.
Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as
required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible
contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the
ground water control system.
J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies
and left for Contractors monitoring and use.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction.
B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development,
drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system.
C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(TPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565 —
TPDES, 3.02 "Certification Requirements".
D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater
and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm
drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be
lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals.
E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the
vicinity of potentially contaminated sites.
F Implement control of ground and surface water under the provisions of Section 01566
— Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve
desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review
02/2008 01564 - 4 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1.06
"Operations and Maintenance Data".
B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and
operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control
system design, installation, and operation.
C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control
system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters
for observing and recording flow rates.
D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order.
E Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure
continuous operation, where required.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL
A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing
layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground
water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown
characteristics of the water -bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the
Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Refer to this Section, 1.03B.
B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and
handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site
conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent
property.
C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the
Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field
conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with
such notification.
D Provide for continuous system operation including nights, weekends, and holidays.
Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for
dewatering system.
E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at
a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for
prosecution of subsequent operations.
F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation,
depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or
installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan.
02/2008 01564 - 5 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until
foundation concrete has achieved design strength.
H During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of
5 feet below prevaihng level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to
result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by
weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement
stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement.
I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering
Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose If removal of pipe is impractical
provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout
or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service.
J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated
underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand
hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of
underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during
operations and remove it when no longer required.
K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of
surface or ground water is no longer required.
L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents.
3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS
A For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum
length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and
discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored.
B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft
excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide
separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatenng and for monitoring of
depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate
for Contractor's selected method of work.
C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning
the associated excavation.
D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only
where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained
by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water
Control Plan are satisfied.
02/2008 01564 - 6 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development.
Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the
event that the installations according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control
Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by
the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03A.
G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of
Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas.
3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE
A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained,
stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following
methods or combination of methods'
1. Sump pumping in combination with:
a. Layer of crushed stone and filter fabric.
b. Sand and gravel drains
2. Wells for ground water control.
B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the
foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material.
3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION
A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while
the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area
Keep system in good operatmg condition.
B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new
piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule.
C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed,
only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to
maintain and make observations, as specified.
D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground
water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when
directed by the Engineer.
3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING
A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each
wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system Also monitor and record water
level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady
conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter.
02/2008 01564 - 7 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control
system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or
piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more
frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for
increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective
dewatering for intended purpose.
3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL
A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes,
ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes
temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused
by construction operations.
B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels
or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling
basins when required by such agencies.
C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event
that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do
not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan
and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03B.
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01564 8 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
Section 01565
TPDES REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
A DEFINITIONS
As used herein and in conjunction with TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000,
the term OPERATOR refers to the CONTRACTOR.
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Description of the required documentation to be prepared signed and submitted by
the Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(TPDES) General Permit TXR150000 as issued March 5, 2003, re -issued March 5,
2013, by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality under the provisions of
Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Section 26.040 of the Texas Water Code.
B Contractor's responsibility for implementation, maintenance, and inspection of
storm water pollution prevention control measures including, but not limited to,
erosion and sediment controls, storm water management plans, waste collection
and disposal, off -site vehicle tracking, and other practices shown on the Plans or
specified elsewhere in this or other Technical Specifications. This Specification
provides guidelines and Best Management Practices (BMP's) information for the
Contractor to use in adhering to all local state and federal environmental
regulations with respect to storm water pollution prevention during construction
activity.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01310 — Coordination & Meetings
3. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout
D Referenced Standards:
1. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
E Other References:
1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) found in Appendix A of
these Technical Specifications.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work
performed under this Section Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a
component.
04-2013 01565 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals.
2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 REQUIRED NOTICES
A The Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent
(NOI) attached in Appendix A. The Contractor's NOI shall be submitted to the
TCEQ It is the Contractor s responsibility to pay for any fees associated with the
permit. Submission of the NOI is required by the Contractor before construction
operations begin.
B Upon completion of construction and acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the
Contractor shall complete, sign, date and submit the Contractor's Notice of
Termination (NOT) attached in Appendix A.
3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A On the Operator's Information form attached in Appendix A the Contractor shall
complete name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of
persons or fuins responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and
sediment control measures and all Subcontractors.
B The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Contractor's Information form
shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form,
attached in Appendix A.
C The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and
sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and
Maintenance Certification form, attached in Appendix A.
D The Contractor's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to
the Owner before beginning construction
E Contractor shall review implementation of the SWPPP in a meeting with the Owner
and Engineer prior to start of construction in accordance with Section 01310 —
Coordination & Meetings.
3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS
A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the SWPPP at the Project Site or at the
Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date the Work is
accepted by the Owner.
B At Contract Closeout, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all TPDES forms
and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP, in accordance with Section
04-2013 01565 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
01770 — Contract Closeout. The SWPPP records and data will be retained by
Owner for a period of 3 years from the date the Work is accepted by the Owner.
3.04 POSTING OF NOTICES
A The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into
effect until the date the Work is accepted by the Owner.
1. Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Contractor and a brief
Description of Construction Activity being conducted at the Project Site, as
given in Article 1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the Project Site or at
Contractor s office in a prominent place for public viewing.
2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles instructing them to stop, check,
and clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes. Post
such notices at every stabilized construction exit area.
3. In an easily visible location on Project Site, post a notice of waste disposal
procedures.
4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be
posted with the NOI on Project Site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data
Sheets at a location on Project Site that is known to all personnel.
5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the Project Site or at Contractor's
office.
APPENDIX A FOLLOWS THIS SECTION
END OF SECTION
04-2013
01565-3of4
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
Section 01565
TPDES REQUIREMENTS
(APPENDIX A)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TCEQ General Permit
NOI TCEQ Form - 20022
TCEQ Form - 20134
NOC TCEQ Form - 20391
NOT TCEQ Form - 20023
Site Notice Forms
04-2013 01565 - 4 of 4
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
P.O. Box i3o87, Austin, Texas 787n.-3087
GENERAL PERMIT TO DISCHARGE UNDER THE
TEXAS POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
under provisions of
Section 402 of the Clean Water Act
and Chapter 26 of the Texas Water Code
This permit supersedes and replaces
TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 issued March 5, 2008
Construction sites that discharge stormwater associated with construction activity
located in the state of Texas
may discharge to surface water in the state
only according to monitoring requirements and other conditions set forth in this general
permit, as well as the rules of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ or
Commission) the laws of the State of Texas, and other orders of the Commission of the
TCEQ. The issuance of this general permit does not grant to the permittee.the right to use
private or public property for conveyance of stormwater and certain non-stormwater
discharges along the discharge route. rilhis includes property belonging to but not limited to
any individual, partnership, corporation or other entity. Neither does this general permit
authorize any invasion of personal rights nor any violation of federal, state or local laws or
regulations. It is the responsibility of the permittee to acquire property rights as may be
necessary to use the discharge route.
This general permit and the authorization contained herein shall expire at midnight, five
years from the permit effective date.
EFFECTIVE DATE: March 5, 2013
ISSUED DATE: F E B F19 2013
t10321102Ase
For ! - C. mission
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
TPDES GENERAL PERMIT NUMBER TXRig0000 RELATING TO
STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITIES
Table of Contents
Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions 5
Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required 5
Section B. Definitions 6
Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage 12
Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization 12
1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity 12
2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities 12
3. Non-Stormwater Discharges 12
4. Other Permitted Discharges 13
Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out 13
Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage 13
1. Post Construction Discharges. 13
2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges 13
3. Compliance With Water Quality Standards 13
4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL)
Requirements 14
5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone 14
6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas 14
7. Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities 14
8. Indian Country Lands 14
9. Oil and Gas Production 15
10. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities 15
11. Endangered Species Act 15
12. Other 15
Section D. Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 15
1. Large Construction Activities 15
2. Small Construction Activities 15
Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 16
1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities With Low Potential for
Erosion • 16
2. Automatic Authorization For All Other Small Construction Activities: 17
3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities: 17
Page 2
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150oo0
4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities 18
5. Effective Date of Coverage 18
6. Notice of Change (NOC) 18
7. Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms, Notice of Termination (NOT) Forms, NOC
Letters and Construction Site Notices 19
8. Contents of the NOI 19
Section F. Terminating Coverage 20
1. Notice of Termination (NOT) Required 20
2. Minimum Contents of the NOT 20
3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators
at Large Construction Sites 20
4. Transfer of Operational Control 21
Section G. Waivers from Coverage 21
1. Waiver Applicability and Coverage 22
2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver 22
3. Effective Date of Waiver 22
4. Activities Extending Beyond the Waiver Period 22
Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage 23
1. Individual Permit Alternative 23
2. Individual Permit Required 23
3. Alternative Discharge Authorization 23
Section I. Permit Expiration 23
Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans (SWP3) 24
Section A. Shared SWP3 Development 24
Section B. Responsibilities of Operators 25
1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans
and Specifications 25
2. Primary Operators with Day -to -Day Operational Control 25
Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation, Implementation, and Compliance 25
Section D. Plan Review and Making Plans Available 26
Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s 26
Section F. Contents of SWP3 26
Section G. Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites 34
Part IV. Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants 35
Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements 35
Section B. Best Management Practices (BMPs) and SWP3 Requirements 37
Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges 39
Page 3
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Part V. Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements 40
Part VI. Retention of Records 40
Part VII. Standard Permit Conditions 40
Part VIII. Fees 41
Appendix A: Automatic Authorization 43
Appendix B: Erosivity Index (EI) Zones in Texas 45
Appendix C: Isoerodent Map 46
Appendix D: Erosivity Indices for EI Zones in Texas 47
Page 4
Construction General Permit
TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions
Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required
How much land will be disturbed? (*1)
I or more acres
(*1)
NO
Do you meet the
definition of
"operator?" (*2)
YES
NO
Will 5 or more
acres be disturbed?
(*1)
YES
Permit Coverage Required
Prepare and Implement SWP3
Post Site Notice
Submit Copy of Site Notice to
MS4 Operator
4
Permit Coverage Not
Required, Unless Part
of a Larger Common
Plan of Development
or Sale
NO
Are you a "primary
operator?' (*2)
YES
1'
Permit Coverage Required
• Prepare and Implement SWP3
• Submit NOI to TCCQ
• Post Site Notice
• Submit Copy of NOI to MS4
Operator
l
To determine the size of the construction project, use the size of the entire area to be disturbed, and
include the size of the larger common plan of development or sale, if the project is part of a larger
project (refer to Part 1.13., "Definitions, "for an explanation of "common plan of development or sale').
Refer to the definitions for "operator," "primary operator," and "secondary operator" in Part 1.,
Section 8. of this permit.
Page 5
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Section B. Definitions
Arid Areas - Areas with an average annual rainfall of o to io inches.
Best Management Practices (BMPs) - Schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices,
maintenance procedures, structural controls, local ordinances, and other management
practices to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants. BMPs also include treatment
requirements, operating procedures, and practices to control construction site runoff, spills
or leaks, waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage areas.
Commencement of Construction - The initial disturbance of soils associated with
clearing, grading, or excavation activities, as well as other construction -related activities
(e.g., stockpiling of fill material, demolition)
Common Plan of Development - A construction activity that is completed in separate
stages, separate phases, or in combination with other construction activities. A common
plan of development (also known as a `common plan of development or sale") is identified
by the documentation for the construction project that identifies the scope of the project, and
may include plats, blueprints, marketing plans, contracts, building permits, a public notice
or hearing zoning requests or other similar documentation and activities. A common plan
of development does not necessarily include all construction projects within the jurisdiction
of a public entity (e.g., a city or university) Construction of roads or buildings in different
parts of the jurisdiction would be considered separate "common plans," with only the
interconnected parts of a project being considered part of a "common plan' (e.g , a building
and its associated parking lot and driveways, airport runway and associated taxiways, a
building complex, etc ). Where discrete construction projects occur within a larger common
plan of development or sale but are located 1/4 mile or more apart, and the area between the
projects is not being disturbed, each individual project can be treated as a separate plan of
development or sale, provided that any interconnecting road, pipeline or utility project that
is part of the same "common plan' is not included in the area to be disturbed.
Construction Activity - Includes soil disturbance activities, including clearing, grading,
and excavating; and does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the
original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the site (e.g., the routine
grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads, the routine clearing of
existing right-of-ways, and similar maintenance activities). Regulated construction activity is
defined in terms of small and large construction activity.
Dewatering - The act of draining rainwater or groundwater from building foundations,
vaults, and trenches.
Discharge - For the purposes of this permit, the drainage, release, or disposal of pollutants
in stormwater and certain non-stormwater from areas where soil disturbing activities (e.g.,
clearing, grading excavation, stockpiling of fill material and demolition), construction
materials or equipment storage or maintenance (e.g., fill piles borrow area, concrete truck
wash out, fueling), or other industrial stormwater directly related to the construction process
(e.g , concrete or asphalt batch plants) are located.
Drought -Stricken Area - For the purposes of this permit, an area in which the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's U.S. Seasonal Drought Outlook indicates for the
period during which the construction will occur that any of the following conditions are
likely: (i) `Drought to persist or intensify", (2) ' Drought ongoing, some improvement", (3)
`Drought likely to improve, impacts ease", or (4) "Drought development likely". See
http://www.cpc ncep.noaa.gov/products/expert assessment/seasonal drought.html.
Edwards Aquifer - As defined under Texas Administrative Code (TAC) § 213.3 of this title
(relating to the Edwards Aquifer), that portion of an arcuate belt of porous, water -bearing
predominantly carbonate rocks known as the Edwards and Associated Limestones in the
Balcones Fault Zone trending from west to east to northeast in Kinney, Uvalde, Medina,
Bexar, Comal Hays, Travis, and Williamson Counties; and composed of the Salmon Peak
Page 6
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRiz0000
Limestone, McKnight Formation, West Nueces Formation, Devil's River Limestone Person
Formation, Kainer Formation, Edwards Formation, and Georgetown Formation. The
permeable aquifer units generally overlie the less -permeable Glen Rose Formation to the
south, overlie the less -permeable Comanche Peak and Walnut Formations north of the
Colorado River and underlie the less -permeable Del Rio Clay regionally.
Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone - Generally, that area where the stratigraphic units
constituting the Edwards Aquifer crop out, including the outcrops of other geologic
formations in proximity to the Edwards Aquifer, where caves, sinkholes, faults fractures, or
other permeable features would create a potential for recharge of surface waters into the
Edwards Aquifer The recharge zone is identified as that area designated as such on official
maps located in the offices of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and
the appropriate regional office The Edwards Aquifer Map Viewer, located at
http://www.tceq.texas.gov/compliance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html, can be used to
determine where the recharge zone is located.
Edwards Aquifer Contributing Zone - The area or watershed where runoff from
precipitation flows downgradient to the recharge zone of the Edwards Aquifer. The
contributing zone is located upstream (upgradient) and generally north and northwest of the
recharge zone for the following counties: all areas within Kinney County, except the area
within the watershed draining to Segment No. 2304 of the Rio Grande Basin; all areas within
Uvalde Medina, Bexar, and Comal Counties; all areas within Hays and Travis Counties,
except the area within the watersheds draining to the Colorado River above a point 1.3 miles
upstream from Tom Miller Dam, Lake Austin at the confluence of Barrow Brook Cove,
Segment No. i4o3 of the Colorado River Basin; and all areas within Williamson County,
except the area within the watersheds draining to the Lampasas River above the dam at
Stillhouse Hollow reservoir, Segment No. 1216 of the Brazos River Basin. The contributing
zone is illustrated on the Edwards Aquifer map viewer at
http://www.tceq texas.gov/compliance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html.
Effluent Limitations Guideline (ELG) - Defined in 4o Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) § 122.2 as a regulation published by the Administrator under § 304(b) of the Clean
Water Act (CWA) to adopt or revise effluent limitations.
Facility or Activity - For the purpose of this permit, a construction site or construction
support activity that is regulated under this general permit, including all contiguous land and
fixtures (for example, ponds and materials stockpiles), structures, or appurtances used at a
construction site or industrial site described by this general permit.
Final Stabilization - A construction site status where any of the following conditions are
met
A. All soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and a uniform (that is, evenly
distributed, without large bare areas) perennial vegetative cover with a density of at least
7o% of the native background vegetative cover for the area has been established on all
unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures, or equivalent permanent
stabilization measures (such as the use of riprap, gabions or geotextiles) have been
employed.
B. For individual lots in a residential construction site by either:
(i) the homebuilder completing final stabilization as specified in condition (a) above; or
(2) the homebuilder establishing temporary stabilization for an individual lot prior to
the time of transfer of the ownership of the home to the buyer and after informing the
homeowner of the need for, and benefits of, final stabilization. If temporary
stabilization is not feasible then the homebuilder may fulfill this requirement by
retaining perimeter controls or BMPs, and informing the homeowner of the need for
removal of temporary controls and the establishment of final stabilization.
Page 7
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Fullfillment of this requirement must be documented in the homebuilder's
stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWP3).
C. For construction activities on land used for agricultural purposes (such as pipelines
across crop or range land), final stabilization may be accomplished by returning the
disturbed land to its preconstruction agricultural use. Areas disturbed that were not
previously used for agricultural activities, such as buffer strips immediately adjacent to
surface water and areas that are not being returned to their preconstruction agricultural
use must meet the final stabilization conditions of condition (a) above.
D. In arid, semi -arid, and drought -stricken areas only, all soil disturbing activities at the site
have been completed and both of the following criteria have been met.
(i) Temporary erosion control measures (for example degradable rolled erosion control
product) are selected, designed, and installed along with an appropriate seed base to
provide erosion control for at least three years without active maintenance by the
operator, and
(2) The temporary erosion control measures are selected, designed, and installed to
achieve 7o% of the native background vegetative coverage within three years.
Hyperchlorination of Waterlines - Treatment of potable water lines or tanks with
chlorine for disinfection purposes, typically following repair or partial replacement of the
waterline or tank, and subsequently flushing the contents.
Impaired Water - A surface water body that is identified on the latest approved CWA
§3o3(d) List as not meeting applicable state water quality standards Impaired waters
include waters with approved or established total maximum daily loads (TMDLs), and those
where a TMDL has been proposed by TCEQ but has not yet been approved or established
Indian Country Land - (from 4o CFR 022.2) (r) all land within the limits of any Indian
reservation under the jurisdiction of the United States government, notwithstanding the
issuance of any patent and including rights -of -way running through the reservation; (2) all
dependent Indian communities with the borders of the United States whether within the
originally or subsequently acquired territory thereof, and whether within or without the
limits of a state; and (3) all Indian allotments, the Indian titles to which have not been
extinguished, including rights -of -way running through the same.
Indian Tribe - (from 40 CFR §122.2) any Indian Tribe, band, group or community
recognized by the Secretary of the Interior and exercising governmental authority over a
Federal Indian Reservation.
Large Construction Activity - Construction activities including clearing grading, and
excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than five (5) acres of land.
Large construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than five (5) acres of total
land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common
plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than five (5) acres of land. Large construction
activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line
and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the site (for example, the routine
grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads, the routine clearing of
existing right-of-ways, and similar maintenance activities.)
Linear Project - Includes the construction of roads, bridges, conduits, substructures,
pipelines, sewer lines, towers poles, cables, wires, connectors, switching, regulating and
transforming equipment and associated ancillary facilities in a long narrow area.
Minimize - To reduce or eliminate to the extent achievable using stormwater controls that
are technologically available and economically practicable and achievable in light of best
industry practices.
Page 8
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) - A separate storm sewer system
owned or operated by the United States, a state, city, town, county district, association, or
other public body (created by or pursuant to state law) having jurisdiction over the disposal
of sewage, industrial wastes, stormwater, or other wastes, including special districts under
state law such as a sewer district, flood control or drainage district or similar entity, or an
Indian tribe or an authorized Indian tribal organization, that discharges to surface water in
the state.
Notice of Change (NOC) - Written notification to the executive director from a
discharger authorized under this permit, providing changes to information that was
previously provided to the agency in a notice of intent form.
Notice of Intent (NOI) - A written submission to the executive director from an applicant
requesting coverage under this general permit.
Notice of Termination (NOT) - A written submission to the executive director from a
discharger authorized under a general permit requesting termination of coverage.
Operator - The person or persons associated with a large or small construction activity that
is either a primary or secondary operator as defined below:
Primary Operator - the person or persons associated with a large or small
construction activity that meets either of the following two criteria:
(a) the person or persons have on -site operational control over construction plans and
specifications including the ability to make modifications to those plans and
specifications or
(b) the person or persons have day-to-day operational control of those activities at a
construction site that are necessary to ensure compliance with a Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3) for the site or other permit conditions (for
example, they are authorized to direct workers at a site to carry out activities
required by the SWP3 or comply with other permit conditions).
Secondary Operator - The person or entity, often the property owner, whose
operational control is limited to:
(a) the employment of other operators, such as a general contractor, to perform or
supervise construction activities; or
(b) the ability to approve or disapprove changes to construction plans and specifications,
but who does not have day-to-day on -site operational control over construction
activities at the site.
Secondary operators must either prepare their own SWP3 or participate in a shared
SWP3 that covers the areas of the construction site where they have control over the
plans and specifications.
If there is not a primary operator at the construction site, then the secondary operator is
defined as the primary operator and must comply with the requirements for primary
operators.
Outfall - For the purpose of this permit, a point source at the point where stormwater runoff
associated with construction activity discharges to surface water in the state and does not
include open conveyances connecting two municipal separate storm sewers, or pipes
tunnels, or other conveyances that connect segments of the same stream or other water of
the U.S. and are used to convey waters of the U.S.
Permittee - An operator authorized under this general permit. The authorization may be
gained through submission of a notice of intent, by waiver or by meeting the requirements
for automatic coverage to discharge stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater
discharges.
Page 9
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Point Source - (from 40 CFR §122.2) Any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance,
including but not limited to, any pipe, ditch, channel tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure,
container, rolling stock concentrated animal feeding operation, landfill leachate collection
system, vessel or other floating craft from which pollutants are, or may be, discharged. This
term does not include return flows from irrigated agriculture or agricultural stormwater
runoff.
Pollutant - Dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge,
filter backwash, munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat,
wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt and industrial, municipal, and
agricultural waste discharged into any surface water in the state. The term "pollutant" does
not include tail water or runoff water from irrigation or rainwater runoff from cultivated or
uncultivated rangeland, pastureland, and farmland. For the purpose of this permit, the term
"pollutant" includes sediment.
Pollution - (from Texas Water Code (TWC) §26.00l(14)) The alteration of the physical,
thermal, chemical, or biological quality of, or the contamination of, any surface water in the
state that renders the water harmful, detrimental, or injurious to humans, animal life,
vegetation, or property or to public health, safety, or welfare, or impairs the usefulness or the
pubhc enjoyment of the water for any lawful or reasonable purpose.
Rainfall Erosivity Factor (R factor) - the total annual erosive potential that is due to
climatic effects, and is part of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE).
Receiving Water - A "Water of the United States' as defined in 4o CFR §122.2 into which
the regulated stormwater discharges.
Semiarid Areas - areas with an average annual rainfall of io to 20 inches
Separate Storm Sewer System - A conveyance or system of conveyances (including
roads with drainage systems streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, man-made
channels, or storm drains), designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater; that is
not a combined sewer, and that is not part of a publicly owned treatment works (POTW)
Small Construction Activity - Construction activities including clearing, grading and
excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than one (1) acre and less
than five (5) acres of land. Small construction activity also includes the disturbance of less
than one (1) acre of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or
sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than one (1) and
less than five (5) acres of land. Small construction activity does not include routine
maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or
original purpose of the site (for example, the routine grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt
overlays of existing roads, the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways, and similar
maintenance activities.)
Steep Slopes - Where a state, Tribe local government, or industry technical manual (e.g.
stormwater BMP manual) has defined what is to be considered a ` steep slope', this permit's
definition automatically adopts that definition Where no such definition exists, steep slopes
are automatically defined as those that are 15 percent or greater in grade.
Stormwater (or Stormwater Runoff) - Rainfall runoff, snow melt runoff, and surface
runoff and drainage.
Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity - Stormwater runoff from a
construction activity where soil disturbing activities (including clearing, grading, excavating)
result in the disturbance of one (1) or more acres of total land area, or are part of a larger
common plan of development or sale that will result in disturbance of one (1) or more acres
of total land area.
Structural Control (or Practice) - A pollution prevention practice that requires the
construction of a device, or the use of a device, to reduce or prevent pollution in stormwater
Page 10
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
runoff. Structural controls and practices may include but are not limited to: silt fences,
earthen dikes, drainage swales sediment traps, check dams, subsurface drains, storm drain
inlet protection rock outlet protection, reinforced soil retaining systems, gabions, and
temporary or permanent sediment basins.
Surface Water in the State - Lakes, bays, ponds, impounding reservoirs, springs, rivers,
streams, creeks, estuaries, wetlands marshes, inlets, canals, the Gulf of Mexico inside the
territorial limits of the state (from the mean high water mark (MHWM) out 10.36 miles into
the Gulf) and all other bodies of surface water natural or artificial inland or coastal fresh
or salt, navigable or nonnavigable, and including the beds and banks of all water -courses and
bodies of surface water, that are wholly or partially inside or bordering the state or subject to
the jurisdiction of the state; except that waters in treatment systems which are authorized by
state or federal law, regulation, or permit, and which are created for the purpose of waste
treatment are not considered to be water in the state.
Temporary Stabilization - A condition where exposed soils or disturbed areas are
provided a protective cover or other structural control to prevent the migration of pollutants.
Temporary stabilization may include temporary seeding, geotextiles, mulches, and other
techniques to reduce or eliminate erosion until either permanent stabilization can be
achieved or until further construction activities take place.
Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) - The total amount of a pollutant that a water body
can assimilate and still meet the Texas Surface Water Quality Standards.
Turbidity - A condition of water quality characterized by the presence of suspended solids
and/or organic material.
Waters of the United States - (from 4o CFR §122.2) Waters of the United States or
waters of the U.S. means:
(a) all waters which are currently used, were used in the past, or may be susceptible to
use in interstate or foreign commerce, including all waters which are subject to the
ebb and flow of the tide;
(b) all interstate waters, including interstate wetlands;
(c) all other waters such as intrastate lakes, rivers, streams (including intermittent
streams), mudflats, sandflats, wetlands, sloughs, prairie potholes, wet meadows,
playa lakes, or natural ponds that the use degradation, or destruction of which would
affect or could affect interstate or foreign commerce including any such waters:
(1) which are or could be used by interstate or foreign travelers for recreational or
other purposes;
(2) from which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in interstate or foreign
commerce; or
(3) which are used or could be used for industrial purposes by industries in interstate
commerce;
(d) all impoundments of waters otherwise defined as waters of the United States under
this definition;
(e) tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this definition;
(f) the territorial sea, and
(g) wetlands adjacent to waters (other than waters that are themselves wetlands)
identified in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this definition
Waste treatment systems including treatment ponds or lagoons designed to meet the
requirements of CWA (other than cooling ponds as defined in 4o CFR §423.11(m) which also
meet the criteria of this definition) are not waters of the U.S. This exclusion applies only to
manmade bodies of water which neither were originally created in waters of the U.S. (such as
Page 11
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
disposal area in wetlands) nor resulted from the impoundment of waters of the U.S. Waters
of the U.S. do not include prior converted cropland Notwithstanding the determination of
an area s status as prior converted cropland by any other federal agency, for the purposes of
the CWA, the final authority regarding CWA jurisdiction remains with EPA.
Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage
Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization
1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity
Discharges of stormwater runoff from small and large construction activities may be
authorized under this general permit.
2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities
Examples of construction support activities include, but are not limited to, concrete
batch plants, rock crushers, asphalt batch plants, equipment staging areas, material
storage yards, material borrow areas, and excavated material disposal areas.
Construction support activities authorized under this general permit are not commercial
operations, and do not serve multiple unrelated construction projects. Discharges of
stormwater runoff from construction support activities may be authorized under this
general permit, provided that the following conditions are met.
(a) the activities are located within one (i) mile from the boundary of the permitted
construction site and directly support the construction activity;
(b) an SWP3 is developed for the permitted construction site according to the provisions
of this general permit and includes appropriate controls and measures to reduce
erosion and discharge of pollutants in stormwater runoff from the construction
support activities; and
(c) the construction support activities either do not operate beyond the completion date
of the construction activity or, at the time that they do are authorized under separate
Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) authorization. Separate
TPDES authorization may include the TPDES Multi Sector General Permit (MSGP),
TXRo50000 (related to stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity),
separate authorization under this general permit if applicable coverage under an
alternative general permit if available, or authorization under an individual water
quality permit.
3. Non-Stormwater Discharges
The following non-stormwater discharges from sites authorized under this general
permit are also eligible for authorization under this general permit:
(a) discharges from fire fighting activities (fire fighting activities do not include washing
of trucks, run-off water from training activities, test water from fire suppression
systems, or similar activities)
(b) uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings (excluding discharges of hyperchlorinated
water, unless the water is first dechlorinated and discharges are not expected to
adversely affect aquatic life), which include flushings from systems that utilize
potable water, surface water, or groundwater that does not contain additional
pollutants (uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings do not include systems utilizing
reclaimed wastewater as a source water);
(c) water from the routine external washing of vehicles, the external portion of buildings
or structures, and pavement, where detergents and soaps are not used, where spills
or leaks of toxic or hazardous materials have not occurred (unless spilled materials
Page 12
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
have been removed; and if local state, or federal regulations are applicable, the
materials are removed according to those regulations), and where the purpose is to
remove mud, dirt, or dust;
(d) uncontaminated water used to control dust;
(e) potable water sources, including waterline flushings, but excluding discharges of
hyperchlormated water, unless the water is first dechlormated and discharges are not
expected to adversely affect aquatic life;
(f) uncontaminated air conditioning condensate;
(g) uncontaminated ground water or spring water, including foundation or footing
drains where flows are not contaminated with industrial materials such as solvents;
and
(h) lawn watering and similar irrigation drainage.
4. Other Permitted Discharges
Any discharge authorized under a separate National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) TPDES, or TCEQ permit may be combined with discharges authorized
by this general permit, provided those discharges comply with the associated permit.
Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out
The wash out of concrete trucks at regulated construction sites must be performed in
accordance with the requirements of Part V of this general permit.
Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage
1. Post Construction Discharges
Discharges that occur after construction activities have been completed, and after the
construction site and any supporting activity site have undergone final stabilization, are
not eligible for coverage under this general permit. Discharges originating from the sites
are not authorized under this general permit following the submission of the notice of
termination (NOT) or removal of the appropriate site notice, as applicable for the
regulated construction activity.
2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges
Except as otherwise provided in Part II.A. of this general permit, only discharges that are
composed entirely of stormwater associated with construction activity may be
authorized under this general permit.
3. Compliance With Water Quality Standards
Discharges to surface water in the state that would cause, have the reasonable potential
to cause, or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or that would fail to
protect and maintain existing designated uses are not eligible for coverage under this
general permit. The executive director may require an application for an individual
permit or alternative general permit (see Parts II.H.2. and 3.) to authorize discharges to
surface water in the state if the executive director determines that any activity will cause,
has the reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to a violation of water quality
standards or is found to cause, has the reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to,
the impairment of a designated use The executive director may also require an
application for an individual permit considering factors described in Part II.H.2. of this
general permit.
Page 13
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Requirements
New sources or new discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired waters are not
authorized by this permit unless otherwise allowable under 3o TAC Chapter 305 and
applicable state law. Impaired waters are those that do not meet applicable water
quality standards and are listed on the EPA approved CWA §3o3(d) List. Pollutants of
concern are those for which the water body is listed as impaired.
Discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired water bodies for which there is a
TMDL are not eligible for this general permit unless they are consistent with the
approved TMDL. Permittees must incorporate the conditions and requirements
applicable to their discharges into their SWP3, in order to be eligible for coverage under
this general permit. For consistency with the construction stormwater-related items in
an approved TMDL, the SWP3 must be consistent with any applicable condition, goal, or
requirement in the TMDL TMDL Implementation Plan (I -Plan), or as otherwise
directed by the executive director.
5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone
Discharges cannot be authorized by this general permit where prohibited by 3o TAC
Chapter 213 (relating to Edwards Aquifer). In addition, commencement of construction
(i e. the initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing, grading, or excavating
activities, as well as other construction -related activities such as stockpiling of fill
material and demolition) at a site regulated under 30 TAC Chapter 213, may not begin
until the appropriate Edwards Aquifer Protection Plan (EAPP) has been approved by the
TCEQ s Edwards Aquifer Protection Program
(a) For new discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone or within
that area upstream from the recharge zone and defined as the Contributing Zone
(CZ), operators must meet all applicable requirements of, and operate according to,
3o TAC Chapter 213 (Edwards Aquifer Rule) in addition to the provisions and
requirements of this general permit
(b) For existing discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone the
requirements of the agency -approved Water Pollution Abatement Plan (WPAP)
under the Edwards Aquifer Rule is in addition to the requirements of this general
permit. BMPs and maintenance schedules for structural stormwater controls, for
example may be required as a provision of the rule All applicable requirements of
the Edwards Aquifer Rule for reductions of suspended solids in stormwater runoff
are in addition to the requirements in this general permit for this pollutant.
6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas
Discharges otherwise eligible for coverage cannot be authorized by this general permit
where prohibited by 3o TAC Chapter 311 (relating to Watershed Protection) for water
quality areas and watersheds
7. Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities
This general permit does not limit the authority or ability of federal other state, or local
governmental entities from placing additional or more stringent requirements on
construction activities or discharges from construction activities. For example, this
permit does not limit the authority of a home -rule municipality provided by Texas Local
Government Code §401.002.
8. Indian Country Lands
Stormwater runoff from construction activities occurring on Indian Country lands are
not under the authority of the TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general
permit. If discharges of stormwater require authorization under federal NPDES
Page 14
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
regulations, authority for these discharges must be obtained from the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
9. Oil and Gas Production
Stormwater runoff from construction activities associated with the exploration,
development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources, including
transportation of crude oil or natural gas by pipeline, are not under the authority of the
TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. If discharges of
stormwater require authorization under federal NPDES regulations, authority for these
discharges must be obtained from the EPA.
io. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities
Stormwater discharges from agricultural activities that are not point source discharges
of stormwater are not subject to TPDES permit requirements. These activities may
include clearing and cultivating ground for crops, construction of fences to contain
livestock, construction of stock ponds, and other similar agricultural activities.
Discharges of stormwater runoff associated with the construction of facilities that are
subject to TPDES regulations, such as the construction of concentrated animal feeding
operations would be point sources regulated under this general permit.
1i. Endangered Species Act
Discharges that would adversely affect a listed endangered or threatened aquatic or
aquatic -dependent species or its critical habitat are not authorized by this permit, unless
the requirements of the Endangered Species Act are satisfied. Federal requirements
related to endangered species apply to all TPDES permitted discharges and site -specific
controls may be required to ensure that protection of endangered or threatened species
is achieved. If a permittee has concerns over potential impacts to listed species the
permittee may contact TCEQ for additional information.
12. Other
Nothing in Part II of the general permit is intended to negate any person's ability to
assert the force majeure (act of God, war, strike, riot, or other catastrophe) defenses
found in 3o TAC §7o.7.
Section D. Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge
1. Large Construction Activities
(a) New Construction - Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction
occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be authorized, either
under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit, prior to the commencement of
those construction activities.
(b) Ongoing Construction - Operators of large construction activities continuing to
operate after the effective date of this permit, and authorized under TPDES general
permit TXR150o00 (effective on March 5, 2008) must submit an NOI to renew
authorization or a NOT to terminate coverage under this general permit within go
days of the effective date of this general permit. During this interim period, as a
requirement of this TPDES permit, the operator must continue to meet the
conditions and requirements of the previous TPDES permit.
2. Small Construction Activities
(a) New Construction - Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction
occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be authorized, either
Page 15
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15oo00
under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit, prior to the commencement of
those construction activities.
(b) Ongoing Construction - Discharges from ongoing small construction activities that
commenced prior to the effective date of this general permit, and that would not meet
the conditions to qualify for termination of this permit as described in Part II.E. of
this general permit, must meet the requirements to be authorized, either under this
general permit or a separate TPDES permit, within 90 days of the effective date of
this general permit. During this interim period as a requirement of this TPDES
permit, the operator must continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the
previous TPDES permit.
Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge
1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities With Low Potential for
Erosion:
If all of the following conditions are met, then a small construction activity is determined
to occur during periods of low potential for erosion, and a site operator may be
automatically authorized under this general permit without being required to develop an
SWP3 or submit an NOI
(a) the construction activity occurs in a county listed in Appendix A;
(b) the construction activity is initiated and completed, including either final or
temporary stabilization of all disturbed areas, within the time frame identified in
Appendix A for the location of the construction site;
(c) all temporary stabilization is adequately maintained to effectively reduce or prohibit
erosion, permanent stabilization activities have been initiated, and a condition of
final stabilization is completed no later than 3o days following the end date of the
time frame identified in Appendix A for the location of the construction site;
(d) the permittee signs a completed TCEQ construction site notice, including the
certification statement;
(e) a signed copy of the construction site notice is posted at the construction site in a
location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public, local state, and
federal authorities prior to commencing construction activities and maintained in
that location until completion of the construction activity;
(f) a copy of the signed and certified construction site notice is provided to the operator
of any MS4 receiving the discharge at least two days prior to commencement of
construction activities•
(g) any supporting concrete batch plant or asphalt batch plant is separately authorized
for discharges of stormwater runoff or other non-stormwater discharges under an
individual TPDES permit, another TPDES general permit, or under an individual
TCEQ permit where stormwater and non-stormwater is disposed of by evaporation or
irrigation (discharges are adjacent to water in the state); and
(h) any non-stormwater discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or
authorization or are not considered to be a wastewater.
Part II.G. of this general permit describes how an operator may apply for and obtain a
waiver from permitting, for certain small construction activities that occur during a
period with a low potential for erosion, where automatic authorization under this section
is not available.
Page 16
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
2. Automatic Authorization For All Other Small Construction Activities:
Operators of small construction activities not described in Part II.E.i. above may be
automatically authorized under this general permit, and operators of these sites shall not
be required to submit an NOI, provided that they meet all of the following conditions:
(a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit, that covers either
the entire site or all portions of the site for which the applicant is the operator, and
implement that plan prior to commencing construction activities;
(b) sign and certify a completed TCEQ small construction site notice, post the notice at
the construction site in a location where it is safely and readily available for viewing
by the general public, local, state, and federal authorities, prior to commencing
construction, and maintain the notice in that location until completion of the
construction activity (for linear construction activities e.g pipeline or highway the
site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is
actively underway; notice for these linear sites may be relocated, as necessary, along
the length of the project, and the notice must be safely and readily available for
viewing by the general public, local, state, and federal authorities); and
(c) provide a copy of the signed and certified construction site notice to the operator of
any municipal separate storm sewer system receiving the discharge prior to
commencement of construction activities.
Operators of small construction activities as defined in Part LB of this general permit
shall not submit an NOI for coverage unless otherwise required by the executive director.
As described in Part I (Definitions) of this general permit, large construction activities
include those that will disturb less than five (5) acres of land, but that are part of a larger
common plan of development or sale that will ultimately disturb five (5) or more acres of
land, and must meet the requirements of Part II.E.3. below.
3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities:
Operators of large construction activities that qualify for coverage under this general
permit must meet all of the following conditions:
(a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit that covers either
the entire site or all portions of the site for which the applicant is the operator, and
implement that plan prior to commencing construction activities;
(b) primary operators must submit an NOI, using a form provided by the executive
director, at least seven (7) days prior to commencing construction activities, or if
utilizing electronic submittal, prior to commencing construction activities. If an
additional primary operator is added after the initial NOI is submitted the new
primary operator must submit an NOI at least seven (7) days before assuming
operational control, or if utilizing electronic NOI submittal, prior to assuming
operational control. If the primary operator changes after the initial NOI is
submitted, the new primary operator must submit a paper NOI or an electronic NOI
at least ten (io) days before assuming operational control;
(c) all operators of large construction activities must post a site notice in accordance with
Part III.D.2 of this permit. The site notice must be located where it is safely and
readily available for viewing by the general public, local, state and federal authorities
prior to commencing construction, and must be maintained in that location until
completion of the construction activity (for hnear construction activities, e.g. pipeline
or highway, the site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where
construction is actively underway; notice for these linear sites may be relocated, as
necessary along the length of the project, and the notice must be safely and readily
available for viewing by the general public; local, state, and federal authorities);
Page 17
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
(d) prior to commencing construction activities, all primary operators must (1) provide a
copy of the signed NOI to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge and to any
secondary construction operator, and (2) list in the SWP3 the names and addresses of
all MS4 operators receiving a copy;
(e) all persons meeting the definition of "secondary operator" in Part I of this permit are
hereby notified that they are regulated under this general permit but are not
required to submit an NOI, provided that a primary operator at the site has
submitted an NOT or is required to submit an NOI, and the secondary operator has
provided notification to the operator(s) of the need to obtain coverage (with records
of notification available upon request). Any secondary operator notified under this
provision may alternatively submit an NOI under this general permit, may seek
coverage under an alternative TPDES individual permit, or may seek coverage under
an alternative TPDES general permit if available; and
(f) all secondary operators must provide a copy of the signed and certified Secondary
Operator construction site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge
prior to commencement of construction activities.
Waivers for Small Construction Activities:
4•
Part II.G. describes how operators of certain small construction activities may obtain a
waiver from coverage.
5. Effective Date of Coverage
(a) Operators of small construction activities as described in either Part II.E 1. or II.E.2.
above are authorized immediately following compliance with the apphcable
conditions of Part II E.i. or II.E.2. Secondary operators of large construction
activities as described in Part II.E.3. above are authorized immediately following
compliance with the applicable conditions in Part II.E.3. For activities located in
areas regulated by 3o TAC Chapter 213, related to the Edwards Aquifer this
authorization to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's
responsibilities under that rule Construction may not commence for sites regulated
under 3o TAC Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met.
(b) Primary operators of large construction activities as described in Part II.E.3. above
are provisionally authorized seven (7) days from the date that a completed NOI is
postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ unless otherwise notified by the executive
director. If electronic submission of the NOI is provided, and unless otherwise
notified by the executive director, primary operators are authorized immediately
following confirmation of receipt of the NOI by the TCEQ. Authorization is non -
provisional when the executive director finds the NOI is administratively complete
and an authorization number is issued for the activity. For activities located in areas
regulated by 3o TAC Chapter 213, related to the Edwards Aquifer, this authorization
to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's responsibilities
under that rule Construction may not commence for sites regulated under 3o TAC
Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met.
(c) Operators are not prohibited from submitting late NOIs or posting late notices to
obtain authorization under this general permit. The TCEQ reserves the right to take
appropriate enforcement actions for any unpermitted activities that may have
occurred between the time construction commenced and authorization was obtained.
6. Notice of Change (NOC)
If relevant information provided in the NOI changes, an NOC must be submitted at least
14 days before the change occurs, if possible. Where 14-day advance notice is not
possible, the operator must submit an NOC within 14 days of discovery of the change. If
Page 18
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
the operator becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts or submitted
incorrect information in an NOI the correct information must be provided to the
executive director in an NOC within 14 days after discovery. The NOC shall be
submitted on a form provided by the executive director or by letter if an NOC form is
not available. A copy of the NOC must also be provided to the operator of any MS4
receiving the discharge, and a list must be included in the SWP3 that includes the names
and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy.
Information that may be included on an NOC includes, but is not limited to, the
following: the description of the construction project, an increase in the number of acres
disturbed (for increases of one or more acres) or the operator name. A transfer of
operational control from one operator to another, including a transfer of the ownership
of a company, may not be included in an NOC.
A transfer of ownership of a company includes changes to the structure of a company,
such as changing from a partnership to a corporation or changing corporation types, so
that the filing number (or charter number) that is on record with the Texas Secretary of
State must be changed.
An NOC is not required for notifying TCEQ of a decrease in the number of acres
disturbed. This information must be included in the SWP3 and retained on site.
7. Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms, Notice of Termination (NOT) Forms, NOC
Letters, and Construction Site Notices
NOI forms, NOT fonds, NOC letters, and Construction Site Notices that require a
signature must be signed according to 3o TAC § 305.44 (relating to Signatories for
Applications).
8. Contents of the NOI
The NOI form shall require, at a minimum, the following information:
(a) the TPDES CGP authorization number for existing authorizations under this general
permit, where the operator submits an NOI to renew coverage within 90 days of the
effective date of this general permit;
(b) the name, address, and telephone number of the operator filing the NOI for permit
coverage;
(c) the name (or other identifier), address, county, and latitude/longitude of the
construction project or site;
(d) the number of acres that will be disturbed by the applicant,
(e) confirmation that the project or site will not be located on Indian Country lands;
(f) confirmation that a SWP3 has been developed in accordance with this general permit,
that it will be implemented prior to construction, and that it is compliant with any
applicable local sediment and erosion control plans; for multiple operators who
prepare a shared SWP3, the confirmation for an operator may be hmited to its
obligations under the SWP3 provided all obligations are confirmed by at least one
operator;
(g) name of the receiving water(s);
(h) the classified segment number for each classified segment that receives discharges
from the regulated construction activity (if the discharge is not directly to a classified
segment, then the classified segment number of the first classified segment that those
discharges reach); and
(i) the name of all surface waters receiving discharges from the regulated construction
activity that are on the latest EPA -approved CWA § 3o3(d) List of impaired waters.
Page 19
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Section F. Terminating Coverage
1. Notice of Termination (NOT) Required
Each operator that has submitted an NOI for authorization under this general permit
must apply to terminate that authorization following the conditions described in this
section of the general permit. Authorization must be terminated by submitting an NOT
on a form supplied by the executive director. Authorization to discharge under this
general permit terminates at midnight on the day the NOT is postmarked for delivery to
the TCEQ If electronic submission of the NOT is provided, authorization to discharge
under this permit terminates immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOT
by the TCEQ Compliance with the conditions and requirements of this permit is
required until an NOT is submitted.
The NOT must be submitted to TCEQ, and a copy of the NOT provided to the operator of
any MS4 receiving the discharge (with a list in the SWP3 of the names and addresses of
all MS4 operators receiving a copy), within 30 days after any of the following conditions
are met.
(a) final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the
responsibility of the permittee;
(b) a transfer of operational control has occurred (See Section II.F.4. below) or
(c) the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual TPDES
permit or alternative TPDES general permit.
2. Minimum Contents of the NOT
The NOT form shall require, at a minimum, the following information:
(a) if authorization was granted following submission of an NOI the permittee's site -
specific TPDES authorization number for the construction site*
(b) an indication of whether the construction activity is completed or if the permittee is
simply no longer an operator at the site;
(c) the name, address, and telephone number of the permittee submitting the NOT;
(d) the name (or other identifier), address, county, and location (latitude/longitude) of
the construction project or site; and
(e) a signed certification that either all stormwater discharges requiring authorization
under this general permit will no longer occur, or that the applicant is no longer the
operator of the facility or construction site, and that all temporary structural erosion
controls have either been removed, will be removed on a schedule defined in the
SWP3 or have been transferred to a new operator if the new operator has applied for
permit coverage. Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an
indefinite period, such as mulches and fiber mats, are not required to be removed or
scheduled for removal
3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators
at Large Construction Sites
Each operator that has obtained automatic authorization and has not been required to
submit an NOI must remove the site notice upon meeting any of the conditions listed
below, complete the applicable portion of the site notice related to removal of the site
notice, and submit a copy of the completed site notice to the operator of any MS4
receiving the discharge (or provide alternative notification as allowed by the MS4
operator, with documentation of such notification included in the SWP3), within 3o days
of meeting any of the following conditions:
Page 20
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
(a) final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the
responsibility of the permittee;
(b) a transfer of operational control has occurred (See Section II.F.4. below); or
(c) the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual or general
TPDES permit.
Authorization to discharge under this general permit terminates immediately upon
removal of the applicable site notice Compliance with the conditions and requirements
of this permit is required until the site notice is removed.
4. Transfer of Operational Control
Coverage under this general permit is not transferable. A transfer of operational control
includes changes to the structure of a company, such as changing from a partnership to a
corporation, or changing to a different corporation type such that a different filing (or
charter) number is established with the Texas Secretary of State.
When the primary operator of a large construction activity changes or operational
control is transferred, the original operator must submit an NOT within ten (io) days
prior to the date that responsibility for operations terminates, and the new operator
must submit an NOI at least ten (io) days prior to the transfer of operational control, in
accordance with condition (a) or (b) below. A copy of the NOT must be provided to the
operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge in accordance with Section II.F.1 above
Operators of regulated construction activities who are not required to submit an NOI
must remove the original site notice, and the new operator must post the required site
notice prior to the transfer of operational control, in accordance with condition (a) or (b)
below. A copy of the completed site notice must be provided to the operator of any MS4
receiving the discharge, in accordance with Section II.F.3. above.
A transfer of operational control occurs when either of the following criteria is met.
(a) Another operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not been
finally stabilized; and all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have either
been removed, scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3, or transferred to a new
operator, provided that the permitted operator has attempted to notify the new
operator in writing of the requirement to obtain permit coverage. Record of this
notification (or attempt at notification) shall be retained by the operator in
accordance with Part VI of this permit. Erosion controls that are designed to remain
in place for an indefinite period, such as mulches and fiber mats, are not required to
be removed or scheduled for removal.
(b) A homebuilder has purchased one or more lots from an operator who obtained
coverage under this general permit for a common plan of development or sale. The
homebuilder is considered a new operator and shall comply with the requirements
listed above, including the development of a SWP3 if necessary. Under these
circumstances, the homebuilder is only responsible for compliance with the general
permit requirements as they apply to lot(s) it has operational control over, and the
original operator remains responsible for common controls or discharges, and must
amend its SWP3 to remove the lot(s) transferred to the homebuilder.
Section G. Waivers from Coverage
The executive director may waive the otherwise applicable requirements of this general
permit for stormwater discharges from small construction activities under the terms and
conditions described in this section.
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
i. Waiver Applicability and Coverage
Operators of small construction activities may apply for and receive a waiver from the
requirements to obtain authorization under this general permit, where all of the
following conditions are met. This waiver from coverage does not apply to non-
stormwater discharges. The operator must insure that any non-stormwater discharges
are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization, or are not considered to
be a wastewater.
(a) the calculated rainfall erosivity (R) factor for the entire period of the construction
project is less than five (5);
(b) the operator submits to the TCEQ a signed waiver certification form, supplied by the
executive director, certifying that the construction activity will commence and be
completed within a period when the value of the calculated R factor is less than five
(5); and
(c) the waiver certification form is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ at least seven (7)
days before construction activity begins or, if electronic filing is available then any
time following the receipt of written confirmation from TCEQ that a complete
electronic application was submitted and acknowledged
2 Steps to Obtaining a Waiver
The construction site operator may calculate the R factor to request a waiver using the
following steps:
(a) Estimate the construction start date and the construction end date. The construction
end date is the date that final stabilization will be achieved.
(b) Find the appropriate Erosivity Index (EI) zone in Appendix B of this permit.
(c) Find the EI percentage for the project period by adding the results for each period of
the project using the table provided in Appendix D of this permit, in EPA Fact Sheet
2.1, or in USDA Handbook 703, by subtracting the start value from the end value to
find the percent EI for the site.
(d) Refer to the Isoerodent Map (Appendix C of this permit) and interpolate the annual
isoerodent value for the proposed construction location.
(e) Multiply the percent value obtained in Step (c) above by the annual isoerodent value
obtained in Step (d). This is the R factor for the proposed project. If the value is less
than 5, then a waiver maybe obtained. If the value is five (5) or more then a waiver
may not be obtained, and the operator must obtain coverage under Part II.E.2. of this
permit.
Alternatively, the operator may calculate a site -specific R factor utilizing the following
online calculator: http://ei.tamu.edu/index.htifl, or using another available resource.
The waiver certification form is not required to be posted at the small construction site.
3. Effective Date of Waiver
Operators of small construction activities are provisionally waived from the otherwise
applicable requirements of this general permit seven (7) days from the date that a
completed waiver certification form is postmarked for delivery to TCEQ, or immediately
upon receiving confirmation of approval of an electronic submittal, if electronic form
submittals are available.
4. Activities Extending Beyond the Waiver Period
If a construction activity extends beyond the approved waiver period due to
circumstances beyond the control of the operator, the operator must either:
Page 22
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
(a) recalculate the R factor using the original start date and a new projected ending date,
and if the R factor is still under five (5), submit a new waiver certification form at
least two (2) days before the end of the original waiver period; or
(b) obtain authorization under this general permit according to the requirements
delineated in either Part II.E.2. or Part II.E.3. before the end of the approved waiver
period.
Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage
1. Individual Permit Alternative
Any discharge eligible for coverage under this general permit may alternatively be
authorized under an individual TPDES permit according to 3o TAC §305 (relating to
Consolidated Permits). Applications for individual permit coverage should be submitted
at least three hundred and thirty (330) days prior to commencement of construction
activities to ensure timely authorization
2. Individual Permit Required
The executive director may suspend an authorization or deny an NOI in accordance with
the procedures set forth in 30 TAC §205 (relating to General Permits for Waste
Discharges), including the requirement that the executive director provide written notice
to the permittee The executive director may require an operator of a construction site,
otherwise eligible for authorization under this general permit, to apply for an individual
TPDES permit in the following circumstances:
(a) the conditions of an approved TMDL or TMDL I -Plan on the receiving water;
(b) the activity being determined to cause a violation of water quality standards or being
found to cause, or contribute to, the loss of a designated use of surface water in the
state: and
(c) any other consideration defined in 3o TAC Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits
for Waste Discharges) including 3o TAC Chapter 2o5.4(c)(3)(D), which allows the
commission to deny authorization under the general permit and require an individual
permit if a discharger "has been determined by the executive director to have been
out of compliance with any rule, order, or permit of the commission, including non-
payment of fees assessed by the executive director."
Additionally, the executive director may cancel, revoke, or suspend authorization to
discharge under this general permit based on a finding of historical and significant
noncompliance with the provisions of this general permit, relating to 3o TAC §60.3 (Use
of Compliance History). Denial of authorization to discharge under this general permit
or suspension of a permittee's authorization under this general permit shall be done
according to commission rules in 30 TAC Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits for
Waste Discharges).
3. Alternative Discharge Authorization
Any discharge eligible for authorization under this general permit may alternatively be
authorized under a separate general permit according to 30 TAC Chapter 205 (relating
to General Permits for Waste Discharges), if applicable.
Section I. Permit Expiration
i. This general permit is effective for a term not to exceed five (5) years All active
discharge authorizations expire on the date provided on page one (i) of this permit.
Following public notice and comment, as provided by 3o TAC §205.3 (relating to
Page 23
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Public Notice, Public Meetings, and Public Comment), the commission may amend,
revoke cancel, or renew this general permit.
2. If the executive director publishes a notice of the intent to renew or amend this
general permit before the expiration date, the permit will remain in effect for
existing authorized discharges until the commission takes final action on the permit.
Upon issuance of a renewed or amended permit, permittees may be required to
submit an NOI within 90 days following the effective date of the renewed or amended
permit, unless that permit provides for an alternative method for obtaining
authorization.
3. If the commission does not propose to reissue this general permit within 90 days
before the expiration date, permittees shall apply for authorization under an
individual permit or an alternative general permit. If the application for an
individual permit is submitted before the expiration date, authorization under this
expiring general permit remains in effect until the issuance or denial of an individual
permit. No new NOIs will be accepted nor new authorizations honored under the
general permit after the expiration date.
Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans (SWP3)
All regulated construction site operators shall prepare an SWP3, prior to submittal of an
NOI, to address discharges authorized under Parts II.E.2. and II.E.3. of this general permit
that will reach Waters of the U S., including discharges to MS4s and privately owned
separate storm sewer systems that drain to Waters of the U S., to identify and address
potential sources of pollution that are reasonably expected to affect the quality of discharges
from the construction site, including off -site material storage areas, overburden and
stockpiles of dirt, borrow areas, equipment staging areas, vehicle repair areas, fueling areas,
etc., used solely by the permitted project. The SWP3 must describe the implementation of
practices that will be used to minimize to the extent practicable the discharge of pollutants in
stormwater associated with construction activity and non-stormwater discharges described
in Part II.A.3., in compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit.
Individual operators at a site may develop separate SWP3s that cover only their portion of
the project, provided reference is made to the other operators at the site. Where there is
more than one SWP3 for a site, permittees must coordinate to ensure that BMPs and
controls are consistent and do not negate or impair the effectiveness of each other.
Regardless of whether a single comprehensive SWP3 is developed or separate SWP3s are
developed for each operator, it is the responsibility of each operator to ensure compliance
with the terms and conditions of this general permit in the areas of the construction site
where that operator has control over construction plans and specifications or day-to-day
operations.
Section A. Shared SWP3 Development
For more effective coordination of BMPs and opportunities for cost sharing, a
cooperative effort by the different operators at a site is encouraged Operators must
independently obtain authorization but may work together to prepare and implement a
single, comprehensive SWP3 for the entire construction site
i. The SWP3 must clearly list the name and for large construction activities the general
permit authorization numbers, for each operator that participates in the shared
SWP3 Until the TCEQ responds to receipt of the NOI with a general permit
authorization number, the SWP3 must specify the date that the NOI was submitted to
TCEQ by each operator Each operator participating in the shared plan must also
sign the SWP3.
Page 24
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15oo00
2. The SWP3 must clearly indicate which operator is responsible for satisfying each
shared requirement of the SWP3. If the responsibility for satisfying a requirement is
not described in the plan, then each permittee is entirely responsible for meeting the
requirement within the boundaries of the construction site where they perform
construction activities. The SWP3 must clearly describe responsibilities for meeting
each requirement in shared or common areas.
3. The SWP3 may provide that one operator is responsible for preparation of a SWP3 in
compliance with the CGP, and another operator is responsible for implementation of
the SWP3 at the project site.
Section B. Responsibilities of Operators
1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans
and Specifications
All secondary operators and primary operators with control over construction plans
and specifications shall:
(a) ensure the project specifications allow or provide that adequate BMPs are
developed to meet the requirements of Part III of this general permit,
(b) ensure that the SWP3 indicates the areas of the project where they have control
over project specifications, including the ability to make modifications in
specifications•
(c) ensure that all other operators affected by modifications in project specifications
are notified in a timely manner so that those operators may modify their BMP s as
necessary to remain compliant with the conditions of this general permit and
(d) ensure that the SWP3 for portions of the project where they are operators
indicates the name and site -specific TPDES authorization number(s) for
operators with the day-to-day operational control over those activities necessary
to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions. If the party
with day-to-day operational control has not been authorized or has abandoned
the site, the person with control over project specifications is considered to be the
responsible party until the authority is transferred to another party and the SWP3
is updated.
2. Primary Operators with Day -to -Day Operational Control
Primary operators with day-to-day operational control of those activities at a project that
are necessary to ensure compliance with an SWP3 and other permit conditions must
ensure that the SWP3 accomplishes the following requirements
(a) meets the requirements of this general permit for those portions of the project where
they are operators;
(b) identifies the parties responsible for implementation of BMPs described in the SWP3;
(c) indicates areas of the project where they have operational control over day-to-day
activities; and
(d) includes, for areas where they have operational control over day-to-day activities, the
name and site -specific TPDES authorization number of the parties with control over
project specifications, including the ability to make modifications in specifications.
Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation, Implementation, and Compliance
The SWP3 must be prepared prior to obtaining authorization under this general permit,
and implemented prior to commencing construction activities that result in soil
Page 25
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
disturbance. The SWP3 must be prepared so that it provides for compliance with the
terms and conditions of this general permit.
Section D. Plan Review and Making Plans Available
1. The SWP3 must be retained on -site at the construction site or, if the site is inactive or
does not have an on -site location to store the plan, a notice must be posted describing
the location of the SWP3 The SWP3 must be made readily available at the time of an
on -site inspection to: the executive director; a federal, state, or local agency
approving sediment and erosion plans, grading plans or stormwater management
plans; local government officials; and the operator of a municipal separate storm
sewer receiving discharges from the site. If the SWP3 is retained off -site then it shall
be made available as soon as reasonably possible In most instances, it is reasonable
that the SWP3 shall be made available within 24 hours of the request.
2. A primary operator of a large construction activity must post the TCEQ site notice
near the main entrance of the construction site. An operator of a small construction
activity seeking authorization under this general permit and a secondary operator of
a large construction activity must post the TCEQ site notice required in Part II.E.1.,
2., or 3. of this general permit in order to obtain authorization. If the construction
project is a linear construction project, such as a pipeline or highway, the notices
must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively
underway Notices for these linear sites may be relocated, as necessary, along the
length of the project. The notices must be readily available for viewing by the general
public; local, state and federal authorities; and contain the following information:
(a) the site -specific TPDES authorization number for the project if assigned;
(b) the operator name, contact name, and contact phone number;
(c) a brief description of the project; and
(d) the location of the SWP3
3. This permit does not provide the general public with any right to trespass on a
construction site for any reason, including inspection of a site; nor does this permit
require that permittees allow members of the general public access to a construction
site.
Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s
The permittee must revise or update the SWP3 whenever the following occurs:
1. a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance that has a significant
effect on the discharge of pollutants and that has not been previously addressed in
the SWP3;
2. changing site conditions based on updated plans and specifications, new operators,
new areas of responsibility, and changes in BMPs; or
3. results of inspections or investigations by site operators, operators of a municipal
separate storm sewer system receiving the discharge, authorized TCEQ personnel, or
a federal, state or local agency approving sediment and erosion plans indicate the
SWP3 is proving ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in
discharges authorized under this general permit.
Section F. Contents of SWP3
The SWP3 must include, at a minimum, the information described in this section and
must comply with the construction and development effluent guidelines in Part III,
Section G of the general permit.
Page 26
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
i. A site or project description, which includes the following information:
(a) a description of the nature of the construction activity;
(b) a list of potential pollutants and their sources;
(c) a description of the intended schedule or sequence of activities that will disturb
soils for major portions of the site, including estimated start dates and duration of
activities;
(d) the total number of acres of the entire property and the total number of acres
where construction activities will occur, including off -site material storage areas,
overburden and stockpiles of dirt, and borrow areas that are authorized under the
permittee's NOI;
(e) data describing the soil or the quality of any discharge from the site;
(f) a map showing the general location of the site (e.g. a portion of a city or county
map);
(g) a detailed site map (or maps) indicating the following:
(i) drainage patterns and approximate slopes anticipated after major grading
activities;
(ii) areas where soil disturbance will occur;
(iii) locations of all controls and buffers, either planned or in place;
(iv) locations where temporary or permanent stabilization practices are
expected to be used;
(v) locations of construction support activities, including off -site activities,
that are authorized under the permittee s NOI, including material, waste,
borrow, fill, or equipment or chemical storage areas;
(vi) surface waters (including wetlands) either at, adjacent, or in dose
proximity to the site, and also indicating those that are impaired waters;
(vii) locations where stormwater discharges from the site directly to a surface
water body or a municipal separate storm sewer system;
(viii) vehicle wash areas; and
(ix) designated points on the site where vehicles will exit onto paved roads (for
instance this applies to construction transition from unstable dirt areas to
exterior paved roads).
Where the amount of information required to be included on the map would result
in a single map being difficult to read and interpret, the operator shall develop a
series of maps that collectively include the required information.
(h) the location and description of support activities authorized under the permittee's
NOI, including asphalt plants concrete plants, and other activities providing
support to the construction site that is authorized under this general permit,
(i) the name of receiving waters at or near the site that may be disturbed or that may
receive discharges from disturbed areas of the project;
(j) a copy of this TPDES general permit;
(k) the NOI and acknowledgement certificate for primary operators of large
construction sites, and the site notice for small construction sites and for
secondary operators of large construction sites;
(1) stormwater and allowable non-stormwater discharge locations, including storm
drain inlets on site and in the immediate vicinity of the construction site and
Page 27
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
(m) locations of all pollutant -generating activities, such as paving operations;
concrete, paint and stucco washout and water disposal; solid waste storage and
disposal; and dewatering operations.
2. A description of the BMPs that will be used to minimize pollution in runoff.
The description must identify the general timing or sequence for implementation. At
a minimum the description must include the following components:
(a) General Requirements
(i) Erosion and sediment controls must be designed to retain sediment on -site
to the extent practicable with consideration for local topography, soil type,
and rainfall.
(ii) Control measures must be properly selected, installed, and maintained
according to the manufacturer's or designer's specifications.
(iii) Controls must be developed to minimize the offsite transport of litter,
construction debris, and construction materials.
(b) Erosion Control and Stabilization Practices
The SWP3 must include a description of temporary and permanent erosion control
and stabilization practices for the site, compliant with the requirements of Part
III.G.1 and G 2 of this general permit, including a schedule of when the practices will
be implemented. Site plans should ensure that existing vegetation is preserved where
it is possible.
(i) Erosion control and stabilization practices may include but are not limited
to: establishment of temporary or permanent vegetation, mulching,
geotextiles sod stabilization, vegetative buffer strips protection of existing
trees and vegetation, slope texturing, temporary velocity dissipation
devices, flow diversion mechanisms and other similar measures.
(ii) The following records must be maintained and either attached to or
referenced in the SWP3, and made readily available upon request to the
parties listed in Part III.D.1 of this general permit:
(A) the dates when major grading activities occur;
(B) the dates when construction activities temporarily or permanently
cease on a portion of the site; and
(C) the dates when stabihzation measures are initiated.
(iii) Erosion control and stabilization measures must be initiated immediately
in portions of the site where construction activities have temporarily
ceased and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar days.
Stabilization measures that provide a protective cover must be initiated
immediately in portions of the site where construction activities have
permanently ceased. The term "immediately" is used to define the
deadline for initiating stabilization measures. In the context of this
requirement, "immediately' means as soon as practicable, but no later than
the end of the next work day, following the day when the earth -disturbing
activities have temporarily or permanently ceased Except as provided in
(A) through (D) below, these measures must be completed as soon as
practicable, but no more than 14 calendar days after the initiation of soil
stabilization measures:
(A) Where the immediate initiation of stabilization measures after
construction activity temporarily or permanently ceased is precluded
Page 28
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
by snow cover or frozen ground conditions, stabilization measures
must be initiated as soon as practicable.
(B) In arid areas, semi -arid areas, or drought -stricken areas where the
immediate initiation of stabilization measures after construction
activity has temporarily or permanently ceased or is precluded by arid
conditions, erosion control and stabilization measures must be
initiated as soon as practicable. Where vegetative controls are not
feasible due to arid conditions, the operator shall immediately install,
and within 14 calendar days of a temporary or permanent cessation of
work in any portion of the site complete, non -vegetative erosion
controls. If non -vegetative controls are not feasible, the operator shall
install temporary sediment controls as required in Paragraph (C)
below.
(C) In areas where temporary stabilization measures are infeasible, the
operator may alternatively utilize temporary perimeter controls. The
operator must document in the SWP3 the reason why stabilization
measures are not feasible, and must demonstrate that the perimeter
controls will retain sediment on site to the extent practicable. The
operator must continue to inspect the BMPs at the frequency
established in Section III.F.y.(a) for unstabilized sites.
(D) If the initiation or completion of vegetative stabilization is affected by
circumstances beyond the control of the permittee, vegetative
stabilization must be initiated or completed as soon as conditions or
circumstances allow it on the site. The requirement to initiate
stabilization is triggered as soon as it is known with reasonable
certainty that work will be stopped for 14 or more additional calendar
days.
(iv) Final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of permit
coverage.
(v) TCEQ does not expect that temporary or permanent stabilization measures
to be applied to areas that are intended to be left un-vegetated or un-
stabilized following construction (e.g., dirt access roads, utility pole pads,
areas being used for storage of vehicles, equipment, or materials).
(c) Sediment Control Practices
The SWP3 must include a description of any sediment control practices used to
remove eroded soils from stormwater runoff, including the general timing or
sequence for implementation of controls.
(i) Sites With Drainage Areas of Ten or More Acres
(A) Sedimentation Basin(s)
(i) A sedimentation basin is required, where feasible for a common
drainage location that serves an area with ten (io) or more acres
disturbed at one time. A sedimentation basin may be temporary or
permanent, and must provide sufficient storage to contain a
calculated volume of runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm from
each disturbed acre drained. When calculating the volume of
runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm event, it is not required to
include the flows from offsite areas and flow from onsite areas that
are either undisturbed or have already undergone permanent
stabilization, if these flows are diverted around both the disturbed
areas of the site and the sediment basin. Capacity calculations shall
be included in the SWP3.
Page 29
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
(2) Where rainfall data is not available or a calculation cannot be
performed, the sedimentation basin must provide at least 3,600
cubic feet of storage per acre drained until final stabilization of the
site.
(3) If a sedimentation basin is not feasible, then the permittee shall
provide equivalent control measures until final stabilization of the
site. In determining whether installing a sediment basin is
feasible, the permittee may consider factors such as site soils,
slope, available area, public safety, precipitation patterns, site
geometry, site vegetation infiltration capacity, geotechnical
factors, depth to groundwater, and other similar considerations.
The permittee shall document the reason that the sediment basins
are not feasible, and shall utilize equivalent control measures,
which may include a series of smaller sediment basins.
(4) Unless infeasible, when discharging from sedimentation basins
and impoundments the permittee shall utilize outlet structures
that withdraw water from the surface.
(B) Perimeter Controls At a minimum, silt fences, vegetative buffer
strips, or equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope
boundaries of the construction area, and for those side slope
boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site
conditions.
(ii) Controls for Sites With Drainage Areas Less than Ten Acres:
(A) Sediment traps and sediment basins may be used to control solids in
stormwater runoff for drainage locations serving less than ten (io)
acres. At a minimum, silt fences, vegetative buffer strips, or
equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope
boundaries of the construction area, and for those side slope
boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site
conditions.
(B) Alternatively, a sediment basin that provides storage for a calculated
volume of runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm from each disturbed
acre drained may be utilized. Where rainfall data is not available or a
calculation cannot be performed a temporary or permanent sediment
basin providing 3 60o cubic feet of storage per acre drained may be
provided. If a calculation is performed, then the calculation shall be
included in the SWP3.
(C) If sedimentation basins or impoundments are used, the permittee
shall comply with the requirements in Part III.G.6 of this general
permit.
3. Description of Permanent Stormwater Controls
A description of any measures that will be installed during the construction process
to control pollutants in stormwater discharges that may occur after construction
operations have been completed must be included in the SWP3. Permittees are only
responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater management
measures prior to final stabilization of the site or prior to submission of an NOT.
4. Other Required Controls and BMPs
(a) Permittees shall minimize, to the extent practicable the off -site vehicle tracking
of sediments and the generation of dust. The SWP3 shall include a description
of controls utilized to accomplish this requirement.
Page 30
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
(b) The SWP3 must include a description of construction and waste materials
expected to be stored on -site and a description of controls to minimize pollutants
from these materials.
(c) The SWP3 must include a description of potential pollutant sources from areas
other than construction (such as stormwater discharges from dedicated asphalt
plants and dedicated concrete batch plants), and a description of controls and
measures that will be implemented at those sites to minimize pollutant
discharges.
(d) Permittees shall place velocity dissipation devices at discharge locations and
along the length of any outfall channel (Le., runoff conveyance) to provide a non -
erosive flow velocity from the structure to a water course, so that the natural
physical and biological characteristics and functions are maintained and
protected.
(e) Permittees shall design and utilize appropriate controls to minimize the offsite
transport of suspended sediments and other pollutants if it is necessary to pump
or channel standing water from the site.
(f) Permittees shall ensure that all other required controls and BMPs comply with
all of the requirements of Part III.G of this general permit.
5. Documentation of Compliance with Approved State and Local Plans
(a) Permittees must ensure that the SWP3 is consistent with requirements specified
in apphcable sediment and erosion site plans or site permits, or stormwater
management site plans or site permits approved by federal, state, or local
officials.
(b) SWP3s must be updated as necessary to remain consistent with any changes
applicable to protecting surface water resources in sediment erosion site plans or
site permits, or stormwater management site plans or site permits approved by
state or local official for which the permittee receives written notice.
(c) If the permittee is required to prepare a separate management plan, including
but not limited to a WPAP or Contributing Zone Plan in accordance with 3o TAC
Chapter 213 (related to the Edwards Aquifer), then a copy of that plan must be
either included in the SWP3 or made readily available upon request to
authorized personnel of the TCEQ. The permittee shall maintain a copy of the
approval letter for the plan in its SWP3.
6. Maintenance Requirements
(a) All protective measures identified in the SWP3 must be maintained in effective
operating condition. If, through inspections or other means, the permittee
determines that BMPs are not operating effectively, then the permittee shall
perform maintenance as necessary to maintain the continued effectiveness of
stormwater controls, and prior to the next rain event if feasible. If maintenance
prior to the next anticipated storm event is impracticable, the reason shall be
documented in the SWP3 and maintenance must be scheduled and
accomplished as soon as practicable. Erosion and sediment controls that have
been intentionally disabled, run -over, removed, or otherwise rendered
ineffective must be replaced or corrected immediately upon discovery
(b) If periodic inspections or other information indicates a control has been used
incorrectly, is performing inadequately, or is damaged, then the operator shall
replace or modify the control as soon as practicable after making the discovery.
(c) Sediment must be removed from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no
later than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 5o%. For perimeter
Page 3i
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
controls such as silt fences, berms, etc., the trapped sediment must be removed
before it reaches 50% of the above -ground height.
(d) If sediment escapes the site, accumulations must be removed at a frequency that
minimizes off -site impacts, and prior to the next rain event, if feasible. If the
permittee does not own or operate the off -site conveyance then the permittee
shall work with the owner or operator of the property to remove the sediment.
7. Inspections of Controls
(a) Personnel provided by the permittee must inspect disturbed areas of the
construction site that have not been finally stabilized, areas used for storage of
materials that are exposed to precipitation, discharge locations, and structural
controls for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants entering the drainage
system. Personnel conducting these inspections must be knowledgeable of this
general permit, familiar with the construction site, and knowledgeable of the
SWP3 for the site. Sediment and erosion control measures identified in the
SWP3 must be inspected to ensure that they are operating correctly. Locations
where vehicles enter or exit the site must be inspected for evidence of off -site
sediment tracking. Inspections must be conducted at least once every 14
calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or
greater.
Where sites have been finally or temporarily stabilized or where runoff is
unlikely due to winter conditions (e.g. site is covered with snow, ice, or frozen
ground exists), inspections must be conducted at least once every month. In
arid, semi -arid, or drought -stricken areas, inspections must be conducted at
least once every month and within 24 hours after the end of a storm event of o.5
inches or greater. The SWP3 must also contain a record of the total rainfall
measured, as well as the approximate beginning and ending dates of winter or
drought conditions resulting in monthly frequency of inspections.
As an alternative to the above -described inspection schedule of once every 14
calendar days and within 24 hours of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater, the
SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will occur at least once
every seven (7) calendar days. If this alternative schedule is developed then the
inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been a rainfall
event since the previous inspection.
The inspections may occur on either schedule provided that the SWP3 reflects
the current schedule and that any changes to the schedule are conducted in
accordance with the following provisions: the schedule may be changed a
maximum of one time each month, the schedule change must be implemented at
the beginning of a calendar month, and the reason for the schedule change must
be documented in the SWP3 (e.g., end of "dry" season and beginning of `wet"
season).
Utility line installation, pipeline construction, and other examples of long,
narrow, linear construction activities may provide inspection personnel with
limited access to the areas described in Part III.F.7.(a) above. Inspection of
these areas could require that vehicles compromise temporarily or even
permanently stabilized areas cause additional disturbance of soils, and increase
the potential for erosion. In these circumstances, controls must be inspected at
least once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event
of o 5 inches or greater, but representative inspections may be performed. For
representative inspections, personnel must inspect controls along the
construction site for o 25 mile above and below each access point where a
roadway undisturbed right-of-way, or other similar feature intersects the
construction site and allows access to the areas described in Part III.F.7.(a)
(b)
Page 32
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
above. The conditions of the controls along each inspected o.25 mile portion
may be considered as representative of the condition of controls along that reach
extending from the end of the o.25 mile portion to either the end of the next o 25
mile inspected portion or to the end of the project, whichever occurs first.
As an alternative to the above -described inspection schedule of once every 14
calendar days and within 24 hours of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater, the
SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will occur at least once
every seven (7) calendar days. If this alternative schedule is developed, the
inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been a rainfall
event since the previous inspection. The inspections may occur on either
schedule provided that the SWP3 reflects the current schedule and that any
changes to the schedule are conducted in accordance with the following
provisions: the schedule may be changed a maximum of one time each month,
the schedule change must be implemented at the beginning of a calendar month,
and the reason for the schedule change must be documented in the SWP3 (e.g ,
end of "dry" season and beginning of "wet" season).
(c) In the event of flooding or other uncontrollable situations which prohibit access
to the inspection sites, inspections must be conducted as soon as access is
practicable.
(d) The SWP3 must be modified based on the results of inspections, as necessary to
better control pollutants in runoff. Revisions to the SWP3 must be completed
within seven (7) calendar days following the inspection. If existing BMPs are
modified or if additional BMPs are necessary, an implementation schedule must
be described in the SWP3 and wherever possible those changes implemented
before the next storm event. If implementation before the next anticipated
storm event is impracticable, these changes must be implemented as soon as
practicable.
(e) A report summarizing the scope of the inspection, the date(s) of the inspection,
and major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3 must be
made and retained as part of the SWP3. Major observations should include:
The locations of discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site;
locations of BMPs that need to be maintained; locations of BMPs that failed to
operate as designed or proved inadequate for a particular location; and locations
where additional BMPs are needed.
Actions taken as a result of inspections must be described within, and retained
as a part of, the SWP3. Reports must identify any incidents of non-compliance.
Where a report does not identify any incidents of non-compliance, the report
must contain a certification that the facility or site is in compliance with the
SWP3 and this permit. The report must be signed by the person and in the
manner required by 3o TAC §305 128 (relating to Signatories to Reports).
The names and qualifications of personnel malting the inspections for the
permittee may be documented once in the SWP3 rather than being included in
each report.
8. The SWP3 must identify and ensure the implementation of appropriate pollution
prevention measures for all eligible non-stormwater components of the discharge, as
listed in Part II.A.3. of this permit.
9. The SWP3 must include the information required in Part III.B. of this general permit.
io. The SWP3 must include pollution prevention procedures that comply with Part
III.G.4 of this general permit.
Page 33
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Section G. Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites
Except as provided in 40 CFR §§125.30-125.32, any discharge regulated under this
general permit, with the exception of sites that obtained waivers based on low rainfall
erosivity, must achieve, at a minimum, the following effluent limitations representing
the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best practicable control
technology currently available (BPT).
1. Erosion and sediment controls. Design, install, and maintain effective erosion
controls and sediment controls to minimize the discharge of pollutants. At a
minimum, such controls must be designed, installed, and maintained to:
(a) Control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to minimize soil erosion;
(b) If any stormwater flow will be channehzed at the site, stormwater controls must
be designed to control both peak flowrates and total stormwater volume to
minimize erosion at outlets and to minimize downstream channel and
streambank erosion;
(c) Minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity;
(d) Minimize the disturbance of steep slopes;
(e) Minimize sediment discharges from the site. The design, installation, and
maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must address factors such as the
amount, frequency, intensity and duration of precipitation, the nature of resulting
stormwater runoff, and soil characteristics, including the range of soil particle
sizes expected to be present on the site;
(f) If earth disturbance activities are located in close proximity to a surface water,
provide and maintain appropriate natural buffers if feasible and as necessary,
around surface waters, depending on site -specific topography, sensitivity, and
proximity to water bodies Direct stormwater to vegetated areas to increase
sediment removal and maximize stormwater infiltration. If providing buffers is
infeasible, the permittee shall document the reason that natural buffers are not
feasible and shall implement additional erosion and sediment controls to reduce
sediment load
(g) Preserve native topsoil at the site, unless infeasible; and
(h) Minimize soil compaction in post -construction pervious areas. In areas of the
construction site where final vegetative stabilization will occur or where
infiltration practices will be installed, either:
(1) restrict vehicle and equipment use to avoid soil compaction; or
(2) prior to seeding or planting areas of exposed soil that have been compacted,
use techniques that condition the soils to support vegetative growth, if
necessary and feasible;
(i) TCEQ does not consider stormwater control features (e.g., stormwater
conveyance channels, storm drain inlets, sediment basins) to constitute "surface
waters" for the purposes of triggering the buffer requirement in Part III.G.(f)
above.
2. Soil stabilization. Stabilization of disturbed areas must at a minimum, be initiated
immediately whenever any clearing, grading, excavating, or other earth disturbing
activities have permanently ceased on any portion of the site, or temporarily ceased
on any portion of the site and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar
days. In the context of this requirement, "immediately' means as soon as practicable,
but no later than the end of the next work day, following the day when the earth -
disturbing activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Temporary
Page 34
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
stabilization must be completed no more than 14 calendar days after initiation of soil
stabilization measures, and final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of
permit coverage. In arid, semi -arid, and drought -stricken areas where initiating
vegetative stabilization measures immediately is infeasible, alternative non -
vegetative stabilization measures must be employed as soon as practicable. Refer to
Part III.F.2.(b) for complete erosion control and stabilization practice requirements.
3. Dewatering. Discharges from dewatering activities, including discharges from
dewatering of trenches and excavations, are prohibited, unless managed by
appropriate controls.
4. Pollution prevention measures. Design, install, implement, and maintain effective
pollution prevention measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants. At a
minimum, such measures must be designed installed, implemented, and maintained
to:
(a) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from equipment and vehicle washing, wheel
wash water, and other wash waters Wash waters must be treated in a sediment
basin or alternative control that provides equivalent or better treatment prior to
discharge;
(b) Minimize the exposure of building materials, building products, construction
wastes, trash, landscape materials, fertilizers, pesticides, herbicides, detergents,
sanitary waste, and other materials present on the site to precipitation and to
stormwater; and
(c) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from spills and leaks, and implement
chemical spill and leak prevention and response procedures.
5. Prohibited discharges. The following discharges are prohibited:
(a) Wastewater from wash out of concrete trucks, unless managed by an appropriate
control (see Part V of the general permit);
(b) Wastewater from wash out and cleanout of stucco, paint, form release oils, curing
compounds and other construction materials;
(c) Fuels, oils, or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and
maintenance; and
(d) Soaps or solvents used in vehicle and equipment washing.
6. Surface outlets. When discharging from basins and impoundments, utilize outlet
structures that withdraw water from the surface, unless infeasible.
Part IV. Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants
Discharges of stormwater runoff from concrete batch plants at regulated construction sites
may be authorized under the provisions of this general permit provided that the following
requirements are met for concrete batch plant(s) authorized under this permit. If discharges
of stormwater runoff from concrete batch plants are not covered under this general permit,
then discharges must be authorized under an alternative general permit or individual permit.
This permit does not authorize the discharge or land disposal of any wastewater from
concrete batch plants at regulated construction sites. Authorization for these wastes must be
obtained under an individual permit or an alternative general permit.
Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements
1. Operators of concrete batch plants authorized under this general permit shall sample
the stormwater runoff from the concrete batch plants according to the requirements
Page 35
Construction General Permit
TPDES General Permit TXR150000
of this section of this general permit, and must conduct evaluations on the
effectiveness of the SWP3 based on the following benchmark monitoring values:
Table i. Benchmark Parameters
Type
Sample
Value
Sampling
Benchmark
Benchmark
Frequency
Parameter
(*1)
(*2)
Grab
(*3)
Oil
and
Grease
15 mg/L
1/quarter
(*1)
(*2)
Grab
(*3)
Total
Solids
Suspended
ioo mg/L
1/quarter
pH
6.o
Units
— 9.o Standard
1/quarter
(*1)
(*2)
Grab
(*3)
(*2)
Grab
(*3)
Total
Iron
1.3
mg/L
1/quarter
(*i)
(*1) When discharge occurs. Sampling is required within the first 3o minutes of
discharge. If it is not practicable to take the sample, or to complete the
sampling, within the first 30 minutes, sampling must be completed within the
first hour of discharge. If sampling is not completed within the first 3o
minutes of discharge, the reason must be documented and attached to all
required reports and records of the sampling activity.
(*2) Sampling must be conducted at least once during each of the following periods
The first sample must be collected during the first full quarter that a
stormwater discharge occurs from a concrete batch plant authorized under this
general permit.
January through March
April through June
July through September
October through December
For projects lasting less than one full quarter a minimum of one sample shall
be collected, provided that a stormwater discharge occurred at least once
following submission of the NOI or following the date that automatic
authorization was obtained under Section II.E 2., and prior to terminating
coverage.
(*3) A grab sample shall be collected from the stormwater discharge resulting from
a storm event that is at least o.1 inches of measured precipitation that occurs at
least 72 hours from the previously measurable storm event. The sample shall
be collected downstream of the concrete batch plant, and where the discharge
exits any BMPs utilized to handle the runoff from the batch plant prior to
commingling with any other water authorized under this general permit.
2. The permittee must compare the results of sample analyses to the benchmark values
above, and must include this comparison in the overall assessment of the SWP3's
effectiveness. Analytical results that exceed a benchmark value are not a violation of
this permit, as these values are not numeric effluent limitations. Results of analyses
are indicators that modifications of the SWP3 should be assessed and maybe
necessary to protect water quality. The operator must investigate the cause for each
exceedance and must document the results of this investigation in the SWP3 by the
end of the quarter following the sampling event.
Page 36
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
The operator's investigation must identify the following:
(a) any additional potential sources of pollution, such as spills that might have
occurred,
(b) necessary revisions to good housekeeping measures that are part of the SWP3,
(c) additional BMPs, including a schedule to install or implement the BMPs, and
(d) other parts of the SWP3 that may require revisions in order to meet the goal of
the benchmark values.
Background concentrations of specific pollutants may also be considered during the
investigation. If the operator is able to relate the cause of the exceedance to
background concentrations, then subsequent exceedances of benchmark values for
that pollutant may be resolved by referencing earlier findings in the SWP3.
Background concentrations may be identified by laboratory analyses of samples of
stormwater runon to the permitted facility, by laboratory analyses of samples of
stormwater run-off from adjacent non -industrial areas, or by identifying the
pollutant is a naturally occurring material in soils at the site.
Section B. Best Management Practices (BMPs) and SWP3 Requirements
Minimum SWP3 Requirements — The following are required in addition to other SWP3
requirements listed in this general permit (including, but not limited to Part III.F.7. of
this permit):
1. Description of Potential Pollutant Sources - The SWP3 must provide a description of
potential sources (activities and materials) that may reasonably be expected to affect
the quality of stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants authorized
under this permit. The SWP3 must describe practices that that will be used to reduce
the pollutants in these discharges to assure compliance with this general permit,
including the protection of water quality, and must ensure the implementation of
these practices.
The following must be developed, at a minimum, in support of developing this
description:
(a) Drainage — The site map must include the following information:
(i) the location of all outfalls for stormwater discharges associated with
concrete batch plants that are authorized under this permit;
(2) a depiction of the drainage area and the direction of flow to the outfall(s);
(3) structural controls used within the drainage area(s);
(4) the locations of the following areas associated with concrete batch plants
that are exposed to precipitation: vehicle and equipment maintenance
activities (including fueling, repair, and storage areas for vehicles and
equipment scheduled for maintenance); areas used for the treatment
storage, or disposal of wastes; liquid storage tanks; material processing and
storage areas; and loading and unloading areas; and
the locations of the following: any bag house or other dust control
device(s) recycle/sedimentation pond clarifier or other device used for the
treatment of facility wastewater (including the areas that drain to the
treatment device) areas with significant materials; and areas where major
spills or leaks have occurred.
Inventory of Exposed Materials — A list of materials handled at the concrete
batch plant that may be exposed to stormwater and that have a potential to
(5)
(b)
Page 37
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15oo00
affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch
plants that are authorized under this general permit.
(c) Spills and Leaks - A list of significant spills and leaks of toxic or hazardous
pollutants that occurred in areas exposed to stormwater and that drain to
stormwater outfalls associated with concrete batch plants authorized under this
general permit must be developed maintained, and updated as needed.
(d) Sampling Data - A summary of existing stormwater discharge sampling data
must be maintained, if available.
2. Measures and Controls - The SWP3 must include a description of management
controls to regulate pollutants identified in the SWP3's "Description of Potential
Pollutant Sources' from Part IV.B.x.(a) of this permit, and a schedule for
implementation of the measures and controls. This must include at a minimum.
(a) Good Housekeeping - Good housekeeping measures must be developed and
implemented in the area(s) associated with concrete batch plants.
(1) Operators must prevent or minimize the discharge of spilled cement,
aggregate (including sand or gravel), settled dust, or other significant
materials from paved portions of the site that are exposed to stormwater.
Measures used to minimize the presence of these materials may include
regular sweeping or other equivalent practices. These practices must be
conducted at a frequency that is determined based on consideration of the
amount of industrial activity occurring in the area and frequency of
precipitation, and shall occur at least once per week when cement or
aggregate is being handled or otherwise processed in the area.
(2) Operators must prevent the exposure of fine granular solids, such as
cement, to stormwater. Where practicable, these materials must be stored
in enclosed silos, hoppers or buildings, in covered areas, or under covering.
(b) Spill Prevention and Response Procedures - Areas where potential spills that
can contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff, and the drainage areas from
these locations must be identified in the SWP3. Where appropriate, the SWP3
must specify material handling procedures, storage requirements, and use of
equipment. Procedures for cleaning up spills must be identified in the SWP3
and made available to the appropriate personnel.
Inspections - Qualified facility personnel (Le., a person or persons with
knowledge of this general permit, the concrete batch plant, and the SWP3
related to the concrete batch plant(s) for the site) must be identified to inspect
designated equipment and areas of the facility specified in the SWP3 The
inspection frequency must be specified in the SWP3 based upon a consideration
of the level of concrete production at the facility, but must be a minimum of
once per month while the facility is in operation. The inspection must take place
while the facility is in operation and must, at a minimum include all areas that
are exposed to stormwater at the site, including material handling areas, above
ground storage tanks, hoppers or silos, dust collection/containment systems,
truck wash down and equipment cleaning areas. Follow-up procedures must be
used to ensure that appropriate actions are taken in response to the inspections.
Records of inspections must be maintained and be made readily available for
inspection upon request.
(d) Employee Training - An employee training program must be developed to
educate personnel responsible for implementing any component of the SWP3,
or personnel otherwise responsible for stormwater pollution prevention, with
the provisions of the SWP3. The frequency of training must be documented in
(c)
Page 38
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
the SWP3, and at a minimum, must consist of one training prior to the
initiation of operation of the concrete batch plant.
(e) Record Keeping and Internal Reporting Procedures - A description of spills and
similar incidents, plus additional information that is obtained regarding the
quality and quantity of stormwater discharges must be included in the SWP3.
Inspection and maintenance activities must be documented and records of
those inspection and maintenance activities must be incorporated in the SWP3.
(f) Management of Runoff - The SWP3 shall contain a narrative consideration for
reducing the volume of runoff from concrete batch plants by diverting runoff or
otherwise managing runoff, including use of infiltration detention ponds,
retention ponds or reusing of runoff.
3. Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation — At least once per year, one or more
qualified personnel (i.e., a person or persons with knowledge of this general permit,
the concrete batch plant, and the SWP3 related to the concrete batch plant(s) for the
site) shall conduct a compliance evaluation of the plant. The evaluation must include
the following.
(a) Visual examination of all areas draining stormwater associated with regulated
concrete batch plants for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants entering
the drainage system. These include but are not limited to: cleaning areas,
material handling areas, above ground storage tanks, hoppers or silos dust
collection/containment systems, and truck wash down and equipment cleaning
areas. Measures implemented to reduce pollutants in runoff (including
structural controls and implementation of management practices) must be
evaluated to determine if they are effective and if they are implemented in
accordance with the terms of this permit and with the permittee's SWP3. The
operator shall conduct a visual inspection of equipment needed to implement
the SWP3, such as spill response equipment.
Based on the results of the evaluation, the following must be revised as
appropriate within two weeks of the evaluation: the description of potential
pollutant sources identified in the SWP3 (as required in Part IV.B.i.,
`Description of Potential Pollutant Sources' ); and pollution prevention
measures and controls identified in the SWP3 (as required in Part IV.B.2.,
"Measures and Controls' ). The revisions may include a schedule for
implementing the necessary changes.
(c) The permittee shall prepare and include in the SWP3 a report summarizing the
scope of the evaluation, the personnel making the evaluation the date(s) of the
evaluation, major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3, and
actions taken in response to the findings of the evaluation. The report must
identify any incidents of noncompliance. Where the report does not identify
incidences of noncompliance, the report must contain a statement that the
evaluation did not identify any incidence(s), and the report must be signed
according to 3o TAC §305.128, relating to Signatories to Reports
(d) The Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation may substitute for one of the
required inspections delineated in Part IV.B.2.(c) of this general permit.
Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges
Wastewater discharges associated with concrete production including wastewater
disposal by land application are not authorized under this general permit These
wastewater discharges must be authorized under an alternative TCEQ water quality
permit or otherwise disposed of in an authorized manner. Discharges of concrete truck
wash out at construction sites may be authorized if conducted in accordance with the
requirements of Part V of this general permit.
(b)
Page 39
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Part V. Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements
This general permit authorizes the wash out of concrete trucks at construction sites regulated
under Sections II.E.i., 2., and 3 of this general permit, provided the following requirements
are met. Authorization is limited to the land disposal of wash out water from concrete
trucks. Any other direct discharge of concrete production waste water must be authorized
under a separate TCEQ general permit or individual permit.
i. Direct discharge of concrete truck wash out water to surface water in the state,
including discharge to storm sewers, is prohibited by this general permit.
2. Concrete truck wash out water shall be discharged to areas at the construction site
where structural controls have been established to prevent direct discharge to surface
waters, or to areas that have a minimal slope that allow infiltration and filtering of
wash out water to prevent direct discharge to surface waters. Structural controls may
consist of temporary berms, temporary shallow pits, temporary storage tanks with
slow rate release, or other reasonable measures to prevent runoff from the
construction site.
3. Wash out of concrete trucks during rainfall events shall be minimized. The direct
discharge of concrete truck wash out water is prohibited at all times, and the operator
shall insure that its BMPs are sufficient to prevent the discharge of concrete truck
wash out as the result of rainfall or stormwater runoff.
4. The discharge of wash out water must not cause or contribute to groundwater
contamination.
5. If a SWP3 is required to be implemented, the SWP3 shall include concrete wash out
areas on the associated site map.
Part VI. Retention of Records
The permittee must retain the following records for a minimum period of three (3) years
from the date that a NOT is submitted as required by Part II.E.3 For activities in which an
NOT is not required, records shall be retained for a minimum period of three (3) years from
the date that the operator terminates coverage under Section II:F.3. of this permit. Records
include:
i. A copy of the SWP3;
2. All reports and actions required by this permit, including a copy of the construction
site notice;
3. All data used to complete the NOI, if an NOI is required for coverage under this
general permit; and
4. All records of submittal of forms submitted to the operator of any MS4 receiving the
discharge and to the secondary operator of a large construction site if applicable
Part VII. Standard Permit Conditions
i. The permittee has a duty to comply with all permit conditions. Failure to comply
with any permit condition is a violation of the permit and statutes under which it was
issued, and is grounds for enforcement action, for terminating, revoking, or denying
coverage under this general permit, or for requiring a discharger to apply for and
obtain an individual TPDES permit.
2. Authorization under this general permit may be suspended or revoked for cause.
Filing a notice of planned changes or anticipated non-compliance by the permittee
does not stay any permit condition. The permittee must furnish to the executive
director, upon request and within a reasonable time, any information necessary for
the executive director to determine whether cause exists for revoking, suspending, or
Page 4o
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
terminating authorization under this permit. Additionally the permittee must
provide to the executive director, upon request, copies of all records that the
permittee is required to maintain as a condition of this general permit.
3. It is not a defense for a discharger in an enforcement action that it would have been
necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity to maintain compliance with the
permit conditions.
4. Inspection and entry shall be allowed under TWC Chapters 26-28 Texas Health and
Safety Code §§361032-361.033 and 361.037, and 4o CFR §122.41(i). The statement
in TWC §26.014 that commission entry of a facility shall occur according to an
establishment's rules and regulations concerning safety internal security and fire
protection is not grounds for denial or restriction of entry to any part of the facility or
site but merely describes the commission s duty to observe appropriate rules and
regulations during an inspection.
5. The discharger is subject to administrative, civil, and criminal penalties, as
applicable, under TWC Chapter 7 for violations including but not limited to the
following:
(a) negligently or knowingly violating the federal CWA §§301, 302, 306, 307, 308,
318 or 405, or any condition or hmitation implementing any sections in a
permit issued under CWA §402, or any requirement imposed in a pretreatment
program approved under CWA §§4o2(a)(3) or 402(b)(8);
knowingly making any false statement, representation, or certification in any
record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under a
permit, including monitoring reports or reports of compliance or
noncompliance; and
(c) knowingly violating §303 of the federal CWA, and placing another person in
imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury.
6. All reports and other information requested by the executive director must be signed
by the person and in the manner required by 3o TAC §305.128 (relating to
Signatories to Reports).
7. Authorization under this general permit does not convey property or water rights of
any sort and does not grant any exclusive privilege.
8. The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge in
violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human
health or the environment.
9. The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and
systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) which are installed or
used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit
Proper operation and maintenance also includes adequate laboratory controls and
appropriate quality assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of
back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems which are installed by a permittee
only when the operation is necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the
permit.
10. The permittee shall comply with the reporting requirements in 4o CFR §122.41(1), as
applicable.
(b)
Part VIII. Fees
1. A fee of must be submitted along with the NOI:
(a) $325 if submitting a paper NOI, or
(b) $225 if submitting an NOI electronically.
Page 41
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
2. Fees are due upon submission of the NOI. An NOI will not be declared
administratively complete unless the associated fee has been paid in full.
3. No separate annual fees will be assessed for this general permit. The Water Quality
Annual Fee has been incorporated into the NOI fees as described above.
Construction General Permit
TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Appendix A: Automatic Authorization
Periods of Low Erosion Potential by County — Eligible Date Ranges
Andrews. Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Archer: Dec. 15 - Feb.14
Armstrong: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Bailey: Nov. Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 - May
14
Baylor: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Borden: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Brewster Nov.15 - Apr. 30
Briscoe: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Brown. Dec.15 - Feb. 14
Callahan: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Carson: Nov.15 - Apr. 30
Castro: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Childress Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Cochran: Nov. 1- Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 -
May14
Coke: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Coleman: Dec. 15 - Feb.14
Collingsworth: Jan. Mar 30, or Dec.1-
Feb. 28
Concho: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Cottle: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Crane* Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Crockett: Nov. 15 - Jan. 14, or Feb.
Mar. 30
Crosby: Nov.15 - Apr. 30
Culberson. Nov. May 14
Dallam. Nov. Apr. 14, or Nov. 15 - Apr.
30
Dawson: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Deaf Smith: Nov.15 - Apr. 30
Dickens: Nov. 15 - Jan. 14, or Feb. Mar.
30
Dimmit: Dec.15 - Feb. 14
Donley: Jan. Mar. 30, or Dec. 1- Feb.
28
Eastland: Dec.15 - Feb. 14
Ector: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Edwards* Dec. 15 - Feb.14
El Paso: Jan.1- Jul. 14, or May 15 - Jul.
31, or Jun 1- Aug. 14 or Jun. 15 - Sept 14,
or Jul. 1- Oct. 14 or Jul. 15 - Oct. 31, or
Aug.].- Apr. 30, or Aug. 15 - May 14, or
Sept. May 30, or Oct. Jun.14 or
Nov. Jun. 30, or Nov 15 - Jul. 14
Fisher: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Floyd: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Foard: Dec.15 - Feb.14
Gaines: Nov.15 - Apr. 30
Garza: Nov.15 - Apr. 30
Glasscock: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Hale* Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Hall* Feb. Mar. 30
Hansford: Nov.15 - Apr. 30
Hardeman: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Hartley: Nov.15 - Apr. 30
Haskell: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Hocldey: Nov. Apr.14, or Nov.15 -
Apr. 30
Howard* Nov. 15- Apr. 30
Hudspeth Nov. May 14
Hutchinson Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Irion Dec.15 - Feb.14
Jeff Davis: Nov. 1 - Apr. 30 or Nov. 15 May 14
Jones: Dec. 15- Feb.14
Kent: Nov. 15 - Jan. 14 or Feb. Mar. 30
Kerr: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Kimble: Dec. 15 - Feb 14
King: Dec.15 - Feb. 14
Kinney Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Knox: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Lamb. Nov. I. Apr.14, or Nov. 15 - Apr.
30
Page 43
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Loving: Nov.1- Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 - May
14
Lubbock: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Lynn. Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Martin Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Mason Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Maverick. Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
McCulloch: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Menard: Dec.15 - Feb. 14
Midland: Nov. is - Apr. 30
Mitchell: Nov. is - Apr. 30
Moore: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Motley: Nov. 15 - Jan. 14, or Feb. 1- Mar.
30
Nolan: Dec. 15 - Feb.14
Oldham Nov. is - Apr. 30
Parmer: Nov. Apr. 14, or Nov. 15 - Apr.
30
Pecos: Nov. - Apr. 30
Potter: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Presidio: Nov. Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 -
May 14
Randall: Nov. is - Apr. 30
Reagan: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Real• Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Reeves: Nov.1- Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 - May
14
Runnels: Dec.15 - Feb. 14
Schleicher: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Scurry: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Shackelford: Dec.15 - Feb. 14
Sherman: Nov. - Apr. 30
Stephens: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Sterling: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Stonewall: Dec. 15 - Feb.14
Sutton: Dec. 15 - Feb.14
Swisher: Nov. - Apr. 30
Taylor: Dec.15 - Feb.14
Terrell: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Terry Nov. is - Apr. 30
Throckmorton: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Tom Green Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Upton: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30
Uvalde: Dec.15 - Feb. 14
Val Verde: Nov. 15 - Jan. 14, or Feb.
Mar 3o
Ward: Nov.1- Apr.14, or Nov.15 - Apr.
30
Wichita: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Wilbarger: Dec.15 - Feb. 14
Winkler: Nov. Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 -
May 14
Yoakum: Nov. Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 May 14
Young Dec.15 - Feb. 14
Wheeler Jan. Mar. 30, or Dec. Wm. Feb.
28
Zavala: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14
Page 44
Construction General Permit
plf
s r Lass,
If
i• te+
TPDES General Permit TXR150o00
Appendix B: Erosivity Index (EI) Zones in Texas
1. e
it
a• al • a
• rt
n
r
..1
a
i ••1
a •
' f : _ r-
i•
I
•
72
fi F
•
r:
•
• .•!Iin ;
a. e 3 3 r 1 1
I•1 I J q
It'. I, '• a.- . a i
1 • !• 1a. I
1
• •• • .' 1i I •• ••� .'1 I
•;;•• • _•aa;!•i • e
•
a I
.. 1. •
•
._• •
I
r r • 4+.. ya E-+
eI r /� 1. 1 or 1 r. p •
+y•a•-,■a.r
• r r e •a r r r a e.
•r rr ••tt QLr
'r.Sr•• to I'ta 9J
I' a + 9. • I .i 7 • a
. '.l 1Jatti Jrrp
1.7 ii. E'i_ap'd Lyn i7era.
pi 41
�d akp•i R..ti
in
iJtS." at.t . aa: ial. a'an
a a li - ' •iaA � 1110111111 MI i A '
^ as
i fi Jim
. erraacJ:.. a.a. aFa.'
OF rr� m : s
maWs
A ^ f.
w e alOr'fs•1 t ire
® mar
• _'• vier
r
--i 'rr
Milli a'MIN wat
NM JOE OM MU Mimi Pow
emir Ant NM MSS
.y: a .{r} •r S
aaa. JY• raga m •SiG
tit' f. Jai ai
as a..m
a sr owe- sa
r g tea.
sin
Am; Sr 11ar
I •
•.
•
e 1.'
• 11 'Y '1
.1
tt •
rff t pv.
W no
IP •F 4 i
ir
•
dB* O'�
R
'E• 4: k f
.n # i•eII
dia MIk q Re
:!
di tip IS al.
rl.
Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703: `Predicting Soil Erosion by Water: A Guide to
Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE)," US. Department of
Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service
Page 45
Construction General Permit
i4
20
TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Appendix C: Isoerodent Map
w wil ri . wiziesilliside01
rivallitinarillikatiogarimargor
firganirj*mg Kara 1�dn._
na
WilitaliPaillitararn iiarprAllinraishitjelitur
trifillf4111471filara ItAlfaitilititallasitilseet
titpitittlidan ford *WA billetrult ellerimirracirelltiR
Ali ill tanetivricatteritarittiVE
mit arlithif IN a IA Ipii fitter: 011. I alb eirisler
il fit 11111 MI II 111111 III ill nil via 1.1 MS Prottarall k
lfintitr
iL
Mt11?_ �Pits , ''' ' m *iv :
Linty ink‘kaltYkratili
41.r 'fit itillbmp ntri ,.,auk , .
firma inrti re
amaigirPaok 'pi tt Oat so it
ilk WM II gitali d01"
AnPa otelivilir
141 411,111 Iftillbt, r
Irillr
reifibriaganogrteirrkV-ive
^5 1 7,_
Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703: `Predicting Soil Erosion by Water: A Guide to
Conservation Planning With the Revised Untuersal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE)," U.S. Department of
Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service
Page 46
EI #
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
106
Construction General Permit
TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Appendix D: Erosivity Indices for EX Zones in Texas
Periods:
1/1
1/16
1/31
2/15
3/1
3/16
3/31
4/15
4/30
5/15
5/30
6/14
6/29
7/14
7/29
8/13
8/28
9/12
9/27
10/12
10/2711/11
11/26
12/31
12/11
0
1
1
2
3
4
7
2
8
27
38
48
55
62
69
76
83
90
94
97
98
99
100
100
zoo
o
1
2
3
4
6
8
13
21
29
37
46
54
6o
65
69
74
81
87
92
95
97
98
99
100
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
6
16
29
39
46
53
6o
67
74
81
88
95
99
99
zoo
zoo
100
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
6
16
29
39
46
53
60
67
74
81
88
95
99
99
100
100
100
o
1
1
2
3
4
6
8
13
25
40
49
56
62
67
72
76
8o
85
91
97
98
99
99
100
o
1
2
4
6
8
10
15
21
29
38
47
53
57
61
65
7o
76
83
88
91
94
96
98
100
o
1
3
5
7
9
11
14
18
27
35
41
46
51
57
62
68
73
79
84
89
93
96
98
100
o
2
4
6
9
12
17
23
30
37
43
49
54
58
62
66
70
74
78
82
86
90
94
97
100
o
1
3
5
7
10
14
20
28
37
48
56
61
64
68
72
77
81
86
89
92
95
98
99
100
o
3
6
9
13
17
21
27
33
38
44
49
55
61
67
71
75
78
81
84
86
90
94
97
zoo
Each period begins on the date listed in the table above and lasts until the day before the
following period. The final period begins on December 11 and ends on December 31.
Table adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703: `Predicting Soil Erosion by Water: A Guide to
Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE)," U S. Department of Agriculture,
Agricultural Research Service
Page 47
TCEQ Office Use Only
Permit No.:
RN:
CN:
Region:
atega
TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) for Stormwater Discharges
Associated with Construction Activity under TPDES
General Permit (TXR150000)
IMPORTANT:
• Use the INSTRUCTIONS to fill out each question in this form.
• Use the CHECKLIST to make certain all you filled out all required information.
Incomplete applications WILL delay approval or result in automatic denial.
• Once processed your permit can be viewed at:
http://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq dpa/index.cfm
ePERMITS: Sign up now for online NOI: https://www3.tceq.texas.gov/steers/index.cfm
Pay a $225 reduced application fee by using ePermits.
APPLICATION FEE:
• You must pay the $325 Application Fee to TCEQ for the paper application to be
complete.
• Payment and NOI must be mailed to separate addresses.
• Did you know you can pay on line?
• Go to https.//wwwt.tceq.texas.gov/epay/index.cfm
• Select Fee Type. GENERAL PERMIT CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER
DISCHARGE NOI APPLICATION
• Provide your payment information below, for verification of payment:
Mailed Check/Money Order No.:
Name Printed on Check:
EPAY Voucher No.:
Is the Payment Voucher copy attached? ■ Yes
RENEWAL: Is this NOI a Renewal of an existing General Permit Authorization?
(Note: A permit cannot be renewed after June 3, 2013.)
■
Yes The Permit number is: TXR15
(If a permit number is not provided, a new number will be assigned.)
❑ No
a) If the applicant is currently a customer with TCEQ, what is the Customer Number (CN)
issued to this entity? You may search for your CN at:
http: //wwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/mdex.cfm?fuseaction=cust.CustS earch
CN
TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013)
Page i
b) What is the Legal Name of the entity (applicant) applying for this permit?
(The legal name must be spelled exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State, County, or
in the legal document forming the entity.)
c) What is the name and title of the person signing the application? The person must be an
executive official meeting signatory requirements in TAC 305.44(a)•
Prefix (Mr. Ms. Miss)
First/Last Name. Suffix:
Title: Credential:
d) What is the Operator Contact s (Responsible Authority) contact information and mailing
address as recognized by the US Postal Service (USPS)? You may verify the address at:
http.//zip4.usps.com/zip4/welcome.jsp
Phone # • ext: Fax # :
E-mail:
Mailing Address:
Internal Routing (Mail Code, Etc ):
City: State: ZIP Code:
If outside USA: Territory: Country Code: Postal Code:
e) Indicate the type of Customer (The instructions will help determine your customer type):
❑ Individual ❑ Limited Partnership ❑ Sole Proprietorship-DBA
❑ General Partnership ■ Corporation
❑ Estate ■ Federal Government
❑ County Government ❑ City Government
■
Joint Venture
❑ Trust
❑ State Government
Other Government
■
f) Independent Operator? ■ Yes LJ No
(If governmental entity, subsidiary, or part of a larger corporation, check "No' )
g) Number of Employees:
0-20; ❑ 21-100; ❑101-250; ❑ 251-500; or ❑ 501 Or higher
h) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers:
(REQUIRED for Corporations and Limited Partnerships. Not Required for Individuals,
Government, or Sole Proprietors)
State Franchise Tax ID Number:
Federal Tax ID:
Texas Secretary of State Charter (filing) Number:
DUNS Number (if known).
2) APPLICATION CONTACT
If TCEQ needs additional information regarding this application, who should be contacted?
Is the application contact the same as the applicant identified above?
❑ Yes, go to Section 3). ❑ No, complete section below.
Prefix (Mr. Ms. Miss):
First/Last Name: Suffix:
Title: Credential:
TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013)
Page 2
Organization Name.
Phone No.: ext: Fax Number:
E-mail
Mailing Address:
Internal Routing (Mail Code, Etc ):
City State:
Mailing Information if outside USA:
Territory: Country Code:
ZIP Code:
Postal Code:
3) REGULATED ENTITY (RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE
If the site of your business is part of a larger business site or if other businesses were located at
this site before yours, a Regulated Entity Number (RN) may already be assigned for the larger
site. Use the RN assigned for the larger site Search TCEQ's Central Registry to see if the larger
site may already be registered as a regulated site at•
http: //wwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/index.cfnufuseaction=regent.RNSearch.
If the site is found, provide the assigned Regulated Entity Reference Number and provide the
information for the site to be authorized through this application below. The site information
for this authorization may vary from the larger site information.
a) TCEQ issued RE Reference Number (RN): RN
b) Name of project or site (the name known by the community where located):
c) In your own words, briefly describe the primary business of the Regulated Entity: (Do not
repeat the SIC and NAICS code):
d) County (or counties if > 1)
e) Latitude: Longitude:
f) Does the site have a physical address?
Yes, complete Section A for a physical address.
❑ No, complete Section B for site location information.
Section A. Enter the physical address for the site.
Verify the address with USPS. If the address is not recognized as a delivery address, provide
the address as identified for overnight mail delivery, 911 emergency or other online map
tools to confirm an address.
Physical Address of Project or Site:
Street Number: Street Name.
City: State: Texas ZIP Code:
■
TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013)
Page 3
Section B: Enter the site location information.
If no physical address (Street Number & Street Name), provide a written location access
description to the site. (Ex.: located 2 miles west from intersection of Hwy 290 & IH35
accessible on Hwy 290 South)
City where the site is located or, if not in a city, what is the nearest city:
State:
Texas
ZIP Code where the site is located:
4) GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
a) Is the project/site located on Indian Country Lands?
Yes - If the answer is Yes, you must obtain authorization through EPA, Region 6.
■
❑ No
b) Is your construction activity associated with a facility that, when completed, would be
associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal
resources?
❑ Yes - If the answer is Yes, you may be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission
of Texas and may need to obtain authorization through EPA, Region 6.
❑ No
c) What is the Primary Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code that best describes the
construction activity being conducted at the site?
Primary SIC Code:
d) If applicable, what is the Secondary SIC Code(s):
e) What is the total number of acres disturbed?
f) Is the project site part of a larger common plan of development or sale?
❑ Yes - If the answer is Yes, the total number of acres disturbed can be less than 5 acres.
No - If the answer is No, the total number of acres disturbed must be 5 or more. If
the total number of acres disturbed is less than 5 then the project site does not
qualify for coverage through this Notice of Intent. Coverage will be denied. See
the requirements in the general permit for small construction sites.
g) What is the name of the first water body(s) to receive the stormwater runoff or potential
runoff from the site?
■
h) What is the segment number(s) of the classified water body(s) that the discharge will
eventually reach?
TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013)
Page 4
i) Is the discharge into an MS4?
D Yes - If the answer is Yes, provide the name of the MS4 operator below.
No
J)
If Yes, provide the name of the MS4 operator:
Note: The general permit requires you to send a copy of the NOI to the MS4 operator.
Are any of the surface water bodies receiving discharges from the construction site on the
latest EPA -approved CWA 3o3(d) List of impaired waters?
❑ Yes - If the answer is Yes, provide the name(s) of the impaired water body(s) below.
❑ No
If Yes, provide the name(s) of the impaired water body(s):
k) Is the discharge or potential discharge within the Recharge Zone Contributing Zone, or
Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer as defined in 3o TAC
Chapter 213?
❑ Yes - If the answer is Yes, complete certification below by checking "Yes."
❑ No
I certify that a copy of the TCEQ approved Plan required by the Edwards Aquifer Rule
(3o TAC Chapter 213) is either included or referenced in the Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan.
Yes
■
TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 5
5) CERTIFICATION
Check Yes to the certifications below. Failure to indicate Yes to ALL items may result in denial
of coverage under the general permit.
a) I certify that I have obtained a copy and understand the terms and conditions of the
Construction General Permit (TXRi50000) ❑Yes
b) I certify that the full legal name of the entity applying for this permit has been provided
and is legally authorized to do business in Texas. ❑ Yes
c) I understand that a Notice of Termination (NOT) must be submitted when this
authorization is no longer needed. ❑Yes
d) I certify that a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan has been developed, will be
implemented prior to construction and to the best of my knowledge and belief is
compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans as required in
the general permit TXRi50000 Note For multiple operators who prepare a shared
SWP3, the confirmation of an operator may be limited to its obligations under the
SWP3 provided all obligations are confirmed by at least one operator. ❑ Yes
Operator Certification:
I
Typed or printed name Title
certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my
direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel
properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or
persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the
information, the information submitted is to the best of my knowledge and belief, true,
accurate, and complete I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false
information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.
I further certify that I am authorized under 3o Texas Administrative Code 305.44 to sign and
submit this document, and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization upon
request
Signature: Date:
(Use blue ink)
TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013)
Page 6
NOTICE OF INTENT CHECKLIST (TXR150000)
• Did you complete everything? Use this checklist to be sure!
• Are you ready to mail your form to TCEQ? Go to the General Information Section of the
Instructions for mailing addresses.
This checklist is for use by the operator to ensure a complete application. Missing information
may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. (See NOI process description in the
Instructions)
Application. Fee:
If paying by Check:
[1 Check was mailed separately to the TCEQs Cashier's Office. (See Instructions for
Cashier's address and Application address.)
E) Check number and name on check is provided in this application.
1
It using efay:
is
in
this
or a copy
of
the
voucher
attached.
P 1 The
voucher
number
is
provided
application
PERMIT
NUMBER
if
this
is
for renewal
of
an existing
authorization.
EJ
Permit
number
provided
—
application
OPERATOR
INFORMATION-
Confirm
each
item
is complete
by TCEQ
Central
Registry
Customer
Number
(CN)
issued
fl
do
business in
Texas
(Call
TX SOS
512/463-5555)
El
Legal
name as
filed
to
signing
the
application
Name
and
title
of responsible
authority
P1
Mailing
address
is complete
& verifiable
with
USPS.
www.usps.com
fl
a
Phone
numbers/e-mail
address
C]
Type
of operator
(entity
type)
El
Independent
operator
0
Number
of employees
Tax
ID
SOS
filing
numbers
in
For
corporations
or limited
partnerships
—
and
and
address
is complete
& verifiable
with
LISPS.
http://www.usps.com
ri
Application
contact
item is
OR
SITE-
Confirm
each
ENTITY
INFORMATION
ON
PROJECT
REGULATED
(RE)
complete:
by
TCEQ)
Number
(RN)
(if site
is already
regulated
ni
Regulated
Entity
Reference
El Site/project
name/regulated
entity
f—1
Latitude
and
longitude
http://www.tceq.texas.gov/gis/sqmaview.html
El County
[� Site/project physical address. Do not use a rural route or post office box.
ED Business description
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS - Confirm each item is complete:
n
P1
n
n
n
n
Indian Country Lands the facility is not on Indian Country Lands
Construction activity related to facility associated to oil gas, or geothermal resources
Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code www osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html
Acres disturbed is provided and qualifies for coverage through a NOI
Common plan of development or sale
Receiving water body(s)
Segment number(s)
Impaired water body(s)
MS4 operator
Edwards Aquifer rule
CERTIFICATION
P1 Certification statements have been checked indicating "Yes"
pi Signature meets 3o Texas Administrative Code (TAC) 305.44 and is original.
TCEQ-2oo22 Checklist (03/05/2013)
Page i
Notice of Intent (NOI) for Stormwater Discharges Associated with
Construction Activity under TPDES General Permit
(TXR150000)
General Information and Instructions
GENERAL INFORMATION
Where to Send the Notice of Intent (NOI):
BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL
Texas Commission on
Environmental Quality
Stormwater Processing Center
(MC228)
P.O Box 13o87
Austin, Texas 78711-3087
TCEQ Contact List:
Application — status and form questions:
Technical questions:
Environmental Law Division:
Records Management - obtain copies of forms:
Reports from databases (as available):
Cashier's office:
BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL
Texas Commission on
Environmental Quality
Stormwater Processing Center
(MC228)
12100 Park 35 Circle
Austin TX 78753
512/239-3700, swpermit@tceq.texas.gov
512/239-4671, swgp@tceq.texas.gov
512/239-060o
512/239-0900
512/239-DATA (3282)
512/239-0357 or 512/2S9-0187
Notice of Intent Process:
When your NOI is received by the program, the form will be processed as follows:
1) Administrative Review Each item on the form will be reviewed for a complete response.
In addition, the operator's legal name must be verified with Texas Secretary of State as valid
and active (if applicable). The address(s) on the form must be verified with the US Postal
service as receiving regular mail delivery Never give an overnight/express mailing address.
2) Notice of Deficiency If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above, a
notice of deficiency (NOD) will be mailed to the operator. The operator will have 3o days to
respond to the NOD. The response will be reviewed for completeness.
3) Acknowledgment of Coverage: An Acknowledgment Certificate will be mailed to the
operator. This certificate acknowledges coverage under the general permit.
-or-
Denial of Coverage: If the operator fails to respond to the NOD or the response is
inadequate coverage under the general permit may be denied. If coverage is denied, the
operator will be notified.
General Permit (Your Permit)
For NOIs submitted electronically through ePermits, provisional coverage under the general
permit begins immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOI form by the TCEQ
For paper NOIs, provisional coverage under the general permit begins 7 days after a
completed NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2o13)
Page
You should have a copy of your general permit when submitting your application. You may view
and print your permit for which you are seeking coverage, on the TCEQ web site
httn: //www.tcec .texas.gov. Search using key word TXR150000.
General Permit Forms
The Notice of Intent (NOI), Notice of Termination (NOT), and Notice of Change (NOC)
(including instructions) are available in Adobe Acrobat PDF format on the TCEQ web site
http://www.tceq.texas.gov.
Change in Operator
An authorization under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator of the regulated
entity changes, the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new
opeiator must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOT and NOI must be submitted no later than io
days prior to the change in Operator status
TCEQ Central Registry Core Data Form
The Core Data Form has been incorporated into this form. Do not send a Core Data Form to
TCEQ After final acknowledgment of coverage under the general permit, the program will
assign a Customer Number and Regulated Entity Number.
You can find the information on the Central Registry web site at
http://wwwl2.tceq texas gov/crpub/index.cfm. You can search by the Regulated Entity (RN),
Customer Number (CN) or Name (Permittee) or by your permit number under the search field
labeled "Additional ID' Capitalize all letters in the permit number.
The Customer (Permittee) is responsible for providing consistent information to the TCEQ, and
for updating all CN and RN data for all authorizations as changes occur. For General Permits, a
Notice of Change form must be submitted to the program area.
Fees associated with a General Permit
Payment of the fee may be made by check or money order, payable to TCEQ, or through EPAY
(electronic payment through the web).
Application Fee This fee is required to be paid at the time the NOI is submitted. Failure to
submit payment at the time the application is filed will cause delays in acknowledgment or
denial of coverage under the general permit.
Mailed Payments:
Payment must be mailed under separate cover at one of the addresses below using the
attached Application Fee submittal form. (DO NOT SEND A COPY OF THE NOI WITH
THE APPLICATION FEE SUBMITTAL FORM)
BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
Financial Administration Division
Cashier's Office, MC-214
P.O Box 13o88
Austin, TX 78711-3088
BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
Financial Administration Division
Cashier's Office, MC-214
12100 Park 35 Circle
Austin TX 78753
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2o13)
Page 2
ePAY Electronic Payment: http://www.tceq.texas.gov/epay
When making the payment you must select Water Quality, and then select the fee category
"General Permit Construction Storm Water Discharge NOI Application". You must include
a copy of the payment voucher with your NOI. Your NOI will not be considered complete
without the payment voucher.
Renewal of General Permit. Dischargers holding active authorizations under the expired
General Permit are required to submit a NOI to continue coverage. The existing permit number
is required. If the permit number is not provided or has been terminated, expired, or denied a
new permit number will be issued.
1. Operator (Applicant)
a) Enter assigned Customer Number (CN)
TCEQ's Central Registry will assign each customer a number that begins with CN, followed by
nine digits. This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number.
If this customer has not been assigned a CN leave the space for the CN blank.
If this customer has already been assigned this number enter the permittee s CN.
b) Legal Name
Provide the current legal name of the permittee, as authorized to do business in Texas. The
name must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State (SOS), or on other legal
documents forming the entity, that is filed in the county where doing business You may contact
the SOS at 512/463-5555, for more information related to filing in Texas. If filed in the county
where doing business, provide a copy of the legal documents showing the legal name
c) Person Signing Application
Provide information about person signing section 5) Certification.
d) Operator Contact's (Responsible Authority) Contact Information and Mailing
Address
Provide a complete mailing address for receiving mail from the TCEQ The address must be
verifiable with the US Postal Service at htlp://www.usps.com for regular mail delivery (not
overnight express mail). If you find that the address is not verifiable using the USPS web search,
please indicate the address is used by the USPS for regular mail delivery.
The area code and phone number should provide contact to the operator. Leave Extension blank
if not applicable.
The fax number and e-mail address are optional and should correspond to the operator.
e) Type of Customer (Entity Type)
Check only one box that identifies the type of entity. Use the descriptions below to identify the
appropriate entity type. Note that the selected entity type also indicates the name that must be
provided as an applicant for a permit, registration or authorization.
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013)
Page 3
Sole Proprietorship — DBA
A sole proprietorship is a customer that is owned by only one person and has not been
incorporated. This business may:
• be under the person's name
• have its own name (doing business as or d.b.a.)
• have any number of employees
If the customer is a Sole Proprietorship or DBA, the `legal name' of the individual
business owner' must be provided. The DBA name is not recognized as the `legal name'
of the entity. The DBA name may be used for the site name (regulated entity).
Individual
An individual is a customer who has not established a business, but conducts an activity
that needs to be regulated by the TCEQ
Partnership
• A customer that is established as a partnership as defined by the Texas Secretary
of State Office (TX SOS) A Limited Partnership or Limited Liability Partnership
(Partnership) is required to file with the Texas Secretary of State A General
Partnership or Joint Venture is not required to register with the state.
• Partnership (Limited Partnership or Lmuted Liability Partnership): A
limited partnership is defined in the Act as a partnership formed by two or more
persons under the provisions of Section 3 of the Uniform Limited Partnership Act
(Art 6132a, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas) and having as members one or more
general partners and one or more limited partners The limited partners as such
are not bound by the obligations of the partnership. Limited partners may not
take part in the day-to-day operations of the business. A Limited Partnership
must file with the Texas Secretary of State. A registered limited liability
partnership is a general or limited partnership that is registered with the Texas
Secretary of State The partnership's name must contain the words ' Registered
Limited Liability Partnership" or the abbreviation "L.L.P ' as the last words or
letters of its name.
• General Partnership: A general partner may or may not invest, participates in
running the partnership and is liable for all acts and debts of the partnership and
any member of it A General Partnership does not have limited partners. For a
General Partnership, there is no registration with the state or even written
agreement necessary for a general partnership to be formed. The legal definition
of a partnership is generally stated as "an association of two or more persons to
carry on as co -owners a business for profit" (Revised Uniform Partnership Act §
xox [1994])•
• Joint Venture: A joint venture is but another name for a special partnership. It
might be distinguished from a general partnership in that the latter is formed for
the transaction of a general business, while a joint venture is usually limited to a
single transaction. That is a joint venture is a special combination of persons in
the nature of a partnership engaged in the joint prosecution of a particular
transaction for mutual benefit or profit
Corporation
A customer meets all of these conditions:
• is a legally incorporated entity under the laws of any state or country
• is recognized as a corporation by the Texas Secretary of State
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013)
Page 4
• has proper operating authority to operate in Texas.
• The corporation's `legal name as filed with the Texas Secretary of State must be
provided as applicant. An `assumed' name of a corporation is not recognized as
the `legal name' of the entity.
Government
Federal state, county, or city government (as appropriate)
The customer is either an agency of one of these levels of government or the
governmental body itself. The government agency's `legal name must be provided as the
applicant. A department name or other description of the organization should not be
included as a part of the `legal name' as applicant.
Trust or Estate
A trust and an estate are fiduciary relationships governing the trustee/executor with
respect to the trust/estate property.
Other Government
A utility district, water district, tribal government, college district, council of
governments, or river authority. Write in the specific type of government.
f) Independent Entity
Check No if this customer is a subsidiary, part of a larger company, or is a governmental entity.
Otherwise, check Yes.
g) Number of Employees
Check one box to show the number of employees for this customer's entire company, at all
locations. This is not necessarily the number of employees at the site named in the application.
h) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers
These are required for Corporations and Limited Partnerships. These are not required for
Individuals, Government, and Sole Proprietors.
State Franchise Tax ID Number
Corporations and limited liability companies that operate in Texas are issued a franchise tax
identification number If this customer is a corporation or limited liability company, enter
this number here.
Federal Tax ID
All businesses, except for some small sole proprietors individuals, or general partnerships
should have a federal taxpayer identification number (TIN). Enter this number here Use no
prefixes dashes, or hyphens. Sole proprietors, individuals, or general partnerships do not
need to provide a federal tax ID.
TX SOS Charter (fihng) Number
Corporations and Limited Partnerships required to register with the Texas Secretary of State
are issued a charter or filing number. You may obtain further information by calling SOS at
512/463-5555•
DUNS Number
Most businesses have a DUNS (Data Universal Numbering System) number issued by Dun
and Bradstreet Corp. If this customer has one, enter it here.
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/o5/2oi3)
Page 5
i
APPLICATION CONTACT
Provide the name title and communication information of the person that TCEQ can contact for
additional information regarding this application.
3. REGULATED ENTITY (RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE
a) Regulated Entity Reference Number (RN)
A number issued by TCEQ's Central Registry to sites (a location where a regulated activity
occurs) regulated by TCEQ This is not a permit number, registration number, or license
number. If this regulated entity has not been assigned an RN, leave this space blank.
If the site of your business is part of a larger business site, a Regulated Entity Number (RN) may
already be assigned for the larger site. Use the RN assigned for the larger site. Search TCEQ's
Central Registry to see if the larger site may already be registered as a regulated site at:
http: //www12.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/lndex.cfm?fuseaction=regent. RNSearch
If the site is found, provide the assigned Regulated Entity Reference Number (RN) and provide
the information for the site to be authorized through this application The site information for
this authorization may vary from the larger site information
An example is a chemical plant where a unit is owned or opei ated by a separate corporation that
is accessible by the same physical address of your unit or facility. Other examples include
industrial parks identified by one common address but different corporations have control of
defined areas within the site. In both cases an RN would be assigned for the physical address
location and the permitted sites would be identified separately under the same RN.
b) Site/Project Name/Regulated Entity
Provide the name of the site as known by the public in the area where the site is located. The
name you provide on this application will be used in the TCEQ Central Registry as the Regulated
Entity name.
c) Description of Activity Regulated
In your own words, briefly describe the primary business that you are doing that requires this
authorization. Do not repeat the SIC Code description.
d) County
Identify the county or counties in which the regulated entity is located.
e) Latitude and Longitude
Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in degrees, minutes, and seconds or decimal form.
For help obtaining the latitude and longitude, go to:
http://www.tceq.texas.gov/gis/sgmaview.html or http://nationalmap.gov/ustopo
f) Site/Project (RE) Physical Address/Location Information
Enter the complete address for the site in Section A if the address can be validated through the
US Postal Service. If the physical address is not recognized as a LISPS delivery address, you may
need to validate the address with your local police (911 service) or through an online map site
used to locate a site Please confirm this to be a complete and valid address. Do not use a rural
route or post office box for a site location.
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013)
Page 6
If a site does not have an address that includes a street (or house) number and street name,
enter NO ADDRESS for the street name in Section A. In Section B provide a complete written
location description. For example: "The site is located 2 miles west from intersection of Hwy
290 & IH35, located on the southwest corner of the Hwy 290 South bound lane."
Provide the city (or nearest city) and zip code of the facility location.
4. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
a) Indian Country Lands
If your site is located on Indian Country Lands, the TCEQ does not have authority to process
your application. You must obtain authorization through EPA, Region 6, Dallas Do not submit
this form to TCEQ
b) Construction activity associated with facility associated with exploration,
development, or production of oil, gas, or geothermal resources
If your activity is associated with oil and gas exploration, development, or production, you may
be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas and may need to obtain authorization
from EPA Region 6. For more information, see:
http://info.sos.state.tx.us/pls/pub/readtac$ext.TacPage?s1=R&app=9&p dir=&p rloc=&p tlo
c=&p ploc=&pg=1&p tac=&ti=16&pt=i&ch=3&r1=30
Construction activities associated with a facility related to oil, gas or geothermal resources may
include the construction of a well site, treatment or storage facility; underground hydrocarbon
or natural gas storage facility; reclamation plant; gas processing facility; compressor station;
terminal facility where crude oil is stored prior to refining and at which refined products are
stored solely for use at the facility; a carbon dioxide geologic storage facility; and a gathering,
transmission, or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or natural gas, including
natural gas liquids, prior to refining of such oil or the use of the natural gas in any
manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel
Where required by federal law, discharges of stormwater associated with construction activities
under the Railroad Commission s jurisdiction must be authorized by the EPA and the Railroad
Commission of Texas, as applicable. Activities under Railroad Commission of Texas jurisdiction
include construction of a facility that when completed, would be associated with the
exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources, such as a well
site treatment or storage facility; underground hydrocarbon or natural gas storage facility;
reclamation plant; gas processing facility; compressor station; terminal facility where crude oil
is stored prior to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the facility; a
carbon dioxide geologic storage facility under the jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of
Texas; and a gathering, transmission or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or
natural gas, including natural gas liquids, prior to refining of such oil or the use of the natural
gas in any manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel. The Railroad Commission
of Texas also has jurisdiction over stormwater from land disturbance associated with a site
survey that is conducted prior to construction of a facility that would be regulated by the
Railroad Commission of Texas Under 33 U S.C. §1342(1)(2) and §1362(24), EPA cannot require
a permit for discharges of stormwater from 'field activities or operations associated with {oil
and gas} exploration, production, processing, or treatment operations, or transmission facilities,
including activities necessary to prepare a site for drilling and for the movement and placement
of drilling equipment, whether or not such field activities or operations may be considered to be
construction activities' unless the discharge is contaminated by contact with any overburden,
raw material, intermediate product, finished product, byproduct, or waste product located on
the site of the facility. Under §3 8 of this title (relating to Water Protection), the Railroad
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013)
Page 7
Commission of Texas prohibits operators from causing or allowing pollution of surface or
subsurface water. Operators are encouraged to implement and maintain best management
practices (BMPs) to minimize discharges of pollutants, including sediment, in stormwater
during construction activities to help ensure protection of surface water quality during storm
events.
c) Primary Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code
Provide the SIC Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at this site.
Common SIC Codes related to construction activities include:
• 1521 - Construction of Single Family Homes
• 1522 - Construction of Residential Bldgs. Other than Single Family Homes
• 1541 - Construction of Industrial Bldgs. and Warehouses
• 1542 - Construction of Non-residential Bldgs, other than Industrial Bldgs. and
Warehouses
• 1611 - Highway and Street Construction, except Highway Construction
• 1622 - Bridge, Tunnel, and Elevated Highway Construction
• 1623 - Water, Sewer, Pipeline and Communications, and Power Line Construction
For help with SIC Codes, go to:
http.//www osha.gov/pls/imis/sicsearch.html
d) Secondary SIC Code
Secondary SIC Code(s) may be provided. Leave blank if not applicable. For help with SIC Codes,
go to:
http://www.osha.gov/p1s/imis/sicsearch.html
e) Total Number of Acres Disturbed
Provide the approximate number of acres that the construction site will disturb. Construction
activities that disturb less than one acre, unless they are part of a larger common plan that
disturbs more than one acre, do not require permit coverage. Construction activities that
disturb between one and five acres, unless they are part of a common plan that disturbs more
than five acres, do not require submission of an NOI. Therefore, the estimated area of land
disturbed should not be less than five, unless the project is part of a larger common plan that
disturbs five or more acres. Disturbed means any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar
activities.
If you have any questions about this item, please contact the stormwater technical staff by phone
at (512)239-4671 or by email at swgp@tceq.texas.gov.
f) Common Plan of Development
Construction activities that disturb less than five acres do not require submission of an NOI
unless they are part of a common plan of development or for sale where the area disturbed is
five or more acres. Therefore, the estimated area of land disturbed should not be less than five,
unless the project is part of a larger common plan that disturbs five or more acres. Disturbed
means any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar activities.
For more information on 'What is a common plan of development?" go to
www.tceq.texas.gov/permitting/stormwater/common plan of development steps.html
For further information, go to the TCEQ stormwater construction webpage at:
www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction and search for "Additional Guidance and Quick Links". If
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013)
Page 8
you have any further questions about this item, please call the stormwater technical staff at
(512)239-4671.
g) Identify the water body(s) receiving stormwater runoff
The stormwater may be discharged directly to a receiving stream or through a MS4 from your
site. It eventually reaches a receiving water body such as a local stream or lake, possibly via a
drainage ditch You must provide the name of the water body that receives the discharge from
the site (a local stream or lake).
If your site has more than one outfall you need to include the name of the first water body for
each outfall, if they are different.
h) Identify the segment number(s) of the classified water body(s)
Identify the classified segment number(s) receiving a discharge directly or indirectly. Go to the
following link to find the segment number of the classified water body where stormwater will
flow from the site: www.tceq.texas.gov/waterquality/monitoring/viewer html
You may also find the segment number in TCEQ publication GI-316:
www.tceq.texas.gov/publicationsigi/gi-316
If the discharge is into an unclassified receiving water and then crosses state lines prior to
entering a classified segment, select the appropriate watershed:
• moo (Canadian River Basin)
• 0200 (Red River Basin)
• 0300 (Sulfur River Basin)
• 0400 (Cypress Creek Basin)
• 0500 (Sabine River Basin)
Call the Water Quality Assessments section at (512)239-4671 for further assistance.
i) Discharge into MS4 - Identify the MS4 Operator
The discharge may initially be into a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) If the
stonuwater discharge is into an MS4, provide the name of the entity that operates the MS4
where the stormwater discharges. An MS4 operator is often a city, town county, or utility
district but possibly can be another form of government. Please note that the Construction
General Permit requires the Operator to supply the MS4 with a copy of the NOI submitted to
TCEQ For assistance, you may call the technical staff at (512)239-4671.
j) Surface Water bodies on list of impaired waters - Identify the impaired water
body(s)
Indicate Yes or No if any surface water bodies receiving discharges from the construction site
are on the latest EPA -approved CWA 3o3(d) List of impaired waters. Provide the name(s) of
surface water bodies receiving discharges or potential discharges from the construction site that
are on the latest EPA -approved CWA 3o3(d) List of impaired waters. The EPA -approved CWA
3o3(d) List of impaired waters in Texas can be found at
www.tceq.texas.gov/waterquality/assessment/so, 3o3.html
NOTE• Do not use any "draft" documents.
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013)
Page 9
k) Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone and Certification
See maps on the TCEQ website to determine if the site is located within the Recharge Zone,
Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer at:
www.tceq.texas.gov/field/eapp/viewer.hlinl
If the discharge or potential discharge is within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or
Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer, a site specific
authorization approved by the Executive Director under the Edwards Aquifer Protection
Program (3o TAC Chapter 213) is required before construction can begin. The certification
must be answered "Yes' for coverage under the Construction General Permit. The TCEQ
approved plan must be readily available for TCEQ staff to review at the time that the NOI is
submitted.
The general permit requires the approved Contributing Zone Nan or Water Pollution Abatement
Plan to be included or referenced as a part of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan.
For questions regarding the Edwards Aquifer Protection Program, contact the appropriate
TCEQ Regional Office. For projects in Hays, Travis and Williamson Counties: Austin Regional
Office, 12100 Park 35 Circle, Austin, TX 78753, 512-339-2929. For Projects in Bexar, Comal,
Kinney, Medina and Uvalde Counties: TCEQ San Antonio Regional Office, 1425o Judson Rd.,
San Antonio, TX 78233-448o, 210-490-3096.
5. CERTIFICATIONS
Failure to indicate Yes to ALL of the certification items may result in denial of coverage under
the general permit.
a) Certification of Understanding the Terms and Conditions of Construction
General Permit (TXRt.5oo00)
Provisional coverage under the Construction General Permit (TXR150000) begins 7 days after
the completed paper NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ (Electronic applications
submitted through ePermits have immediate provisional coverage). You must obtain a copy
and read the Construction General Permit before submitting your application. You may view
and print the Construction General Permit for which you are seeking coverage at the TCEQ web
site: www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction
b) Certification of Legal Name
The full legal name of the applicant as authorized to do business in Texas is required. The name
must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State (SOS), or on other legal
documents forming the entity that is filed in the county where doing business. You may contact
the SOS at (512)463 5555, for more information related to filing in Texas.
c) Understanding of Notice of Termination
A permittee shall terminate coverage under this Construction Gene' al Permit through the
submittal of a NOT when the operator of the facility changes, final stabilization has been
reached, the discharge becomes authorized under an individual permit, or the construction
activity never began at this site.
d) Certification of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
The SWP3 identifies the areas and activities that could produce contaminated runoff at your site
and then tells how you will ensure that this contamination is mitigated. For example, in
describing your mitigation measures, your site's plan might identify the devices that collect and
TCEQ-20022Instructions (03/05/2013)
Page 10
filter stormwater, tell how those devices are to be maintained, and tell how frequently that
maintenance is to be carried out. You must develop this plan in accordance with the TCEQ
general permit requirements. This plan must be developed and implemented before you
complete this NOI. The SWP3 must be available for a TCEQ investigator to review on request.
Operator Certification:
The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements
specified under 3o Texas Administrative Code (TAC) §3o5.44•
IF YOU ARE A CORPORATION:
The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 3o Texas Administrative
Code §305 44(a)(1) (see below). According to this code provision, any corporate representative
may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been
delegated to that person in accordance with corporate procedures. By signing the NOI or similar
form, you are certifying that such authority has been delegated to you. The TCEQ may request
documentation evidencing such authority.
IF YOU ARE A MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY:
The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative
Code §305 44(a)(3) (see below). According to this code provision, only a ranking elected official
or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons such as the City Mayor
or County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the
principal executive officer of your government entity it may be beneficial to consult your city
charter, county or city ordinances, or the Texas statute(s) under which your government entity
was formed. An NOI or similar document that is signed by a government official who is not a
ranking elected official or principal executive officer does not conform to §305.44(a)(3)• The
signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those
identified in the regulation. By signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that you are
either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative
code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal
executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ
If you have any questions or need additional information concerning the signatory requirements
discussed above, please contact the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality's
Environmental Law Division at (512)239-0600.
3o Texas Administrative Code
§305.44• Signatories to Applications
(a) All applications shall be signed as follows.
(1) For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate
officer. For purposes of this paragraph, a responsible corporate officer means a president,
secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business
function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision -making functions for the
corporation; or the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities
employing more than 25o persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25
million (in second-quarter 198o dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or
delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate procedures
governing authority to sign permit or post -closure order applications may provide for
assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals.
Page
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013)
(2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship, the application shall be signed by a
general partner or the proprietor, respectively.
(3) For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency, the application shall
be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this
paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of
the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a
principal geographic unit of the agency (e g., regional administrator of the EPA).
TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/o5/2o13)
Page 12
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
General Permit Payment Submittal Form
Use this form to submit your Application Fee only if you are mailing your payment.
• Complete items 1 through 5 below:
• Staple your check in the space provided at the bottom of this document.
• Do not mail this form with your NOI form.
• Do not mail this form to the same address as your NOI.
Mail this form and your check to:
BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL
Texas Commission on Environmental
Quality
Financial Administration Division
Cashier's Office, MC-214
P.O Box 13088
Austin, TX 78711-3088
BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL
Texas Commission on Environmental
Quality
Financial Administration Division
Cashier's Office, MC-214
12100 Park 35 Circle
Austin, TX 78753
Fee Code: GPA
General Permit:
TXR150000
1. Check / Money Order No:
2. Amount of Check/Money Order:
3. Date of Check or Money Order:
4. Name on Check or Money Order:
5. NOI INFORMATION
If the check is for more than one NOI, list each Project/Site (RE) Name and Physical
Address exactly as provided on the NOI. DO NOT SUBMIT A COPY OF THE NOI WITH
THIS FORM AS IT COULD CAUSE DUPLICATE PERMIT ENTRIES
See Attached List of Sites (If more space is needed, you may attach a list.)
Project/Site (RE) Name.
1
1
1
Project/Site (RE) Physical Address:
Staple Check in This Space
TCEQ- 20134 (04/13/2006)
Page 1
TCEQ
Office
Use
Only
Chan
an Authorization
Notice
of
g a
(NOC)to
Permit
No
:
Associated
for
Stormwater
Discharges
with
RN:
sigm
Construction
Activity
under
TPDES
General
CN:
TCEQ
Permit
(TXR1
50000)
*****
IMPORTANT
*****
The
1)
the
form
permit
PLEASE
will
number
READ
be
returned
is
THE
not
provided,
FOLLOWING
for
one
invalid,
of
the
INFORMATION
or
following
no
longer
active,
reasons:
AND
for
INS
i RUCTIONS
is
BEFORE
FILLING
OUT
THIS
FORM.
not
provided,
2)
3)
the
a wet ink
current
signature
permittee
of
is
person
not
the
meeting
applicant,
signatory
and;
requirements
permittee
4)
a
requested
change
in operator
name
is not
a
legal
name change
.
T
THIS
FORM
CANNOT
BE
USED
FOR
A
CHANGE
IN
OPERATOR.
REFER
TO YOUR
GENERAL
PERMIT.
TXR15
Number
the
to
be changed?
What
is
the
Permit
of
authorization
A. APPLICANT
INFORMATION:
Search
Central
Registry
at
www12.tceq.texas:gov/crpub/
1. Operator
(Permittee)
a. What
is
the
full
Legal
Name
of
the
current
Operator
as on
the
authorization?
b. What
is
the
TCEQ
Central
Registry
Customer
Number
assigned
to
this
Operator?
CN
2.
Permitted
Site
(required)
What
is
the
TCEQ
Central
Registry
Regulated
Entity
Number
assigned
for
this
permitted
site?
RN
B.
'REQUESTED
CHANGE
TO
PERMITTED
INFORMATION
What
information
has
of
changed
the
sections
or needs
being
corrected?
updated
and
enter
the
new
information
in
the
corresponding
section
of
this
form.)
(Check
one
or
more
Secretary
State
(TX
SOS).
Go
to Section
1 &/or 2
as
applicable.
Name
Change
with
Texas
of
Operator
(Note:
Permits
Legal
are
not
transferable.
If
a
change
in entity
has
occurred,
this
NOC
is not
attainable.)
Monitoring
Report
forms.
for
Operator
Billing
for
Annual
Fee
or
Discharge
ElAddress
and
contact
information
Site
Information
(Regulated
Entity)
r]
I
I
(Note:
Permits
under
a
general
permit
are
site
specific.
If
a change
in
site
location
has occurred,
this
NOC
is not
attainable.)
nGeneral
Characteristics
relating
to the
regulated
activity.
1.
OPERATOR
LEGAL
NAME
CHANGE
a.
What
is
the
NEW
active
Legal
Name
with
TX
SOS
or on
other
legal
document?
New
Legal
Name:
b.
(This
What
is
only
is
the
applicable
TX
SOS
to
Filing
Limited
Number
Partnership
for
us
or
Corporations.)
to
confirm
this
official
name
change?
2
ADDRESS
&
CONTACT
INFORMATION
CHANGE
a.
What
mailing
address
and/or
contact
mformation
has changed?
(check
one or more
as applicable)
Site
(RE)
Mailing
Address
and
contact
information
■
E
Operator
for
permit
correspondence
for Receiving
Discharge
Monitoring
for
Receiving
Annual
Fee
Reporting
address/contact
C
Billing
address/contact
D
Reports
(DMRs)
Statement
for
selection?
is
information
to
be updated
the
same
each
b
If
you
selected
more
than
one, the
❑
Yes --
Provide
the updated
information
in
the
fields
below.
■
No
— Attachment
1
of
the
NOC
is
attached
to
this
form,
to
provide
the
different
addresses.
ATTN
or
C/O:
1
Suite
No./Bldg
No./Mail
Code:
Address:
I
City:
State:
ZIP
Code:
Country
Mailing
Information
(if
outside
USA).
Country Code:
Postal
Code:
Phone
No.:
( ) Ext:
1
Fax
No.:
( )
E-Mail:
TCEQ- 20391 (07/13/2007)
Page 1
ENTITY
(RE)
SITE
INFORMATION
CORRECTION
3
REGULATED
Is
this
change
to
the
location
of
the
permitted
activity?
a.
a
❑No
not
be
since
the
authorizations
are site
specific.
— go
to next
question.
❑Yes
-
this
requested
change
will
processed
b.
New
or
Corrected
Name
of
Project
or Site
:
c. Updated
Physical
Address
(new 911
address)
Street
Number:
Street
Name:
Bldg/Ste
No.
ZIP
Code:
County
(Counties
if>1):
City:
d. Update
or Corrected
location
access description,
if no
physical
address
(Street
Number
& Street
Name):
Corrected
Latitude:
N
Corrected
Longitude:
W
e.
4.
IN
CHARACTERISTICS
PROVIDED
ON
ORIGINAL
FORM
CHANGE
Identify
the
specific
change
and
provide
the
updated
information.
If
an
attachment
is need,
please
reference
it
below.
C.
APPLICATION
CONTACT
If
information
regarding
this
application,
who
should
be contacted?
TCEQ
needs
additional
Title:
Company:
1.
Name.
2.
Phone
No.:
( )
Ext:
Fax
No.:
(
)
E-Mail:
D
CERTIFICATION
Operator
Certification:
I,
Title
(REQUIRED)
certify
under
penalty
of
Typed
law
that
or
printed
this
document
name
(REQUIRED)
and
all
attachments
and
evaluate
were
the
prepared
information
under
my
submitted.
direction
or supervision
Based
on my inquiry
in accordance
of
the
with
person
a
or
system
persons
designed
to assure
that
qualified
personnel
properly
gather
for
the
mformation, the
information submitted
is, to the
best of
my
knowledge
who
possibility
manage
and
of
the
fine
system
belief
and
true,
imprisonment
or those
accurate,
persons
and
for
directly
complete.
knowing
responsible
I
violations.
am aware
there
gathering
are
significant
penalties
for
submitting
false
information,
including
the
1
documentation
further
certify
that
in
I am
proof
of
authorized
such
authorization
under
30
Texas
upon
Administrative
request.
Code
§305.44
to sign
and
Date:
submit
this
document,
and
can
provide
Signature:
ink)
(REQUIRED)
(Use
blue
(REQUIRED)
TCEQ- 20391 (07/13/2007)
Page 2
Attachment 1 to a
Related
NOC
to
a
for Providing
Permit
Different
under
General
Address &
Permit TXR150000
Contact
Information
Form
Specific
(REQUIRED)
What
is
the
Permit
No.?
TXR15
ADDITIONAL
ADDRESS
& CONTACT
INFORMATION
Fill
in
the changes
as applicable
Incomplete
and
invalid
addresses
will
not
be used.
Verify
addresses
at
USPS.com.
mailing
Operator
ATTN
or C/O:
Address:
Suite
No./Bldg.
No./Mail
Code:
City:
State:
ZIP
Code:
Country
Mailing
Information
(if
outside
USA).
Country Code:
Postal
Code:
Phone
No.:
( )
Ext:
Fax
No.:
(
)
E-Mail:
Billing
Address
for Receiving Annual
Fee Statement
ATTN
or C/O:
Address:
Suite
No./Bldg.
No./Mail
Code:
City:
State:
ZIP
Code:
Country Mailing
Information
(if
outside
USA).
Country Code:
Postal
Code:
Phone
No.:
( ) Ext:
Fax
No.:
(
)
E-Mail:
Site
Mailing
Address
(RE)
ATTN
or
C/O:
Address:
Suite
No./Bldg.
No./Mail
Code:
City:
State:
ZIP
Code:
Country
Mailing
Information
(if
outside
USA).
Country Code:
Postal
Code:
Phone
No.:
(
)
Ext:
Fax
No.:
(
)
E-Mail:
TCEQ- 20391 NOC Attachment 1 (07/13/2007) Page 1
Notice
Change
(NOC)
to
an
Authorization
for
Stormwater Discharges
of
Associated
with Construction
Activity
under
TPDES
General Permit
(TXR150000)
General
Information
and
Instructions
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Where
BY
Texas
Stormwater
P.O.
REGULAR
Box
to Send
Commission
13087
Processing
the
U.S.
Notice
on
MAIL
Environmental
Center
of
Change
(MC228)
(NOC):
Quality
BY
Texas
Stormwater
12100
OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS
Commission
Park
Processing
35
Circle
on
Environmental
Center
MAIL
(MC228)
Quality
Austin,
TX
78711-3087
Austin
TX 78753
TCEQ
Contact
list.
Application
Technical
Environmental
Records
Information
Management
Questions
Processing
Services
Law
relating
Division:
for
Questions
for obtaining
obtaining
to the
relating
general
copies
reports
to
permit:
of
from
the
forms
status
submitted
program
and
data
form
512/239-4671
to
bases
requirements:
TCEQ:
(as
available):
512/239-DATA
512/239-3700
512/239-0600
512/239-0900
or email
(3282)
swpermit@tceq.texas.gov
Financial
Administration's
Cashier's
office:
512/239-0357
or 512/239-0187
Notice
When
1.
Administrative
of
your
Change
NOC
is
Process:
received
Review:
by
The
the
form
program,
will
the
be
reviewed
form
will
to
be
ensure
processed
the
request
as
follows:
is
from
the
permittee
(operator)
on the
authorization,
the
permit is active
form
be
for
that
for a
NOC.
In addition,
the
and
initial
coverage
was acknowledged.
Each
item
on
the
will
reviewed
a complete
response
qualifies
Texas
Secretary
State (if
applicable).
The
address(s)
on the
form must
be verified
with
the US
operator's
legal
name
change
must
be verified
with
of
Postal
service
as an
address
receiving
regular
mail
delivery.
Never
give an overmght/express
mailing
address.
If
an item
is
incomplete
or not verifiable
as
indicated
above,
the
operator
may
be
notified
by
letter, phone
call
or
email.
In some instances as noted
at the
beginning
of
the
form,
the
request
may
simply
be
returned.
NOC
is
on
2.
NOC
Confirmation:
An updated
Acknowledgment
Certificate
will
be mailed
to
the
operator
only
if
the
to change
information
provided
the
acknowledgment
certificate.
The
original
coverage
effective
date
will
not change.
General
Permit
(Your
Permit)
the
TCEQ
web
site www.tceq.texas.gov.
You
may view
and
print your general
permit
on
Enter
the
general
permit
number
as the
key word
in
the search
box to
locate the
specific
web
page.
General
The
PDF
Notice
format
Permit
of
on
Intent
the
Forms
TCEQ
(NOI),
web
Notice
of
site www.tceq.texas
Termination
(NOT),
gov.
and
Notice
of Change
(NOC)
with
instructions
are available
in Adobe
Acrobat
Change
An
authorization
in
Operator
under
the
general
permit
is not transferable.
Notice
If
the
operator
of
Intent.
the
The
regulated
NOI
entity
be
changes,
the
not
later
present
than
pemiittee
10 days
must submit
to the
change
in
a
Notice
of
Termination
and
the
new operator
must
submit
a
of
must
submitted
prior
Operator status.
new entity is
confirmed.
Note
that
the
NOT
is effective
on
the
postmarked
date
It may
be necessary to not terminate
the
existing
permit
until
coverage
by the
TCEQ
Core
Central
Data
Form
Registry
has
Core Data
been incorporated
Form
into this
form.
Do not send
a core data
form to TCEQ.
The
You can
find
the
information
on the
Central
Registry web
site at www12.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/.
You can
search
by the
Regulated
Entity (RN),
Customer
"Additional
the
field
labeled
ID".
Number
(CN)
or
Name
(Permittee),
or
by your permit number
under
search
for
CN
RN
data
for
The
authorizations
RN
data
Customer
in
central
(Permittee)
as
changes
registry.
is responsible
occur. For
General
for providing
Permits,
consistent
a
Notice
information
of Change
to the
form must
TCEQ,
be
submitted
and
updating
to
the
all
program
and
area
for
approval
all
to
associated
update
the
CN
and
TCEQ- 20391 NOC Instructions (07/13/2007)
Page 1
INSTRUCTIONS
FOR FILLING
OUT
THE
NOC
FORM
A. Applicant
Information
(Operator)
1. Provide
the
full
legal
name
as on the
permit.
b.
Go
Provide
to
http://wwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/
the
current
TCEQ
permrttee(s)
Issued
Customer
Number
to
locate
(CN)
your
for the
CN.
entity.
this form
be returned,
It is the
responsibility
of
the
permittee(s)
to comply
with
If
the
the
general
name(s)
permit.
provided
do
not match
the
current permittee
name(s),
will
to
those
Note:
If
a
change
is
being
made
to
the
CN
and
the
CN
has
other
TCEQ
authorization
types,
it
is the
entity's
responsibility
update
authorizations
the
be changed
on the
Because
of
this, a
new CN
may
be
at
issued
the
same
for
the
time.
new
If
an
name.
authorization
has
been cancelled
or
tennmated,
name can not
permit.
2.
Go
Provide
to
http://wwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/
the
TCEQ
Issued
Regulated
Entity
to
number
locate
your
assigned
CN.
for this
permitted
activity.
If
comply
the
site
with
has
the
changed
general
or
the
permit
information
provided
indicates
a new
location,
this
form will
be returned.
It is the
responsibility
of
the
(permittees)
to
B.
REQUESTED
CHANGE
TO
PERMITTED.
INFORMATION
in
form that
is
to
be
Provide
the
updated
information
in Section
1
for
indicating
the
the
updated.
Check
Legal
General
one
Name
Characteristics
or
Change,
more
of
the
Section
Change,
available
2
for
as
options
apphcable.
Address
&
Contact
Information
information
Change,
Section
3
for
Regulated
Entity Site
Information
Change,
or Section 4
for
1.
LEGAL
NAME
CHANGE
Provide
the
new
legal
name.
If
the
entity
is a
Limited
Partnership
or
Corporation,
the
name
change
must
SOS
be verifiable
512/463-5555,
with
Texas
Secretary
for more
information
of
State.
The
TX
SOS
filing
number
must
be
to verify
only
a name
change
occurred.
You may
contact
the
at
provided
related
to
filing
in
Texas.
If
filed
in
the
county
where
Limited
Partnership
doing
business,
will
be
provide
verified
a
with
copy
of
Texas
the
Secretary
legal
documents
of
State. If
showing
the
entity
the
is
legal
filed
name
as a
change.
new
entity with
a
Legal
name
changes
of
a
Corporation
and
The
transferable.
If
the
operator
changes,
the
old
entity must
terminate
new
filing
their
number,
permit
then
the
and
the
change
new
entity
cannot
must
be made
submit
through
a
form
a
for
NOC.
a new
permit.
permits
are not
2 ADDRESS
&
CONTACT
INFORMATION
CHANGE
Indicate
the
type
of
address
and
contact
information
that
has
changed
from
the
original
NOI
or
last
NOC
submitted
to
TCEQ.
If
have
the
address
different
and/or
information,
contact
then
information
use
the
NOC
is the
same
ATTACHMENT
for
all
types,
then
1.
The
check
permit
each
number
type
and
MUST
enter
be
the
written
information
on ATTACHMENT
in
the
fields
on
the
1 to
form.
indicate
it
If
some
is a
types
part
of
the
Mailing
NOC
form
Address
for
the
permit
being
updated.
The
updates
cannot
be made
without
reference
to
the
submitted
NOC
form.
If
find
that
for regular
mail
delivery
(not overnight
express mail).
you
The
address
MUST
BE
verifiable
with
the
US
Postal
Service
at www.usps.com.,
the
address
is not
verifiable
delay
using
the
USPS
web
us
from
search,
updating
please
the
indicate
the
address
is used
by
the
USPS
for regular
mail
delivery.
Failure
to
provide
a
valid
mailing
address
will
or
prohibit
permit.
be
Notice
Change.
Address
changes
submitted
Please
note
that
address
updates
relating
to a
general
permit
authorization
can ONLY
made
through
a
of
through
any other
form
can
not
be
processed
3.
REGULATED
ENTITY
(RE)
SITE
INFORMATION
CORRECTION
or
last
NOC
for the
authonzation.
The
authorization
under
The
NOC
a
general
form
is
permit
only
is
for
site
use
specific.
to
update
If
or
this
correct
change
information
is related
submitted
to
a new
on the
location,
original
a
Notice
longitude,
application
of
Change
is
not
attainable.
to
NOC
request.
Provide
the
updated
site
name ,
updated
site addresses,
and/or
corrected
latitude
and
as
applicable
your
A new
physical
address
for an existing
location
is
usually
the
result
of
a newly
assigned
911
address
for emergencies.
decimal
form.
For
longitude
the
in either
degrees,
minutes, and
seconds
or
If
providing
a corrected
latitude
longitude,
and
longitude,
to:
enter the
www.tceq.state.tx.us/gis/drgview.html
latitude
and
of
site
or
www.terraserver.microsoft.com/advfind.asp
help
obtaining
the latitude
and
go
4.
GENERAL
CHARACTERISTIC
Indicate
of
area
disturbed
the
change
to information
has increase to 40
onginally
acres.'
supplied.
For example
if
the
number
of
acreas of
area disturbed
has changed,
then
state: "The
number
acres
C.
Application
Contact
Provide
the
name, title and
communication
information
of
the
person that
TCEQ
can contact
for additional
information
regarding
this
application.
TCEQ- 20391 NOC Instructions (07/13/2007)
Page 2
D. CERTIFICATIONS
The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code (TAC)
§305.44.
IF YOU ARE A CORPORATION:
The regulation that controls who may sign an N OI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrativ e Code §305.44(a)(1) (see below). A ccording to
this code provision any corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been delegated to
that person in accordance with corporate pro cedures. B y signing the NOI or si milar form, you are certifying that such authority has been deleg ated to
you. The TCEQ may request documentation evidencing such authority.
IF YOU ARE A MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY:
The regulation that controls who may sign an N OI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrativ e Code §305.44(a)(3) (see below). A ccording to
this code provision only a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons s uch as the City Mayor or
County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government entity, it may
be beneficial to consult y our city charter, county or city ordinances, or the Texas statute(s) under which your government entity was formed. An NOI or
similar document that is signed b y a governor ent official who is not a rankrn g elected official or princip al executive officer d oes not conform to
§305.44(a)(3). The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation. By signing
the NOI or s rmilar form, you are certifying that you are either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative
code Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ.
If you have any questions or need addition al information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above, please contact the Texas Commission
on Environmental Quality's Environmental Law Division at 512/239-0600,
30 Texas Administrative Code
§305.44. Signatories to Applications.
(a) All applications shall be signed as follows.
(I) For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. For purposes of this paragraph, a responsible
corporate officer m eans a pres ident, s ecretary, treasurer, or v ice -president of the corpor ation in charge of a pr mcipal business function, or any oth er
person who performs si milar policy or decisi on -making function s for the corpor ation; or the manager of one or more manufacturin g, productio n or
operating facili ties employing m ore than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expend itures exceeding $25 m illion (in sec ond-quarter 1980
dollars), if authonty to sign docu ments has been assigned or de legated to the manager in accordance with corpor ate procedures. Corporate pro cedures
governing authority to sign permit or post -closure order applicah ons may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather
than to specific individuals.
(2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship, the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively.
(3) For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a
ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the
agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g., regional
administrator of the EPA).
TCEQ- 20391 NOC Instructions (07/13/2007) Page 3
TCEQ
Office
Use
Only
raluN
Notice
of
Termination
(NOT)
for
Authorizations
under
RN:
�"` 7„
`;/ TPDES
General
Permit
TXR150000
CN:
TCEQ
SSign
up
now
for on line
NOT
at
https.//www6.tceq.texas.gov/steers/
Get your
NOT
Confirmation
letter immediately
after
submitting
the
on
line
NOT
form.
What
Processing
is
the permit
will
number
be delayed
without
to
be
terminated?
the
permit
number.
TXR15
A.
OPERATOR
(applicant)
1. What
is
the
Customer
Number
(CN)
issued
to
this
entity?
CN
2. What
is the
full
Legal
Name
of
the
current
penruttee?
This
must
be
the current
permittee
of
the
permit
to
be
terminated.
3.
What
is the
applicant's
mailing
address
as recognized
by the
US
Postal
Service?
Address:
Suite
No./Bldg.
No./Mail
Code:
City:
State:
ZIP
Code:
Country
Mailing
Information
(if
outside
USA).
Country
Code:
Postal
Code:
4.
Phone
No.:
(
)
Extension:
5.
Fax
No.:
(
)
E-mail
Address:
B
REGULATED
ENTITY
(RE)
INFORMATION
ON
PROJECT
OR
SITE
1.
What
is the
TCEQ
Issued
RE
Reference
Number
(RN)?
RN
2.
'9xample:
Name
of
phase
Project
and
or Site as
name of
currently
subdivision
permitted):
or name
of
project
that's
unique
to
the
site)
Physical
Address
of
Project
or
Site
as currently
permitted'
(enter
m spaces
below)
Street
Number:
Street
Name.
City:
ZIP
Code:
County
(Counties
if >1):
4.
If
no
physical
address
(Street
Number
& Street
Name),
provide
the
written
location
access description
to the
site:
C
REASON
FOR
TERMINATION
Check
the
reason
for
termination:
❑
Final
stabilization
has
been
achieved
on all
portions
of the
site
that
are the
responsibility
of
the
Operator
and
all
silt
fences and
other
temporary
erosion
controls
have either
been
removed,
or scheduled
for removal
as defined
in the
SWP3.
0
Another
permitted
Operator
has assumed
control
over
all
areas of
the
site
that
have not
been
finally
stabilized,
and
temporary
erosion
controls
that
have
been
defined
in
the
SWP3
have
been
transferred
to
the
new Operator.
■
The
activity
is
now
authonzed
under
an alternate
TPDES
permit,
■
The
activity
never
began
at
this
site
that
is regulated
under
the
general
permit.
D. CERTIFIC
ATION
I,
Typed
or
printed
name
Title
certify
under
penalty
of
law that
this
document
and
all
attachments
were
prepared
under
my direction
or supervision
in accordance with
a system designed
to assure
system,
accurate,
that
or
and
those
qualified
complete.
persons
personnel
directly
I
am aware
responsible
properly
there
are
gather
and
for gathering
significant
evaluate
penalties
the
the
information,
information
for
submitting
the
submitted.
information
false
information,
Based
submitted
on
including
my
is,
inquiry
to
the
the
of
best
the
possibility
of
person
my
knowledge
of
or
fine
persons
and
and
impnsonment
who
belief,
manage the
true,
for
knowing
violations
I
further
certify
that
I am authorized
under
30
Texas Administrative
Code
§305.44
to sign and
submit
this
document, and
can provide
documentation
in
proof
mature:
of
such
authonzation
upon
request.
Date:
(Use
blue
ink)
TCEQ-20023 (02/06/2007)
Page 1
g
Notice
of
Information
(NOT)
Permit
for
and
Authorizations
TXR150000
Instructions
under
Termination
TPDES
General
General
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Where
to Send
the
Notice
of
Intent (NOI):
BY
REGULAR
U.S.
MAIL
BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS
MAIL
Texas Commission
Environmental
Quality
Texas Commission on Environmental
Quality
on
Stormwater
Processing Center (MC228)
Stormwater
Processing Center (MC228)
P.O.
Box 13087
12100
Park
35 Circle
Austin,
TX 78711-3087
Austin,
TX 78753
TCEQ
Contact list:
Application
Processing Questions relating
to the
status and
form requirements:
512/239-3700
or swpermit@tceq.texas.gov
Technical
Questions relating
to the
general
512/239-4671
permit:
Environmental
Law Division: 512/239-0600
Records
Management
for obtaining
copies
of
forms submitted
to
TCEQ: 512/239-0900
Information
Services
for obtaining
reports
from
program data
bases (as available):
512/239-DATA
(3282)
Financial
Administration's
Cashier's
office:
512/239-0357
or 512/239-0187
Notice
of
Termination
Process:
A
Notice
of
Termination
is effective
on the
date
postmarked
for delivery
to TCEQ.
When
your
NOT
is received
by the
program, the
form will
be
processed
as follows:
1. Administrative
Review:
form will
be reviewed
to confirm
the
following:
The
• the
• the
permit number
permit is active
is provided
and
has
been
approved
• the
entity terminating the
permit is the
current
permittee
• the
site information
matches
the
original
permit record
• the
form
has the
required
original
signature with
title
and
date
2. Notice
of
Deficiency:
If
an
item is incomplete
or not verifiable
as indicated
above,
a
phone
call
will
be
to the
applicant
to clear
the
deficiency.
made
A
letter will
not
be sent to the
permittee if unable
to
process the
form.
3. Confirmation
of
Termination: A Notice
of
Termination
Confirmation
letter will
be mailed
to the
operator.
General
Permit
(Your Permit)
Coverage
under
the
general
permit
begins
48
hours after
a completed
NOI
is
postmarked
for delivery
to the
TCEQ. You should
have a copy
of
your
general
permit when
submitting
your application.
You may view and
print your
permit
for which
you are seeking
coverage, on the
TCEQ
web
site
www.tceq.texas.Rov
General
Permit
Forms
The
Notice of
Intent
(NOI),
Notice
of
Termination
(NOT),
and
Notice
of
Change
(NOC)
with
instructions are available
in
Adobe
Acrobat
PDF
format
on the
TCEQ web
site www.tceq.texas.gov.
Change
in
Operator
An authorization
under
the
general
permit
is not transferable.
If
the
operator
or owner of the
regulated
entity changes,
the
present
permittee must submit
a
Notice
of
Termination and
the
new operator must submit
a
Notice
of
Intent.
The
NOT
and
NOI
must
be submitted
not
later than
10 days
prior to the
change
in Operator
status.
TCEQ
Central
Registry
Core
Data Form
Core
Data
Form
has
been incorporated
into
this
form.
Do not send
a core data
form to TCEQ.
The
After
final
acknowledgment
of
coverage under
the
general
permit, the
program will
assign
a Customer
Number
(CN)
and
Regulated
Entity
Number
(RN).
For Construction
Permits, a new
RN
will
be assigned
for each
Notice
of
Intent
filed
with
TCEQ,
since
project sites can overlap
with
other
construction
Customers.
The
RN
assigned
to your construction
project
will
not
be assigned
to
any
other
TCEQ
authorization.
You can
find
the
information
on the
Central Registry web
site at
wwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/.
You can search
by the
Regulated
Entity (RN),
Customer
Number
(CN)
or Name
(Permittee), or
by your
permit number
under
the
search
field
labeled
"Additional
ID". Capitalize
all
letters in the
permit number.
TCEQ-20023 Instructions (02/06/2007)
Page 1
The
Customer (Permittee)
is responsible
for
providing
consistent information to the
TCEQ,
and
for updating
all
CN
and
RN
data
for all
authorzations
as
For
changes
occur.
General
Permits, a
Notice
of Change
form must
be submitted
to the
program area.
Annual
Water Quality
Fee:
This
fee is
assessed
to
operators
with
an active authorization
under
the
on
September
1
The
general
permit
of each
year.
operator
will
receive an invoice
for
the
fee in
November
payment
of
annual
of
each
The
be
due
30 days
year.
will
from the
invoice date.
A 5%
penalty
under
the
will
general
be assessed
permit
if
is
the
active
payment
on
September
is
received
1.
by
TCEQ
after
the
due
date.
Annual
fee
assessments
payment
cannot
be waived
as
long
as the
authorization
It's
effective
important
on
the
for
the
operator
date
to submit
of
mailing
a
Notice
the
of
form
Termination
to
TCEQ.
(NOT)
It
is
when
coverage
under
the
general
permit
is no
longer
required.
A
NOT
is
mailed
and
received
postmarked
by
TCEQ.
recommended
that
the
NOT
be mailed
using
a method
that
documents
the
date
•
Mailed
Payments:
You
•
Go
ePAY
to
must
www6.tceq.texas.gov/epay/
Electronic
return
your
Payment:
payment
with
the
billing
coupon
provided
with
the
billing
statement.
You
must
enter
account
number
the
top
billing
your
provided
at
portion
of
statement.
Payment
include
Mastercard,
A
your
methods
Visa, and
electronic
check
payment
(ACH).
transaction
over $500
can
only
be
made
by
ACH
INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
FILLING
OUT
THE
NOT
FORM
A.
OPERATOR
(current
permittee.)
1.
TCEQ
Issued
Customer
Number
(CN)
2.
Legal
Name
of
Operator
The
operator
must
be
the
same
entity
as
previously
submitted
on the
original
Notice
of
Intent
for the
permit number
provided.
3.
Operator
Mailing
Address
Provide
or
Notice
a complete
of
Change.
mailing
address
for
receiving
mail
from
the
TCEQ.
Update
the
address
if
different
than
previously
submitted
in the
Notice
of Intent
4.
Provide
Phone
updated
Number,
contact
Fax
Number,
information.
and
E-mail
Address
B.
REGULATED
ENTITY
(RE)
INFORMATION
ON
PROJECT
OR SITE
1.
Regulated
Entity
Reference
Number
(RN)
2.
Site/Project
Name/Regulated
Entity
Provide
the
name of
the
site
as
previously
submitted
in the
Notice
of
Intent
for the
permit
number
provided.
3.
Site/Project
(RE)
Physical
Address
Provide
the
physical
address
or
location
access
description
as
previously
submitted
for
the
permit
number
provided.
C.
REASON
FOR
TERMINATION
Indicate
the
reason
for
terminating
the
permit
by checking
one
of
the
options.
If
the
listed
reason
is not
then
provide
an attachment
that
explains
the
reason
Please
for
read
termination.
your general
permit
carefully
to determine
when
to
terminate
your permit.
Permits
will
not
be
reactivated
after
submitting
a termination
form.
The
temvnation
is
effective
on
the
date
postmarked
for
delivery
to
TCEQ.
D CERTIFICATIONS
The
certification
must
bear
an
original
signature
of
a
person meeting
the
signatory
requirements
30
Texas Administrative
§305.44.
IF
YOU
ARE
A CORPORATION:
specified
under
Code
(TAC)
this
code
The
regulation
any
that
corporate
controls
representative
who
may
sign an
may sign
NOI
or
NOI
similar
form
is 30
form
Texas
Administrativ
long
e Code
§305.44(a)(1)
(see
below).
According
to
that
provision,
in accordance
with
corporate
B
an
the
or
similar
NOI
so
as
the
authority
to sign
such
a document
has
been
delegated
to
person
procedures.
y signing
or similar
form, you
are certifying
that
such
authority
has
been delegated
to
you.
The
TCEQ may
request
documentation
evidencing
such
authority.
IF YOU
ARE
A MUNICIPALITY
OR
OTHER
GOVERNMENT
ENTITY:
The
that
regulation
controls
who
may sign an
N
OI
or similar
form is 30
Texas Administrativ
e Code
§305.44(a)(3)
(see
below).
According
to
this
a
code
provision only
ranking
elected
official
or
principal
executive
officer
may sign
an
NOI
or similar
form.
Persons such
as the
City Mayor or
County Commissioner
will
be considered
ranking
elected
officials
In order
to identify
the
executive officer
of
be
beneficial
to consult
your city
charter,
county or
city
ordinances,
or the
Texas
statute(s)
principal
under
which
your government
your government
entity was
entity
formed.
An
NOI
it
may
or
similar
document
that
is signed
by a government official
who
is not a ranking
elected
official
or
principal
executive officer
does
not conform to
TCEQ-20023 Instructions (02/06/2007)
Page 2
§305.44(a)(3). The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation. By signing
the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that you are either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative
code Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ.
If you have any questions or need addition al information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above, please contact the Texas Commission
on Environmental Quality's Environmental Law Division at 512/239-0600.
30 Texas Administrative Code
§305.44. Signatories to Applications.
(a) All applications shall be signed as follows.
(1) For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. For purposes of this paragraph, a responsible
corporate offi cer means a president, secretary, treasurer, or v ice -president of the corpor ation in charge of a principal business function or any oth er
person who performs similar policy or decision -making functions for the corporation; or the manager of' one or more manufacturing, production, or
operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 m illion (in second-quarter 1980
dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate procedures
governing authority to sign permit or post -closure order applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather
than to specific individuals.
(2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship, the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively.
(3) For a municipahty, state, federal, or other public agency the application shall be signed by either a pnncipal executive officer or a
ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph, a pnncipal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the
agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g., regional
administrator of the EPA).
TCEQ-20023 Instructions (02/06/2007) Page 3
mar
NNW
Pla
11111111111111111
SIMS
AMIN
SMALL CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE
FOR THE
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
Stormwater Program
TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000
The following information is posted in compliance with Part II.E.2. of the TCEQ General Permit
Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from small construction sites. Additional
information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at:
http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html
Operator Name:
Contact Name and Phone Number:
4 roject Description: Physical address or
description of the site's location, estimated start
date and projected end date, or date that disturbed
soils will be stabilized
Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan:
For Small Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II E 2 (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge)
the following certification must be completed
I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under
penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.E.2. of
TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention
plan has been developed and will be implemented pnor to constriction, according to permit requirements A copy of this
signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4. I am aware there are significant penalties for
providing false information or for conducting unauthonzed discharges, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for
knowing violations
Signature and Title Date
Date Notice Removed
MS4 operator notified per Part II.F.3.
EMS "ifiliniii
Mir Mai
IRMA WSW
aiiiiiiaiiiiMili AIM
Iiii. mid
LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE
FOR THE
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
Stormwater Program
TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000
"SECONDARY OPERATOR" NOTICE
This notice applies to secondary operators of construction sites operating under Part II.E.3. of the
TPDES General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction
sites equal to or greater than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The
information on this notice is required in Part III.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information
regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the interne at:
http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html
Site -Specific TPDES Authorization Number:
Operator Name:
Contact Name and Phone Number:
Project Description: Physical address or description of the
site's location, and estimated start date and projected end
date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized.
Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3):
For Large Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II.E.3. (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge)
the following certification must be completed:
I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under
penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part ILE.3. of
TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention
plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements A copy of this
signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4. I am aware there are significant penalties for
providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for
knowing violations.
Signature and Title Date
Date Notice Removed
MS4 operator notified per Part ILF.3.
•
-91111•11N
NEMAIM
LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE
FOR THE
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
Stormwater Program
TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000
"PRIMARY OPERATOR" NOTICE
This notice applies to construction sites operating under Part II.E.3. of the TPDES General Permit
Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction sites equal to or greater
than five acres, mcluding the larger common plan of development. The information on this notice is
required in Part III.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information regarding the TCEQ
stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at:
http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html
Site -Specific TPDES Authorization Number:
Operator Name:
Contact Name and Phone Number:
Project Description: Physical address or description of the
site s location, and estimated start date and projected end
date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized.
Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan:
NNW "111111111111
ms son
le SEIM
sr
SI
NM
SMALL CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE:
LOW POTENTIAL FOR EROSION
FOR THE
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
Stormwater Program
TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000
The following information is posted in compliance with Part II.E.1. of the TCEQ General Permit
Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from small construction sites automatically
authorized based on low rainfall erosivity. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater
permit program may be found on the interne at:
http://www.teeq.state tx us/nav/permits/wq construction.html
Operator Name.
Contact Name and Phone Number:
Project Description:
(Physical address or description of the site's location,
estimated start date and projected end date, or date
that disturbed soils will be stabilized)
For Small Construction Sites Authorized Under Part II E 1 , the following certification must be
completed:
I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under
penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an automatic authorization based on
low rainfall erosivity under Part II.E.1 of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this
permit. Construction activities at this site shall occur within a time period listed in Appendix A of the TPDES general permit
for this county, that period beginning on and ending on . I understand that if construction
activities continue past this period, all stormwater runoff must be authonzed under a separate provision of the general
permit. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4. I am aware there are
significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of
fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.
Signature and Title Date
Date Notice Removed
MS4 operator notified per Part II.F.3.
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
Section 01566
SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Descriptions of measures and practices, in response to TPDES General Permit TXR
150000 which shall be used on the Work to eliminate or significantly minimize
pollutants in discharges into Surface Water in the State by controlling erosion and
sediments at their source.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exit
2. Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal
3. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls
C Definitions:
1. Potential Water Pollutant - any substance that could potentially alter the
physical, thennal, chemical, or biological quality of the Surface Water in the
State, rendering the water harmful, detrimental, or injurious to humans,
animal life, vegetation, or property, or to public health, safety or welfare, or
impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or
reasonable purpose.
1.02 MEAUSREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Plans and this
Technical Specification.
B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work
that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil
testing and surveying.
C The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control
measures and practices that operate effectively and as specified in the Plans and in this
or other Technical Specifications.
07/2006 01566 - 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
D Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on
areas outside of the limits of construction or dedicated rights -of -way and easements
Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall
be repaired immediately by the Contractor.
E The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing, hauling, and disposing of
spoil, silt, waste materials and contaminated material resulting from erosion and
sediment control measures as specified in this or other Technical Specifications and in
compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations.
3.02 EXPOSED SOIL
A When soil is exposed as a result of clearing, grading excavating, stockpiling, or other
soil disturbing activities, the Contractor shall implement measures to effectively
control erosion and prevent the escape of sediments from the Project Site.
B Control measures may include the following practices:
1. Preserve existing vegetation to the extent possible.
2. Construct dramage swales, berms, or sediment basins.
3. Maintain grades to minimize the velocity of sheet flow over disturbed areas
and promote evaporation and infiltration of storm water directly into the
ground.
4. Install filter fabric fences or barriers, sediment traps, seepage basins,
gabions, or storm drain inlet protection devices.
5. Utilize vegetative buffer stnps, mulching, or riprap
C When the placement of topsoil, bank sand, or other soil material is specified, after an
area has been brought to grade and immediately prior to placement, loosen the
subgrade discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding to
the subsoil.
D When all soil disturbing activities have been completed, establish a perennial
vegetative cover on all areas that are not paved, covered by permanent structures, or
otherwise permanently stabilized.
3.03 DUST CONTROL
A Implement control measures to minimize dust creation and movement on construction
sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or
storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on -site and off -site damage, to prevent
health hazards, and to improve traffic safety.
B Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following measures:
1. Mulches bound with chemical binders.
2. Temporary vegetative cover.
3. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface.
4. Irrigation by water sprinkling.
07/2006
01566-2of5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
5. Barriers using solid board fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or
similar materials.
C Implement dust control measures immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing
on the Project Site.
3.04 DEMOLITION AREAS
A Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant
concentrations of heavy metals or other potential water pollutants shall use methods
described in this Section, 3.03 "Dust Control ', to limit transport of airborne pollutants.
However, water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or
potential water pollutants shall be retained on the Project Site and shall not be allowed
to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems by the appropriate
use of control measures described in this Section. Methods of ultimate disposal of
these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and
federal health and safety regulations.
3.05 SEDIMENT TRACKING
A Minimize off -site tracking of sediments and the generation of dust by construction
vehicles, keeping the streets clean or construction debris and mud, by implementing
one or more of the following control measures:
1. Restrict all ingress and egress to stabilized construction exits.
2. Stabilize areas used for staging, parking, storage or disposal.
3. Stabilize on -site vehicle transportation routes.
4. Remove mud and other debris, washing if necessary, from vehicles prior to
entrance onto public roadways from the Project Site.
5. Maintain grade to minimize the occurrence of mud on the Project Site.
B Construct stabilized construction areas under the provisions of Section 01550 —
Stabilized Construction Exists.
C In addition to Stabilized Construction Exits shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent
necessary to keep the street clean. Water -hosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of
the street into adjacent areas is not allowed.
3.06 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
A Control equipment maintenance and repair so that oils, gasoline, grease, solvents, and
other potential water pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or
storm water conveyance systems.
B Control measures may include the following practices:
1. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment
to areas specifically designated for that purpose.
2. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as
well as solid waste.
07/2006 01566 - 3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
3. Clean and inspect maintenance and repair areas daily.
4. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate.
5. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area.
6. Place plastic matting, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to
prevent contamination of soil in the area
7. Isolate areas of contaminated soil or other materials to facilitate proper
removal and disposal.
C Where effective control measures are not feasible, equipment shall be taken off -site for
maintenance and repair.
3.07 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
A Conduct operations in conformance with the plan provided in Section 01562 — Waste
Material Disposal and utilize such control measures, described in this Section, as may
be necessary to eliminate or significantly reduce the discharge of possible water
pollutants from the Project Site as a result of waste collection and disposal.
B Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible
Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day
Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated
storm water runoff.
3.08 WASHING AREAS
A Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction
equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a
watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Preventative measures may include
the following practices:
1. Designate special areas for washing vehicles
2. Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or
infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a
temporary holding or seepage basin.
3. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud
production.
B Construct washing areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized
Construction Exists.
3.09 STORAGE AND USAGE OF POTENTIAL WATER POLLUTANTS
A Store and use potential water pollutants such as pesticides fertilizers, distillate fuels,
lubricants, solvents, cements paints, acids, caustics and other toxic substances in
accordance with manufacturers' guidelines, Material Safety Data Sheets, and with
local, state, and federal regulations.
07/2006 01566 - 4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
B Isolate these substances in areas where they are to be stored, opened or used such that
they will not cause pollution of runoff from the Project Site. Preventative measures
may include the following practices:
1. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate.
2. Store containers on raised platforms.
3. Place plastic matting, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to
prevent contamination of soil in the area
4. Provide protective cover or weather proof enclosure.
5. Minimize accidental spillage.
6. Keep containers tightly closed.
7. Periodically inspect containers for leakage.
8. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area
9 Provide berms filter fabnc fences or barriers or sediment basins.
10. Designate washing areas for containers and other items that have come in
contact with potential water pollutants.
C Avoid overuse of substances such as pesticides and fertilizers which could produce
contaminated runoff.
3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES
A Provide the Project Site with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with
Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls, and applicable health regulations.
B Control areas where sanitary facilities are located so that sewage or chemicals will not
be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems by using
one or more of the following measures.
1. Inspect the facilities daily.
2. Service the facilities as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness and
prevent overflows.
3. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate
4. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01566 - 5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
Section 01570
TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations.
B. Trench safety system for excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and
embankment which fall under provisions of federal, state, or local excavation safety
laws.
C. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350 — Submittals
Referenced Standards:
1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
E Definitions:
1. Trench. A narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the
surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width but the
width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet.
2. Trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the
erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the
excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as
defined.
3. Trench safety systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems
but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide
rail systems, sheet piling cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatenng or
diversion of water to provide adequate drainage.
5/2013 01570 - 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
a. Protective System: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins,
from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an
excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure.
Shoring System. A structure, which supports the sides of an
excavation, to prevent cave-ins, maintain stable soil conditions, or to
prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or
improvements.
c. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring
Requirements for locations identified on the Plans.
4. Competent Person- one who is capable of identifying existing and
predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are
unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees and who has
authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on utility excavations is on a linear foot
basis, measured along the centerline of the trench. Payment for trench safety systems
includes payment for manholes and other line structures.
B. Unless indicated in as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for shoring systems
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for trench safety systems
C. If shown on the Plans and included in Section 00300 Bid Proposal as a separate Bid
Item, Measurement and Payment for Special Shoring system installation for trench
excavation is on a square foot basis, measured and completed in place.
Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety
systems used on structural excavations under this Section. Include cost for trench safety
system used on structural excavations in applicable structure installation.
E. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety
systems used on roadway excavation or embankment under this Section. Include cost in
applicable Sections.
F. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B. Submit a safety plan specifically for the construction of trench excavation, excavation
of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of
5/2013 01570 - 2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. Design the Trench Safety Plan to be in
accordance with OSHA Standards - 29CFR governing the presence and activities of
individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any
Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Plans Include in the plan,
submittal of the contact information for the Competent Person.
C. Have Shop Drawings for trench safety systems sealed, as required by OSHA, by a
Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by the
Contractor.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of
Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring OSHA Standards-29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P,
as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on
Tuesday October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these Technical
Specifications, by reference, include Standard 1926.650 — 652.
B. A reproduction of the OSHA Standards — 29 CFR included in Subpart P —
`Excavations" from the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 is available upon request to
Contractors bidding on the Work The Owner assumes no responsibility for the
accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this
section of the Federal Register.
C. Include in the Trench Safety Program measures that establish compliance with the
standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause, Section 5.(a)(1) of the Occupational
Safety and Health Act of 1970 — 20 USC 654 which states, ` Employers must shore or
otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from
possible collapse."
D. Legislation that has been enacted by the State of Texas with regard to Trench Safety
Systems is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications Under Texas
Statutes, refer to Chapter 756 of the Health and Safety Code, SUBCHAPTER C.
TRENCH SAFETY.
E. Reference materials, if developed for this Work, will be issued by the Engineer along
with the Bid Documents, including the following:
1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety
system
2. Special Shoring Requirements.
1.05 INDEMNIFICATION
A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents
from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs,
and the cost of investigation), judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of
01570 - 3 of 5
5/2013
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this
Contract.
B. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity
for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for
trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews,
inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor.
C. Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with
the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve
Contractor of obligations under state and federal trench safety laws.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA
Standards — 29 CFR.
B. Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the
Contractor's trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions
identified in the program.
C. Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Plans.
Obtain verification from a Competent Person, defined in this Section and as identified
in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, that trench boxes and other pre -
manufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions.
3.02 INSPECTION
A. Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor s independently retained
consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and
operations meet OSHA Standards — 29 CFR and other personnel protection regulations
requirements.
B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the
trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken
to safeguard personnel.
C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections.
5/2013
01570 - 4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems
to each field condition encountered on the Work.
END OF SECTION
5/2013
01570 - 5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
Section 01580
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Project identification sign description.
B. Installation.
C. Maintenance and removal.
1.02 UNIT PRICES
A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and
maintenance of project identification signs under this Section Include cost of work
performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 - Mobilization.
B. If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep
them current, payment will be made by change order.
C. Skid -mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no
additional cost to the City. Post -mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed
in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post -mounted
sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer
payment will be made by change order
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new
materials and painted new for the project. Construct post -mounted signs as shown
on Construction Sign Details.
B. Appearance: Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and
neat look throughout the project duration.
C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Experienced as a professional sign company.
D. Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The
City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre -construction
Meeting.
1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm
drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A
10/2014 01580-1
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the
construction site.
2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification
sign.
3. Multiple Sites: Provide one project identification sign at each site.
4. Sign Relocation As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary
to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as
directed in writing by the City Engineer.
E. Alternate Skid -mounted Sign Construction: Post -mounted signs are preferred, but
skid -mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous
locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure
shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load
directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of
the use of skid -mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility
of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make
the City responsible for the security of such signs.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and
lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 SIGN MATERIALS
A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new.
1. Sign Posts: Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix
top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND.
2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing
material.
3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material.
4. Fasteners:
a. Use galvanized steel fasteners.
b. Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts.
Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign
Manufacturer
c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background
Sign and Sign Header: Use medium density overlaid marine plywood minimum
1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for
header to minimize joints; do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face.
C. Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall
be an industrial wade, fast -drying, oil -based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural
01580-2
10/2014
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign
and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all
sign surfaces with this weather -protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or
adhesive applications.
D. Colors:
Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of
Commencement.
B. Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre -construction Meeting
or as described m part 1.03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as
to be fully visible and readable to the general public.
C. Erect sign level and plumb.
D. If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch
diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral
motion Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of
the sign and header.
E. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing
grade.
3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL
A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage.
B. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon
completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before
construction.
END OF SECTION
10/2014 01580-3
CITY OF PEARLAND
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN
EXHIBIT
c
YCIE:IO1aEE
[OUNCt iosmcir{l T01771CFRSQj1E
- Wt uktbSijEON $ SCOjtsiitt SAH i
Na1.01414
10TMooat
A'OtPROTIM.,K��OTNA�IDtHIAJX
°COVNCtPositip ;t GE G$IL1:
PROJECT NAME LOCATED HERE
PROJECT NO. 12345678
PROJECT SCHEDULE: MONTHIYEAR
BUDGET: $DOLLAR AMOUNT
ENGINEERIARCHITECT:
NAME GOES HERE
CONTRACTOR:
rPuuert s1 CONTRACTOR NAME GOES HERE
pMP: Qitiks cite40NElANSON
ASSI tl1}'1XANAOIRr tpEt{13PC0.Shc11 pearlandtx.govldepartmentslengineering•capital-projectslprojects,
SPECIAL NOTE: CONTACT CITY SECRETARY FOR CURRENT COUNCIL NAMES
SINGLE SIDE MDO MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD FINISHED WITH ALKYD ENAMEL GLOSS WHITE
COMPUTER CUT VINYL AND DIGITAL PRINT 5 YEAR LIFE MINIMUM MATERIALS
INSTALL ON TWO 4"X4" TREATED POSTS,MIN. DEPTH IS 24", OR SKID MOUNTED AS SITE REQ'D..
First
Impression
rit,Infra u..w "A Pa.;r.J E=m
0313 A t1THtt D2".i➢U=LND VAS )ISU
2Srded 550D 26'Ee81646 Fv
w...Dn,•sc".o-I ncon
P AR
Capital
Improvement
&gouge
Layout
/DOK6S:
Various
an'ISTAT:
Pearland, Texas
BAlI, October 2014
F0P"ituF1
capital improvement
❑
❑
4xll blank template
adobe( 2014_...._._CI
RaftS10HSx1EaY 1C1106PF.anfO
F011'Y31 LUSEKURIEClD11'0UMXIt
IE NMA6a0KMR016101101ERIFWM
FVFIX91304111104a01034A110.1.1771
0. 5teit10801',JILMIIIMiIIIMIRWSOI
faillfikISsONONDESCAMc
120 VOLT ELECTRICAL SERVICE
WENT TD PROVIDE ALL PPoLWHY
EEECI e1CN.5ERNCES TO THE EtGN
LIMESS OTHERWISE SPECIFED.
CLIENT APPROVAL
10/2014
01580-4
CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
Section 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and
equipment.
B References to Technical Specifications•
1. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component.
1.03 PRODUCTS
A Products: Means material, equipment, or systems forming the Work. Does not include
machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of
the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for
reuse.
B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified
by the Contract Documents.
C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is
practical, m order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum
interchangeability of components For multiple components of the same size, type or
application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work.
1.04 TRANSPORTATION
A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and
materials required for timely completion of the Work.
B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions.
C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project,
street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor.
1.05 DELIVERY
A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in
ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause
lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space.
07/2006
01600-1of3
CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site
and to accommodate the following:
1. Work of other contractors or the Owner.
2. Limitations of storage space.
3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products.
4. Owner's use of premises.
C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened,
labeled containers.
D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure:
1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Quantities are correct.
3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible.
4. Products are properly protected and undamaged.
1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site If
necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor
shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner.
B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those
provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging.
C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking
scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas.
D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing.
E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points.
F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations
G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable
materials handling equipment.
1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL
A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water
pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion &
Sedimentation.
B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose
soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any
part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all
parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the
Work.
07/2006
01600-2of3
CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause
a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners,
tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for
inspection.
D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground
level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage.
E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and
equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager.
F Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate.
G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without
written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such
premises. Damage to lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired
or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage.
I Store materials in manufacturers' unopened containers.
J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet
to any fire hydrant. Pubhc and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open.
K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at
any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project
Manager.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
07/2006
01600-3of3
CITY OF PEARLAND
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
Section 01630
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Options for making product or process selections.
B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including pre -
approved, and approved products or processes
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section
01350 — Submittals.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A Product: Means, materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Work. Product
does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying
and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components
designated for re -use.
B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting
in an integral functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product
includes Processes.
1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS
A Pre -approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated
in the Technical Specifications as "pre -approved". Products of other manufacturers or
suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under
the submittal process for approving alternate products.
B Approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the
Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal' Approval of
alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through
provisions of this Section and Section 01350 - Submittals. The procedure for approval
of alternate products is not applicable to Pre -approved Products.
C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of
the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make or source. Where more
than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is
compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner.
07/2006
01630 - l of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the
alternate product.
B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to
establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a
judgment.
C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in
the Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products.
1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW
A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The
Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final.
B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be
equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner.
C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner,
and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner.
1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE
A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in
determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified.
B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along
with the product information within fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement.
C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be
considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions
beyond the Contractor's control.
D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following
information*
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
Contract Documents.
2. For products:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and
test data, and reference standards
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and
date of installation. Include the name of the Owner,
Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor.
07/2006
01630-2of3
CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
3. For construction methods:
a. Detailed description of proposed method.
b. Shop Drawings illustrating methods.
4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method
specified
5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule
6. Relationship to separate contracts, if any.
7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or
method specified.
8. Other information requested by the Engineer.
E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified
product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
07/2006
01630-3of3
CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING
Section 01720
FIELD SURVEYING
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for surveyors and surveys.
B Procedures pertaining to survey control points and reference points.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 QUALITY CONTROL
A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors. Employ a
land surveyor acceptable to Engineer.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before
starting survey work.
C Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.
B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record
Documents.
1.06 EXAMINATION
A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work.
B Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered.
07/2006
01720-1of2
CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING
1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner -provided survey and indicated
on Plans.
B Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners, prior to starting
site work. Use caution to preserve permanent reference points during construction.
C The Contractor shall not reset; nor cause to be reset, lost, disturbed, or damaged,
control points Promptly notify Engineer of disturbance or damage to any control
point(s)
D Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to
changes in grades or other reasons.
E Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point.
F Any re -staking of control points lost, disturbed, or damaged by Contractor's operations
will be provided by Owner at Contractor' s expense.
G Employ a Registered Public Land Surveyor to reset any missing, disturbed, or damaged
monumentation.
1.08 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.
B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on Project Site, referenced to
established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on
Project Record Documents.
C Establish and record in survey notes elevations, lines and levels to provide quantities
required for Measurement and Payment and to provide appropriate controls for the
Work Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:
1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading; fill and topsoil
placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations.
2. Grid or axis for structures.
3. Mounumented Baseline.
D Verify periodically layouts by same means.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
07/2006
01720-2of2
CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS
Section 01750
STARTING SYSTEMS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Starting systems.
B Demonstration and instructions.
C Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
D References to Technical specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01430 — Contractor's Quality Control
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is
functioning correctly.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A Contractor shall conduct all start-up operations under this Contract in conformance
with Section 01430 — Contractor's Quality Control.
B Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.
C Notify Engineer 7 days prior to startup of each item.
D Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication,
drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause
damage.
E Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with
those required by the equipment or system manufacturer.
07/2006
01750-1of2
CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS
F Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.
G Execute start-up under Contractor's supervision in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
H When specified in individual specification sections, require manufacturer to provide
authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipment
or system installation prior to and during start-up, and to supervise placing equipment
or system in operation.
3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
A Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner two weeks minimum
prior to date of Substantial Completion.
B Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents
of manual with Owner in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.
C Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing,
maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed -upon times, at
equipment location.
D Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need
for additional data becomes apparent during instruction.
3.03 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
A Contractor shall start test, adjust, balance, and provide reports on all installed
equipment as provided for in this section.
B Owner may also appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to
perform testing, adjusting, and balancing. Reports will be submitted by the
independent firm to the Owner indicating observations and results of the tests and
indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
C Owner' s employment of an independent firm shall not relieve the Contractor' s
responsibility under this section.
END OF SECTION
07/2006
01750-2of2
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Section 01760
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section
01350 — Submittals.
1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section
00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 3.02 ` Keeping Plans and Specifications
Accessible".
B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by
Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files racks, and secure storage
for Record Documents and Samples.
C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters.
D Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record
Documents for construction purposes.
E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer.
1.05 RECORDING
A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work
until required information is recorded.
B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings• Legibly mark each item to record all
actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including:
1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and
appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements.
07/2006
01760 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for
the Work.
3. Field changes of dimension and detail.
4. Changes made by modifications.
5. Details not on original Plans
6. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications.
C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the
Record Document Set, provided by Engineer.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION
A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770 —
Contract Closeout.
END OF SECTION
07/2006
01760-2of2
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Section 01770
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance
data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final
Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final
inspection.
B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record
Documents.
C Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will
be addressed during warranty period.
D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700 — General
Conditions of Agreement.
E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance.
1.05 FINAL CLEANING
A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.
B Clean debris from drainage systems.
C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
09/2009
01770-1of2
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities
from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work.
1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.07 WARRANTIES
A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
Manufacturers.
B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable
plastic cover.
C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment.
1. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section
00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1 09 "Substantially Completed".
2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and
activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections
of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work, the
work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of
Final Completion and Acceptance of the work.
END OF SECTION
09/2009
01770-2of2
CITY OF PEARLAND
SITE PREPARATION
Section 02200
SITE PREPARATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling, clearing and grubbing.
B Removal and disposal of waste materials, excess materials, debris and trash.
C Removal of obstructions.
D Excavation and fill.
E Salvaging of designated item.
F References to Technical
1. Section 01200 —
2. Section 01350 —
3. Section 01450 —
4. Section 01500 —
5. Section 02255 —
6. Section 02330 —
7. Section 01140
Specifications:
Measurement and Payment Procedures
Submittals
Testing Laboratory Services
Temporary Facihties and Controls
Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material
Embankment
Contractor's Use of Premises
G Referenced Standards•
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 4318, ` Standaid Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils'
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
B If Site Preparation is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units
shown in Section 00300 — Bid Pioposal and in accordance with Section 01200 —
Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit embankment material sources and product quality information in accordance
this Section.
07/2006
02200 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
1.04 TESTING
A Testing and analysis of product quality material sources, or field quality shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the
provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this
Section.
1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment backfill, back -dressing, and
embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding,
Backfill and Embankment Material.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.
A Clear Project Site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those designated by
Owner to be left standing.
B Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees designated to remain.
C Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface.
1. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove
stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower
elevation of excavation.
2. On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs,
stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface
3. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on
areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment
D Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil
material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and
thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground.
E Complete operations by bulldozing, blading, and grading so that prepared area is free
of holes, unplanned ditches, abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours, and
preserve drainage of area.
1. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage, except
in areas to be immediately excavated
07/2006
02200 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING
A Obtain approval of topsoil quality before excavating and stockpiling.
B Excavate topsoil for esplanades and areas to receive grass or landscaping from areas to
be further excavated.
C Topsoil Stripping:
1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping.
2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches.
3. Strip topsoil to depths encountered.
4. Perform stripping in a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with
underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials, including clay
lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter, weeds, roots, leaves, and debris.
5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping
at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system.
D Topsoil Stockpiling:
1. Stockpile in areas designated on Plans.
2. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water.
3. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust.
4. Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Stockpile in a manner to
prevent erosion.
3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
A Undercut, remove, and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for
subsequent construction.
B Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site
excavation or as indicated on Plans.
3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL
A Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as
practicable.
B When fill obtained from high areas is exhausted, fill to indicated rough grade
elevations under roadways with "Structural Fill" and open areas not under structures or
roadways with "General Fill", or as indicated on Plans.
C Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330 — Embankment.
3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL
A Items designated by Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed, so as to cause
no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner s storage yard.
02200 - 3 of 4
07/2006
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises.
END OF SECTION
07/2006
02200 - 4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
Section 02252
CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials
3. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density (Unit
Weight) Relations of Soil -Cement Mixtures"
b. ASTM D 1632, "Practice for Making and Curing Soil -Cement
Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory"
c. ASTM D 1633, ' Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of
Molded Soil -Cement Cylinders'
d. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement"
e. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates"
f. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)"
g. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable
Particles in Aggregates"
h. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in
Aggregate"
i. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine
Aggregates for Concrete'
j. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils"
k. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete"
1. ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test
Specimens in the Field"
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as an Extra Item, no separate payment will be made for cement
stabilized sand under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for applicable utility or
structure installation.
B If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and
indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a
per ton basis. A conversion between volumes calculated based on theoretical limits
and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard.
02252 - 1 of 5
02/2009
CITY OF PEARLAND
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
B Submit material qualification and design mix tests to include:
1 Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed
source. Tests shall include procedures defined in this Section, 2.01
"Materials' .
2. Three moisture -density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified
by the tests in this Section, 1.03B 1. Blends of fine aggregate from crushed
concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the design
mix testing.
3. Design mix report to meet the specifications of this Section, 1.04 "Design
Requirements' . The design mix shall include compressive strength tests after
48-hours and 7 days curing.
1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength
of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to a minimum 95 percent
in accordance with ASTM D 558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632,
and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633. Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2
sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side
of optimum.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Cement shall be Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150.
B Sand shall be clean, durable, and meet grading requirements for fine aggregates of
ASTM C 33 and the following requirements:
1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of
ASTM D 2487.
2. Deleterious material content:
a. Clay lumps shall comprise less than 0.5 percent by ASTM C 142.
b. Lightweight pieces shall comprise less than 5.0 percent by ASTM C
123.
c. Organic impurities shall produce color no darker than the standard
color by ASTM C 40 ASTM.
3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318.
C Fine aggregate, manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements
for crushed rock material in Section 02255 - Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment
Materials, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for Bank Sand. The
blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and Bank Sand shall be defined
in the mix design report.
02/2009
02252-2of5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
D Water shall be potable, free of oils, acids, alkalies organic matter, or other deleterious
substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C 94.
2.02 MIXING MATERIALS
A Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a
pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to
ensure correct mix proportions.
B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not
placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to a minimum of
95 percent of ASTM D 558 unless otherwise specified on Plans The moisture
content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for
hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours
after addition of water to mix at the plant.
B Do not place or compact sand -cement mixture in standing or free water.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory
Services.
B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically. Material samples will be
obtained and tested in accordance with this Section, 2.01 `Materials" if there is
evidence of change in material characteristic.
C One sample of cement stabilized sand shall be obtained for each 150 tons of material
placed per day with no less than one sample per day of production. Random samples
of dehvered cement stabilized sand shall be taken in the field at point of delivery in
accordance with ASTM 3665. Obtain three individual samples of approximately 12 to
15 lb each from the first, middle, and last third of the truck and composite them into
one sample for test purpose.
D Prepare and mold four specimens (for each sample obtained) in accordance with
ASTM D558 Method A, without adjusting moisture content. Samples will be molded
at approximately same time material is being used, but no later than 4 hours after water
is added to mix.
E After molding, specimens will be removed from molds and cured in accordance with
ASTM D 1632.
02/2009
02252 - 3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
F Specimens will be tested for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D 1633,
Method A. Two specimens will be tested at 48 hours plus or minus 2 hours and two
specimens will be tested at 7 days plus or minus 4 hours.
G A strength test will be average of strengths of two specimens molded from same
sample of material and tested at same age. Average daily strength will be average of
strengths of all specimens molded during one day's production and tested at same age.
H Precision and Bias: Test results shall meet recommended guideline for precision in
ASTM D 1633 Section 9.
Reporting Test reports shall contain, as a minimum, the following information:
1. Supplier and plant number
2. Time material was batched
3. Time material was sampled
4. Test age (exact hours)
5. Average 48-hour strength
6. Average 7-day strength
7. Specification section number
8. Indication of compliance / non-compliance
9 Mixture identification
10. Truck and ticket numbers
11. The time of molding
12. Moisture content at time of molding
13. Required strength
14. Test method designations
15. Compressive strength data as required by ASTM D 1633
16. Supplier mixture identification
17. Specimen diameter and height, in.
18. Specimen cross -sectional area, sq. in.
J The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there
are apparent changes in the mix properties.
3.03 ACCEPTANCE
A Strength level of material will be considered satisfactory if:
1. The average 48-hour strength is greater than 100 psi with no individual
strength test below 70 psi.
2. All 7-day individual strength tests (average of two specimens) are greater than
or equal to100 psi.
B Material will be considered deficient when 7-day individual strength test (average of
two specimens) is less than 100 psi but greater than 70 psi. See Paragraph 3.04
Adjustment for Deficient Strength.
C The material will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and replacement
at Contractois expense when individual strength test (average of two specimens) has
7-day strength less than 70 psi
02/2009
02252 - 4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
D When moving average of three daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi, discontinue
shipment to project until plant is capable of producing material, which exceeds 100 psi
at 48 hours. Five 48-hour strength tests shall be made in this determination with no
individual strength tests less than 100 psi.
E Testing laboratory shall notify Contractor, Project Manager, and material supplier by
facsimile of tests indicating results falling below specified strength requirements
within 24 hours.
F If any strength test of laboratory cured specimens falls below the specified strength,
Contractor may, at his own expense, request test of cores drilled from the area in
question in accordance with ASTM C42. In such cases, three (3) cores shall be taken
for each strength test that falls below the values given in 3.03.A.
G Cement stabilized sand in an area represented by core tests shall be considered
satisfactory if the average of three (3) cores is equal to at least 100 psi and if no single
core is less that 70 psi. Additional testing of cores extracted from locations represented
by erratic core strength results will be permitted.
3.04 ADJUSTMENT FOR DEFICIENT STRENGTH
A When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength greater than or equal to 100 psi,
then material will be considered satisfactory and bid price will be paid in full.
B When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 100 psi and greater than
or equal to 70 psi, material shall be accepted contingent on credit in payment Compute
credit by the following formula:
Credit per Cubic Yard = $30.00 x 2 (100 psi - Actual psi)
100
C When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 70 pounds per square
inch, then remove and replace cement -sand mixture and paving and other necessary
work at no cost to City.
END OF SECTION
02/2009
02252 - 5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
Section 02255
BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A A reference source for materials used as embedment, backfill, back -dressing, and
embankment, specified elsewhere in the Technical Specifications, and their associated
material qualification testing requirements.
B Source qualifications and handling of these materials.
C Material use and application is specified on the Plans or in individual Technical
Specifications referencing materials either by Material Classification or by Product
Description.
D References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete
2. Section 02910 — Topsoil
3. Section 02252 — Cement Stabilized Sand
E Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 2487, Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)"
b. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable
Particles in Aggregates"
c. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in
Aggregate'
d. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine
Aggiegates for Concrete"
e. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils"
f. ASTM D 1140 "Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in
Soils Finer the No. 200 (70-um) Sieve"
g. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates"
h. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and
Coarse Aggregates"
i. ASTM C 131, `Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation
of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los
Angeles Machine"
07/2007
02255 - 1 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS
A Materials shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the
Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487.
1. Class I: Well -graded gravels and sands, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well -
graded lock, little or no fines (GW, SW):
a. Plasticity index: non -plastic.
b. Gradation: D60/D10 - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No. 200
sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent.
2. Class II• Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to
moderate fines:
a. Plasticity index: non -plastic to 4.
b. Gradations:
Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5
percent.
Gradation (GM, SM)• amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12
percent and 50 percent.
c. Borderhne gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP-SM): amount
passing No. 200 sieve - between 5 percent and 12 percent.
3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand,
silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC):
a. Plasticity index: greater than 7.
b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50
percent.
4. Class IVA' Lean clays (CL)
a. Plasticity Indexes:
Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line.
Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML)• PI
between 4 and 7.
b. Liquid limit: less than 50.
c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent.
d. Inorganic.
5. Class IVB: Fat clays (CH)
a Plasticity index: above A line.
b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater.
c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent.
d. Inorganic.
B Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not
defined above, according to the more restrictive class.
2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS
A Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following:
07/2007
02255 - 2 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to
ASTM D 2487.
2. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either
gradation, plasticity, or moisture content.
3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 3 inches in
any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials.
4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical
contaminants.
B Suitable Material. Soil materials meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils
meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with, for example,
lime or cement shall be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated.
C General Fill. Material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches, free of roots, waste,
debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other
contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials:
1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for
Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142.
2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with
ASTM C 123.
3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 40.
D Random Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I, II, 111, IV, or fat clay (CH),
sand, gravel, or a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to
form stable embankments, and conforming to:
1. Liquid Limit: 65 maximum, ASTM - D4318.
2. Plasticity Index: 0 minimum, 45 maximum, ASTM - D4318.
3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter large stones, hard lumps of earth
and frozen, corrosive or perishable material.
4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and
stones greater than 2-inch dimension.
E Structural Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I, II, III, or IV, sand, gravel or
a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable
embankments and fills conforming to:
1. Liquid Limit 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318.
2. Plasticity Index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318.
3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter large stones, hard lumps of earth
and frozen, corrosive or perishable material.
4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and
stones greater than 2-inch dimension.
F Select Fill. Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay or clayey soils treated with
lime of cement, and conforming to:
07/2007
02255 - 3 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
1. Plasticity Index: 7 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318.
2. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth
and frozen, corrosive or perishable material.
3. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and
stones greater than 2-inch dimension.
G Concrete Fill. Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section
03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete.
H Topsoil. Conform to requirements specified in Section 02910 - Topsoil.
I Bank Sand: Durable Bank Sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil
Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements:
1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance
with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2
percent.
2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements
when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318:
a. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent.
b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7.
J Cement Stabilized Sand. Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement
Stabilized Sand.
K Concrete Sand. Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and
manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within
the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136:
SIEVE
PERCENT
PASSING
3/8"
100
No.
4
95
to
100
No.
8
80
to
100
No.
16
50
to 85
No.
30
25
to
60
No.
50
10
to 30
No.
100
2
to 10
L Gem Sand. Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates
specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 136:
SIEVE
3/8"
PERCENT PASSING
95 to 100
No. 4
60 to 80
No. 8
15 to 40
07/2007
02255 - 4 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND
BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
M Pea Gravel. Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles
and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136:
SIEVE
PERCENT
PASSING
1/2"
100
3/8"
85
to
100
No.
4
10
to 30
No.
8
0
to
10
No.
16
0
to 5
N Crushed Aggregates. Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an
approved source and meeting the following requirements:
1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a
single source.
2. Non -plastic fines.
3. Los Angeles Abrasion Test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 131.
4. Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained
on the No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Tex-
460-A, Part I.
5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel, sized
by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring
single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment
where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing
details.
6. Crushed Concrete Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed
stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the
same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal
weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and
cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, reinforcing steel
fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris.
7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with TxDOT Tex-110-E
SIEVE
PASSING
BY
WEIGHT FOR
PIPE
PERCENT
SIZES
BY
RANGES
OF
NOMINAL
PIPES
EMBEDMENT
>15"
15" - 8"
<8"
1"
95 -
100
100
-
3/4"
90
100
100
60
- 90
—
1/2"
90
100
25 -
60
-
—
3/8"
20
55
40
- 70
-
—
No.
4
0—
10
0
-
15
0
- 5
No.
8
-
0-
5
0-
5
07/2007
02255 - 5 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 SOURCE QUALIFICATIONS FOR BORROW MATERIAL
A Use of material encountered in excavations is acceptable, provided applicable
requirements are satisfied If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other
approved source.
B Identify off -site sources for materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the
Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing.
C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started If
sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish
materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or
additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the
requirements will be rejected. Do not use material which after approval, has become
unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by
contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, a Change Order is
required to change to a different material.
D Bank sand, select fill, and random fill, if available in the project excavation, may be
obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities
of these materials and other materials required to complete the Work from off -site
sources.
E The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work
will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material.
3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING
A When material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit,
open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and
selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected material by vertical
cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product.
B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and
verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval
from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property.
C When stockpiling material near the Project Site, use appropriate methods to eliminate
blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from
entering the diainage system.
D Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to
prevent slides or cave-ins. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on public
streets.
07/2007
02255 - 6 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
E Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials Load material
by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile.
END OF SECTION
07/2007
02255 - 7 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND
EMBANKMENT
Section 02330
EMBANKMENT
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Construction of embankments with excess excavated material and borrow.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section
2. Section
3. Section
4. Section
5. Section
6. Section
7. Section
8. Section
9 Section
10. Section
11. Section
12. Section
13. Section
01200 —
01350 01760 —
01570 —
01450 —
01500 —
02255 —
02910 —
01564 —
01720 —
02220 —
02200 —
01140 —
C Referenced Standards*
1.
Measurement and Payment Procedures
Submittals
Project Record Documents
Trench Safety System
Testing Laboratory Services
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material
Topsoil
Control of Ground Water and Surface Water
Field Surveying
Site Demolition
Site Preparation
Contractor's Use of Premises
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort"
b. ASTM D 1556, "Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of
Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method"
c. ASTM D 2922, Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil -
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)"
d. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and
Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)"
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Embankment
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
B If embankment is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units
shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 —
Measurement and Payment Procedures.
5/2013
02330 - 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals.
B Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance
with this Section.
C Submit field red lines documenting location of embankments as installed, referenced to
survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record
Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted.
Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients.
D Submit a Trench Safety Plan under the provisions of Section 01570 — Trench Safety
System that included measures that establish compliance with the standard
interpretation of the General Duty Clause Section 5.(a)(1), of the Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970 — 20 USC 654 which states, "Employers must shore or
otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from
possible collapse."
1.04 TESTING
A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the
provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this
Section.
1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment backfill, back -dressing, and
embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding,
Backfill and Embankment Material.
B Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil.
C Borrow Material: Conform to requirements of intended use. Take borrow material
from sources approved by Engineer.
5/2013
02330-2of5
CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A Verify borrow and excess excavated materials to be reused, are approved.
B Verify removals, and clearing and grubbing operations, have been completed.
C Verify backfill of new or relocated utilities and structures, below future grade, is
complete.
3.02 PREPARATION
A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems.
B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in
accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and
Surface Water.
C Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field
Surveying.
D Remove existing pavements and structures including sidewalks and driveways, in
conformance with requirements of Section 02220 — Site Demolition, as applicable.
E Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site
Preparation prior to placing embankment or opening borrow source.
F Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation.
G Backfill test pits, or stump holes and other surface irregularities such as small swales
with embankment materials and compact in proper lift depths according to the
compaction requirements of this Section.
H Areas of unsuitable material shall be removed, backfilled with embankment materials
and compacted in proper lift depths according to the compaction requirements of this
Section.
I Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions,
discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such
areas.
3.03 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A Do not conduct placement operations during inclement weather or when existing
ground or embankment materials exceed 3 percent of optimum moisture content.
Contractor may manipulate wet material to facilitate drying by disking or windrowing,
at Contractor's expense.
5/2013
02330 - 3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND
EMBANKMENT
B Do not place embankment material until density and moisture content of previously
placed material complies with specified requirements.
C Scarify areas to receive embankment to a minimum depth of 4 inches to bond existing
and new materials. Mix with first layer of embankment material.
D Spread embankment material evenly, from dumped piles or windrows, into horizontal
layers approximately parallel to finished grade Place to meet specified compacted
thickness. Break clods and lumps and mix materials byblading, harrowing, discing or
other approved method. Each layer shall extend across full width of embankment.
E Each layer shall be homogeneous and contain uniform moisture content before
compaction. Mix dissimilar abutting materials to prevent abrupt changes in
composition of embankment.
F Layers shall not exceed depth as indicated on the Plans.
G Where shown on Plans for steep slopes, cut benches into slope and scarify before
placing embankment. Place increasingly wide horizontal layers of specified depth, to
the level of each bench.
H Build embankment layers on back slopes, adjacent to existing roadbeds, to level of old
roadbed. Scarify top of old roadbed to minimum depth of four inches and re -compact
with next layer.
I Construct to lines and grades shown on Plans.
3.04 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS
A Maintain moisture content of embankment materials to attain required compaction
density.
B Compact to minimum densities shown on the Plans with a moisture content of
optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698.
3.05 TOLERANCES
A Top of compacted surface: Plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D
2922 and ASTM D 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory
Services.
B A minimum of three tests will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway
or 500 square yards of embankment per lift.
5/2013
02330 - 4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT
C If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements, recondition,
re -compact, and retest at Contractor's expense.
3.07 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises.
B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to
natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans.
3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
A Maintain all embankment areas in good condition until completion of Work.
B Repair and re -compact slides, washouts, settlements, areas with loss of density, or
excavation damaged by Contractor s operations at no additional cost to Owner.
C Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in
obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content
from wheel loads that cause rutting.
END OF SECTION
5/2013
02330 - 5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND
SUBGRADE
Section 02335
SUBGRADE
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Foundation course of lime and Portland Cement stabilized in situ subgrade material.
B. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200
2. Section 01350
3. Section 01450
4. Section 01500
5. Section 01564
6. Section 01720
7. Section 01140
— Measurement and Payment Procedures
— Submittals
- Testing Laboratory Services
— Temporary Facilities and Controls
— Control of Ground Water and Surface Water
— Field Surveying
— Contractor's Use of Premises
C. Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils'
b. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort'
c. ASTM D 1556, "Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of
Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method"
d. ASTM D 2922, Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil -
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)"
e. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and
Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)"
f. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification foi Portland Cement.
ASTM D 558 - Standard Test Method for Moisture -Density Relations
of Soil -Cement -Mixtures.
g•
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measuiement for subgrade is on a square yard basis. Separate payment will be made
for each different requited type and thickness of stabilized Subgrade. Limits of
measurement shall match actual pavement replaced but no greater than maximum
pavement replacement limits shown on Drawings. Limits for measurement will be
extended to include installed stabilized subgrade material that extends 2 foot beyond
outside edge of pavement to be replaced, except where proposed pavement section
5/2013
02335 - 1 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND
SUBGRADE
shares common longitudinal or transverse edge with existing pavement section. No
payment will be made for stabilized subgrade in areas beyond these limits.
B. Measurement for hydrated lime and quicklime is by the ton of 2,000 pounds dry -
weight basis, determined by the area to be covered and the late of application. Do not
include cost of hydrated lime or quicklime in Bid Item for subgrade.
C. Measurement for lime slurry is by the ton of 2,000 pounds of lime calculated on the
percentage by weight of dry solids for the grade of slurry. Do not include cost of lime
slurry in Bid Item for subgrade.
D. Measurement for Portland Cement is by the ton of 2,000 pounds of dry weight basis.
Do not include cost of Portland Cement in Bid Item foi subgrade.
E Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B. Submit certificates stating that hydrated lime, commercial lime slurry and quicklime
complies with the requirements in this Section.
C. Submit weight tickets, certified by supplier, with each bulk delivery of lime to Project
Site.
D. Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for rotary speed mixer and
compaction equipment for approval.
1.04 TESTING AND SAMPLING
A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory
Services.
B. Tests and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM D
4318.
C. Sampling and testing of lime slurry shall be in accordance with Tex-600-J.
D. Sample mixtures of Portland Cement, hydrated lime or quicklime in slurry form will
be tested to establish compliance with the requirements in this Section.
E Soil will be evaluated to establish percent of hydrated lime, quicklime, or lime slurry to
be applied to subgrade material.
F. Moisture -density relationship will be established on material sample from roadway,
after stabilization, in accordance with ASTM D 698.
5/2013
02335 - 2 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE
G. Soil will be evaluated to establish ratio of cement to soil to obtain desired stability.
Normal range is 6 percent to 10 percent by weight.
H. The percentage of moisture in soil, at time of cement application, will be determined
by ASTM D 558. Moisture will not be allowed to exceed quantity that will permit
uniform, complete mixture of soil and cement during dry mixing operations nor
specified optimum moisture content for soil cement mixture, as determined.
1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Bagged lime shall bear manufacturer's name, product identification, and certified
weight. Bags varying more than 5 percent of certified weight may be rejected; average
weight of 50 random bags in each shipment shall not be less than certified weight.
B. Store lime in weatherproof enclosures. Protect lime from ground dampness.
C. Quicklime can be dangerous; exercise extreme caution if used for the Work.
Contractor shall become informed about recommended precautions in the handling,
storage and use of quicklime.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 WATER
A. Water shall be clean; clear; and free from oil, acids, alkali, or organic matter.
2.02 LIME
A. Type A - Hydrated Lime: Dry material consisting essentially of calcium hydroxide or
mixture of calcium hydroxide and an allowable percentage of calcium oxide and
magnesium hydroxide.
B. Type B - Lime Slurry: Liquid mixture consisting essentially of lime solids and water in
slurry form. Water or liquid portion shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient
quantity to be injurious or objectionable for purpose intended.
C. Type C - Quicklime. Dry material consisting essentially of calcium oxide. Furnish
quicklime in either of the following grades:
5/2013
02335 - 3 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND
SUB GRADE
1. Grade DS: Pebble quicklime of a gradation suitable for use in the preparation
of a slurry for wet placing.
2. Grade S: Finely -graded quicklime for use in the preparation of a slurry for wet
placing. Do not use Grade S quicklime foi dry placing. (So called "Blue
Lime" is not acceptable.)
D. Lime shall conform to following requirements:
CHEMICAL
COMPOSITION
TYPE
A
B
C
Active
%
by weight
lime
content
Ca(OH)2
+
Ca0
90.0
mini
87.0
mine
-
Unhydrated
lime
content,
%
by weight
CaO
5.0
-
87.0
min
max
water
content,
%
by weight
H2O
5.0
max
-
-
Free
SIZING
Wet
Sieve, as %
by weight
residue
retained:
No.
6
0.2
max
0.2
max2
8.0
max3
No.
30
4.0
max
4.0
max2
-
Dry
sieve, as %
by weight
residue
retained:
1-inch
-
-
0.0
3/4-inch
-
-
10.0
max
Notes:
Maximum 5.0% by weight CaO shall be allowed in determining total active
lime content.
2 Maximum solids content of slurry.
3 Total active lime content, as CaO, in material retained on the No. 6 sieve shall
not exceed 2.0% by weight of original Type C lime.
E Lime Slurry may be delivered to the Project Site as Commercial Lime Slurry, or may
be prepared at the Project Site using Hydrated Lime or Quicklime. The slurry shall be
free of liquids other than water and shall be of a consistency that can be handled and
uniformly applied without difficulty.
2.03 PORTLAND CEMENT (ONLY WHEN DIRECTED BY ENGINEER)
A. ASTM C 150 Type I, bulk or sacked.
5/2013
02335 - 4 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND
SUBGRADE
2.04 SOIL
A. Provide soil consisting of approved material free from vegetation or other objectable
matte' encountered in existing roadbed.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify backfill of new or relocated utilities and structures below future grade is
complete.
B. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads
C. Verify subgrade lines and grades are correct.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in
accordance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and
Surface Water.
B. Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field
Surveying.
C. Cut material to bottom of subgrade using an approved cutting and pulverizing machine
meeting following requirements:
1. Cutters accurately provide a smooth surface over entire width of cut to plane of
secondary grade.
2. Visible indication that cut is to proper depth.
D. Alternatively scarify or excavate to bottom of stabilized subgrade. Remove material
or windrow to expose secondary grade. Correct wet or unstable material below
secondary grade by scarifying, adding lime, and compacting. Obtain uniform stability.
E Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities or concealed conditions,
discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such
areas.
3.03 LIME SLURRY APPLICATION
A. Mix hydrated lime or quicklime with water to form a slurry of the solids content
specified. Commercial lime slurry shall have dry solids content as specified. Conform
to cautionary requirements in this Section, 1.06C, concerning use of quicklime.
5/2013
02335 - 5 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND SUB GRADE
B. Apply slurry with a distributor truck equipped with an agitator to keep lime and water
in a consistent mixture. Make successive passes over measured section of roadway to
attain proper moisture and lime content. Limit spreading to an area where preliminary
mixing operations can be completed on the same working day.
3.04 PRELIMINARY MIXING
A. Do not mix and place material when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling.
Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is
above 35 degrees F and rising
B. Use approved single -pass or multiple -pass rotary speed mixers to mix soil, lime, and
water to required depth. Obtain a homogeneous friable mixture free of clods and
lumps.
C. Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades.
D. Seal subgrade as a precaution against heavy rainfall by rolling lightly with light
pneumatic rollers.
E Cure soil -lime material for 1 to 4 days. Keep subgrade moist during cure.
3.05 FINAL MIXING
A. Use approved single -pass or multiple -pass rotary speed mixers to uniformly mix cured
soil and lime to required depth.
B. Add water to bring moisture content of soil mixture to a minimum of optimum or
above.
C. Mix and pulverize until all material passes a 1 inch sieve; a minimum of 90 percent,
excluding non -slaking fractions, passes a 3/4-inch sieve; and a minimum of 65 percent
excluding non -slaking fractions passes a No. 4 sieve.
D. Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades.
E Do not expose hydrated lime to open air for more than 6 hours during interval between
application and mixing. Avoid excessive hydrated lime loss due to washing or
blowing.
3.06 MIXING - PORTLAND CEMENT (ONLY WHEN DIRECTED BY ENGINEER)
A. Do not place and mix cement when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling
Place Poitland Cement base when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial
heat is above 35 degrees F and rising.
5/2013
02335 - 6 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE
B. Spread cement uniformly on soil at late specified by laboratory. When bulk cement
spreader is used, position it by string lines or other approved method to ensuie uniform
distribution of cement. Apply cement only to area where operations can be continuous
and completed in daylight, within 1 hour of application. Amount of moisture in soil at
time of cement placement shall not exceed quantity that will permit uniform mixture of
soil and cement during dry mixing operations. Do not exceed specified optimum
moisture content for soil cement mixture.
C. Do not allow equipment other than that used in spreading and mixing, to pass over
freshly spread cement until it is mixed with soil.
D. Dry mix cement with soil after cement application. Continue mixing until cement has
been sufficiently blended with soil to prevent formation of cement balls when water is
applied. Mixture of soil and cement that has not been compacted and finished shall not
remain undisturbed for more than 30 minutes.
E Immediately after dry mixing is complete, uniformly apply water as necessary and
incorporate it into mixture. Pressurized equipment must provide adequate supply to
ensuie continuous application of required amount of water to sections being processed
within 3 hours of cement application Ensure proper moisture distribution at all times
After last increment of water has been added, continue mixing until thorough and
uniform mix has been obtained.
F. Ensure percentage of moisture in mixture, based on dry weights, is within 2 percentage
points of specified optimum moisture content prior to compaction. When
uncompacted soil cement mixture is wetted by rain indicating that average moisture
content exceeds tolerance given at time of final compaction, reconstruct entire section
in accordance with this Section at no additional cost to City.
3.07 COMPACTION - LIME SUBGRADE
A. Aerate or sprinkle to attain optimum moisture content as determined by Testing
Laboratory. Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds
ranges specified at time of final compaction.
B. Start compaction immediately after final mixing, unless approved by Engineer.
C. Spread and compact in two or more approximately equal layers where total compacted
thickness is to be greater than 8 inches.
D. Compact with approved heavy pneumatic or vibrating rollers, or a combination of
tamping rollers and light pneumatic rollers. Begin compaction at the bottom and
continue until entire depth is uniformly compacted.
E Do not allow stabilized base to mix with underlying material. Correct irregularities or
weak spots immediately by replacing material and re -compacting.
5/2013
02335 - 7 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE
F. Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3
percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698, unless otherwise indicated on
the Plans:
1. Areas to receive pavement without subsequent base course: Minimum density
of 98 percent of maximum dry density.
2. Areas to receive subsequent base course: Minimum density of 95 percent of
maximum dry density.
G. Seal with approved light pneumatic tired rollers: Prevent surface hair line cracking.
Rework and re -compact at areas where hair line cracking develops.
H. Contractor shall conduct operations to minimize elapsed time between mixing and
compacting stabilized subgrade in order to take advantage of rapid initial set
characteristics. Complete compaction within 2 hours of commencing compaction and
not more than 6 hours after adding and mixing the last stabilizing agent.
3.08 COMPACTION - PORTLAND CEMENT SUBGRADE (ONLY WHEN DIRECTED
BY ENGINEER)
A. Prior to beginning compaction, ensure mixture is in loose condition for its full depth.
Uniformly compact the loose mixture to specified density, lines and grades.
B. After soil and cement mixture is compacted, apply water uniformly as needed and mix
thoroughly. Then reshape surface to required lines, glades and cross section and
lightly scarify to loosen imprints left by compacting or shaping equipment.
C. Roll resulting surface with pneumatic -tired roller and "skin" surface with power
grader. Thoroughly compact mixture with pneumatic roller, adding small increments
of moisture, as needed. When aggregate larger than No. 4 sieve is present in mixture,
make one complete coverage of section with flat -wheel roller immediately after
skinning operation. When approved by Pioject Manager, surface finishing methods
may be varied from this procedure, provided dense uniform surface, free of surface
compaction planes, is produced. Maintain moisture content of surface material at its
specified optimum during finishing operations Compact and finish surface within
period not to exceed 2 hours, to produce smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks,
ridges, or loose material, conforming to crown, grade and line shown on Drawings
within period not to exceed 2 hours.
3.09 CURING
A. Moist cure for a minimum of 3 days before placing base or surface course, or opening
to traffic. Time may be adjusted as approved by Engineer. Subgrade may be opened
to traffic after 2 days if adequate strength has been attained to pi event damage. Restrict
traffic to light pneumatic rollers or vehicles weighing less than 10 tons.
5/2013
02335 - 8 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND
SUBGRADE
B. Keep subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. Roll with light pneumatic roller to keep
surface knit together.
C. Place base, surface, or seal course within 14 days after final mixing and compaction
unless prior approval is obtained from Engineer.
3.10 TOLERANCES
A. Top of compacted surface: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section or in 16 foot length.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. A minimum of three phenolphthalein test will be made at random locations per 1000
linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base to determine in -place depth.
B. Contractor may, at his own expense request additional cores in the vicinity of cores
indicating nonconforming in -place depths If the average of the tests falls below the
required depth, place and compact additional material at no cost to the Owner.
C. Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D
2922 and ASTM D 3017 at random locations near depth determination tests. Three
tests will be performed for each 1000 foot roadway section. Rework and re -compact
areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no cost to the Owner.
3.12 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises.
B. Fill test pits with new compacted lime stabilized subgrade.
C. Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established
lines and grades.
D. In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to
natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans.
3.13 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
A. Maintain stabilized Subgrade to lines and grades and in good condition until placement
of base or surface course.
B. Protect the asphalt membrane, if used, from being picked up by traffic.
5/2013
02335 - 9 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBGRADE
C. Repair settlements, areas with loss of density, or areas of subgrade damaged by
Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner by replacing and re -compacting
material to full depth.
D. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in
obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content
from wheel loads that cause rutting.
END OF SECTION
5/2013
02335 - 10 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
Section 02541
WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Gate valves, Plug Valves, Butterfly Valves, Air Release and Pressure Reducing
Valves.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200 — Measuiement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures
3. Section 02520 — Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults
4. Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes
5. Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
6. Section 02510 — Water Mains
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM A 307, "Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and
Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength"
b. ASTM B 763, `Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Casting
for Valve Applications"
c. ASTM B 62, "Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or
Ounce Metal Castings"
d. ASTM D 429, "Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property -Adhesion
to Rigid Substrates"
e. ASTM A 126, `Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for
Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings"
f. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings"
g. ASTM A 240, "Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium -
Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and
for General Applications'
h. ASTM A 276, ' Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and
Shapes'
i. ASTM B 584, "Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings
for General Applications"
j. ASTM A 313, ` Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire"
2. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
a. AWWA C500 Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and
Sewage Systems.
b. AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 Resilient -seated Gate Valves, 3
through 12 NPS for Water and Sewage Systems
c. AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and
Hydrants
d. AWWA C504 Rubber -Sealed Butterfly Valves
04/2009
02541 - 1 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item no separate payment will be made for valves under this
Section Include cost in Bid Items for water mains.
B Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures.
C Stipulated Price (Lump Sum) If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment
for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed valves for approval.
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL
A Submit manufacturer's affidavit that gate valves are manufactured in the United States
and conform to stated requirements of AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA
C515 and this Section, and that they have been satisfactorily tested in the United States
in accordance with AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA C515.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 GATE VALVES
A Gate Valves: AWWA C500, AWWA C509 or C515 and additional requirements of
this Section. Direct bury valves and those in subsurface vaults, aboveground and plant
valves open counterclockwise.
B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans, use gate valves as line valves for sizes less
than 16-inches If type of valve is indicated, no substitute is allowed.
C Gate Valves 1-1/2 Inches in Diameter and Smaller: 125 psig; bronze; rising -stem;
single -wedge; disc type, screwed ends; such as Crane No. 428, or approved equal.
D Coatings for Gate Valves 2 Inches and Larger: AWWA C550; Indurall 3300 or
approved equal, non -toxic, imparts no taste to water, functions as physical, chemical,
and electrical barrier between base metal and surroundings, minimum 8-mil-thick,
fusion -bonded epoxy. Prior to assembly of valve, apply protective coating to interior
and exterior surfaces of body.
E Gate Valves 2 Inches in Diameter• Iron body, double gate, non -rising stem, 150-pound
test, 2 inch square nut operating clockwise to open.
04/2009
02541 - 2 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
F Gate Valves 4 Inches to 12 Inches in Diameter: Non -directional, resilient seated
(AWWA C509 or AWWA C515) or parallel seat double disc (AWWA C500), 200
psig, bronze mounting, push -on bell ends with rubber joint rings, and nut -operated
unless otherwise specified. Provide resilient seated valves manufactured by American
Darling AFC-500 US Pipe Metroseal 200, or approved equal. Provide double disc
valves manufactured by American Darling 52, Clow F-6102, or approved equal.
Comply with following requirements:
1. Design: Fully encapsulated rubber wedge or rubber seat ring mechanically
attached with minimum 304 stainless -steel fasteners or screws; threaded
connection isolated from water by compressed rubber around opening.
2. Body: Cast or ductile iron, flange bonnet and stuffing box together with
ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year
manufactured shall be cast in body.
3. Bronze: Valve components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent
zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum.
4. Stems. ASTM B 763 bronze, alloy number 995 minimum yield strength of
40,000 psi; minimum elongation in 2 inches of 12 percent, non -rising.
5. O-rings• AWWA C509, sections 2.2.6 and 4.8.2.
6. Stem Seals: Consist of three 0-rings, two above and one below thrust collar
with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar.
7 Stem Nut Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze
8. Resilient Wedge: Molded, synthetic rubber, vulcanized and bonded to cast or
ductile iron wedge or attached with 304 stainless steel screws tested to meet or
exceed ASTM D 429, Method B; seat against epoxy -coated surface in valve
body.
9. Bolts: AWWA C509 Section 4.4; stainless steel; cadmium plated, or zinc
coated.
G Gate Valves 16 Inches to 24 Inches in Diameter: AWWA C500 by Mueller; push -on
bell ends with rubber rings and nut -operated unless otherwise specified, double disc,
150 psi, and comply with the following:
1. Body: Cast or ductile iron; flange together bonnet and stuffing box with
ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials pressure rating, and year
manufactured shall be cast in body Equip with rollers, tracks, and scrapers.
2. Stems: Machined from ASTM B 62 bronze iod with integral forged thrust
collar machined to size; non -rising.
3. Stem Seals: Consist of one 0-ring above and one 0-ring below thrust collar
with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar for operating torque.
4. Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze.
5. Discs: Cast iron with bronze disc rings securely peened into machined
dovetailed grooves.
6. Wedging Device: Solid bronze or cast-iron, bronze -mounted wedges. Thin
plates or shapes integrally cast into cast-iron surfaces are acceptable. Other
moving surfaces integral to wedging action shall be bronze monel or nickel
alloy -to -iron.
04/2009
02541 3 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
7. Bronze Mounting: Built as integral unit mounted over, or supported on, cast
iron base and of sufficient dimensions to be structurally sound and adequate for
imposed forces.
8. Gear Cases: Cast iron; furnished on 18-inch and larger valves and of extended
type with steel side plates, lubricated, gear case enclosed with oil seal or 0-
rings at shaft openings.
9. Stuffing Boxes: Located on top of bonnet and outside gear case.
H Gate Valves 20 Inches and Larger: Furnish and equip with bypass valves.
1. Sizes: Provide 3-inch bypass valves for 16-inch through 20 inch gate valves.
Provide 4-inch bypass valves for 24-inch gate valves.
I Valves 4 Inches through 12 Inches for Installation in Vertical Pipe Lines:
1. Double disc, square bottom.
J Valves 14 Inches and Larger for Installation in Horizontal Pipe Lines:
1. Equipped with bronze shoes and slides.
K Gate Valves Installed at Greatei than 4 foot Depth:
1. Provide non -rising, extension stem having coupling sufficient to attach
securely to operating nut of valve. Upper end of extension stem shall terminate
in square wrench nut no deeper than 4 feet from finished grade.
L Gate Valves in Factory Mutual (Fire Service) Type Meter Installations:
1. Conform to provisions of this specification; outside screw and yoke valves;
carry label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.; flanged, Class 125; clockwise to
close.
M Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP.
2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES AND ACTUATORS
Butterfly Valves and Actuators: Conform to AWWA C504, except as modified or
supplemented herein. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International,
American -Darling, or approved equal.
B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans, butterfly valves shall be used for line valve
sizes 16 inch and larger If type of valve is specified, no substitute will be allowed.
C Butterfly valves shall be short -body, flanged design and installed at locations as shown
on Plans.
A
D Direct -bury valves, valves in subsurface vaults. Above -ground and plant valves shall
open counterclockwise.
E Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP.
F Butterfly Valves and Actuators (Additional Requirements for Large -Diameter Water
Mains) Valves larger than 72 inches in diameter shall have all components designed
04/2009
02541 4 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
so that the allowable stresses at rated pressure shall not exceed one-third of the yield
strength or one -fifth of the ultimate strength of the material used. Provide valves
manufactured by Keystone International, American -Darling, or equal.
2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVE CONSTRUCTION
A Valves: AWWA C504, Class 150B. Body: Cast iron, ASTM A 126, Class B.
Flanges: ANSI B 16.1, Class 125 ib.
B Discs for Butterfly Valves: Either cast iron or ductile iron.
C Seats: Buna-N or neoprene, and may be applied to disc or body. Seats shall be
mechanically secured and may not rely solely on adhesive properties of epoxy or
similar bonding agent to attach seat to body. Seats on disc shall be mechanically
retained by stainless steel (18 - 8) retaining ring held in place by stainless steel (18 - 8)
cap screws that pass through rubber seat for added retention. When seat is on disc,
seat shall be retained in position by shoulders located on both disc and stainless -steel
retaining ling. Mating surfaces for seats: Type 304 or 316, stainless steel and secured
to disc by mechanical means. Sprayed -on or plated mating surfaces will not be
allowed.
D Coat interior wetted ferrous surfaces of valve, including disc, with epoxy suitable for
potable -water conditions Epoxy surface preparation, and epoxy application• In
accordance with AWWA C550 and coating manufacturer's recommendations. Provide
two coats of two -component, high -build epoxy with minimum dry thickness of 10
mils Epoxy coating: Indurall 3300 or approved equal. Coatings shall be holiday
tested and measured for thickness.
E Vaive shaft and keys, dowel pins, or taper pins used for attaching valve shaft to valve
disc: Type-304 or 316 stainless steel. Shaft Bearings: Stainless steel, bronze, nylon,
or Teflon (supported by fiberglass mat or backing material with proven record of
preventing Teflon flow under load) in accordance with AWWA C504.
F Packing: Field -adjustable, split-V type, and replaceable without removing operator
assembly.
G Retaining Hardware foi Seats: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Nuts and screws used
with clamps and discs for rubber seats shall be held securely with locktight, or other
approved method, to prevent loosening by vibration or cavitational effects.
H Vaive disc shall seat in position at 90 degrees to the pipe axis and shall rotate 90
degrees between full -open and tight -closed position. Install valves with valve shafts
horizontal and convex side of disc facing anticipated direction of flow, except where
shown otherwise on Plans.
2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVE ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION
A Provide actuators for valves with size based on line velocity of 16 feet per second,
and, unless otherwise shown on Plans, equip with geared manual actuators. Provide
04/2009
02541 5 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
fully enclosed and traveling -nut type, rack-and-pinion type, or worm -gear type for
valves 24 inches and smaller.
B Provide actuator designed for installation with valve shaft horizontal unless otherwise
indicated on Plans.
C Provide valve shaft extended from valve to actuator. Space between actuator housing
and valve body shall be completely enclosed so that no moving parts are exposed to
soil or elements.
D Provide oil -tight and watertight actuator housings for valves, specifically designed for
buried service or submerged service when located in valve vaults, and factory packed
with suitable grease.
E Install a valve position indicator on each actuator housing located above ground or in
valve vaults. Valves shall be equipped with 2-inch actuator nut only.
F Indicate direction of opening of valve on exposed visible part of assembly.
G Design worm -gear or traveling -nut actuators so that a torque of 150 foot-pounds, or
less, will operate valve at most adverse condition for which valve is designed. Vertical
axis of actuating nut shall not move as valve is opened or closed.
2.05 VALVE BOXES
A Provide standard adjustable valve boxes only conforming to requirements of Section
02520 — Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults.
2.06 VALVE SERVICE MANHOLES
A For large -diameter water mains, provide manholes to dimensions shown on Plans
conforming to requirements of Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes.
2.07 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES
A Air Release Valves: Apco No. 200, GA Industries Fig. 2-AR, or equal. Materials:
body and coves, ASTM A 48, Class 30, cast iron float and leverage mechanism,
ASTM A 240 or A276 stainless steel; orifice and seat, stainless steel against Buna-N or
Viton mechanically retained with hex head nut and bolt; other valve internals, stainless
steel or bronze. Provide inlet and outlet connections, and orifice as shown on Plans.
B Air Release and Vacuum Valves: Provide single -body, standard combination or
duplex -body custom combination valves as indicated on Plans.
1. For 2 inch and 3 inch, single -body valves provide inlet and outlet sizes as
shown on Plans and orifice sized for 100 psi working pressure. Valve
materials: body, cover and baffle, ASTM A 48, Class 35, or ASTM A 126,
Grade B cast iron; plug or poppet ASTM A 276 stainless steel; float, ASTM A
240 stainless steel; seat, Buna-N othei valve internals, stainless steel. Valve
exterior: Painted with shop -applied primer suitable for contact with potable
04/2009
02541 - 6 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
water. Provide Apco Model 145C or 147C, Val-Matic Series 200, or equal
valves.
2. For 3 inch and lai ger duplex body valves as shown on Plans, provide Apco
Series 1700 with No. 200 air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. AR/GH-
21K/280, or equal. Air and vacuum valve materials: body and cover, ASTM
A 48, Class 35, cast iron; float, ASTM A 240 stainless steel; seat, Type 304,
stainless steel and Buna-N; other valve internals, stainless steel or bronze. Air
release valve: Constructed as specified in paragraph above on Air Release
Valves.
C Vacuum Relief Valves: Provide air inlet vacuum relief valves with flanged inlet and
outlet connections as shown on Plans. Provide air release valves in combination with
inlet and outlet, and orifice as shown on Plans. Valve shall open under pressure
differential not to exceed 0.25 psi. Provide Apco Series 1500 with a No. 200A air
release valve, GA Industiies Fig. No. HCARV, of approved equal. Materials for
vacuum relief valves: valve body, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron; seat and plug,
ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 836; spring, ASTM A 313, Type 304, stainless
steel bushing, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 932; retaining screws, ASTM A 276,
Type-304, stainless steel.
D Air Release Valve Vault as detailed in Plans.
2.08 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
A Provide Cla-Val Model 90-01, or approved equal, PRV with strainer in location and
arrangement as shown on Plans. Valve body: ASTM A 48, cast iron or ASTM A 126,
Class B, cast iron with ANSI B16.1, Class 125, flanges. Valve cover: ASTM A 48
cast iron. Valve internals: Type-303, stainless steel or B-62 bronze. Rubber parts:
Buna-N. No leather parts shall be allowed. Resilient seat shall have rectangular cross
section.
B Control Tubing: Contain shutoff cocks with "Y" strainer.
C PRV: Equip with valve position indicator. Initially set in field by authorized
manufacturer's representative with 60 psi downstream pressure.
D Provide basket strainer upstream of PRV as shown on Plans. Strainer body: quick -
opening type, fabricated -steel construction with ANSI B 16.1, Class 150, flanges.
Basket: Type-304, stainless steel. Provide Haywaid Model 90, or equal, for PRV 4-
inch through 24-inch. Provide Hayward Model 510, or equal, for PRV 14 inches or
greater when space limitations dictate the use of smaller strainer housing.
E Pilot Systems for PRV: Adjustable and pressure sustaining.
F Valve Box: Valve Box conforming to requirements of Section 02520 — Valve Boxes,
Meter boxes, and Meter Vaults.
04/2009
02541 7 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A Earthwork. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02318 — Excavation and
Backfill for Utilities.
B Operation. Do not use valves for throttling without prior approval of manufacturer.
3.02 SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES
A Remove foreign matter from within valves prior to installation. Inspect valves in open
and closed positions to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition.
B Install valves and valve boxes where shown on Plans. Set valves plumb and as
detailed. Center valve boxes on valves. Carefully tamp earth around each valve box
foi minimum radius of 4 feet, or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet. Install
valves completely closed when placed in water line.
C For pipe section of each valve box, use only cast iron, ductile iron, or DR 18 PVC pipe
cut to propel length. Size to allow future operation of valve. Assemble and brace box
in vertical position as indicated on Plans.
3.03 DISINFECTION AND TESTING
A Perfoim disinfection and testing of valves and appurtenances as required by Section
02510 — Water Mains.
B Repair or replace valves which exceed the allowable specified leakage rate.
3.04 PAINTING OF VALVES
A Paint valves in vaults, stations, and above ground using ACRO Paint No. 2215, or
approved equal.
END OF SECTION
04/2009
02541 8 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1.0 GENERAL
Section 03300
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cast -in -place concrete building frame members, floors, shear walls, foundation walls,
and supported slabs, vaults, manholes and wet wells.
B. Cast -in -place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation, such as slabs on
grade, small vaults, site -cast bases for precast units, cast -in -place manholes, including
headwalls and miscellaneous small structures.
C. Floors and slabs on grade.
D. Concrete seal slabs.
E Control, and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work,
including joint sealants.
F. Design, construction, erection, and removal of structural concrete formwork.
G. Equipment pads, light pole base, thrust blocks.
H. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200
2. Section 01350
3. Section 01310
4. Section 03600
5. Section 03310
6. Section 03100
7. Section 01440
8. Section 01460
I. Reference Standards:
Measurement and Payment
Submittals
Coordination and Meetings
Structural Grout
Structural Concrete
- Concrete Formwork
- Inspection Services
— Testing Laboratory Services
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
4. American Welding Society (AWS)
5. Wire Reinforcement Institute (WRI)
6. Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis
5/2013
03300 - 1 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1.02 UNIT PRICES
A. Measurement for cast -in -place concrete is on lump -sum basis for each aforementioned
item as bid. Payment includes related work performed on these items in accordance
with related sections of these Technical Specifications.
B. Measurement for extra cast -in -place concrete is on cubic -yard basis Payment includes
related work performed in accordance with related sections.
C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Hot Weather: Any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and
wind velocity tending to impair quality of flesh or hardened concrete or otherwise
resulting in abnormal properties. Hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with
ACI - 305R.
B. Cold Weather: Period when, for more than 2 successive days, mean daily temperature
is below 40 degrees F. Cold weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI -
306R.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01350 — Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit Shop Drawings detailing reinforcement fabrication, bar replacement
location, splices, spacing, bar designation, bar type, length, size bending,
number of bars, bar support type, and other pertinent information, including
dimensions. Piovide sufficient detail for placement of reinforcement without
use of Plans. Information shall correspond directly to data listed on bill of
materials.
2. Use of reproductions of Plans by Contractor, Subcontractor, erector, fabricator
or material supplies in preparation of Shop Drawings (or in lieu of preparation
of Shop Drawings) signifies acceptance by that party of information shown
thereon as correct, and acceptance of obligation to pay for any job expense, real
or implied, arising due to errors that may occur thereon. Remove references to
Design Engineer, including seals, when reproductions of Plans are used as
Shop Diawings.
3. Detail Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315, Figure 6.
5/2013
03300 - 2 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
4. Submit Shop Drawings showing location of proposed additional construction
joints, and obtain approval of the Engineer, piior to submitting reinforcing steel
Shop Drawings.
C. Bill of Materials: Submit with Shop Drawings.
D. Product Data:
1. Mechanical Bar Splices: Submit manufacturer's technical literature, including
specifications and installation instructions.
2. Epoxy grout proposed for anchoring reinforcing dowels to hardened concrete:
Submit manufacturer's technical literature including recommended installation
procedures.
3. Provide data on joint devices, attachment accessories and admixtures.
E Certificates:
1. Submit steel manufacturer's certificates of mill tests giving properties of steel
proposed foi use. List of manufacturer's test number, heat number, chemical
analysis, yield point, tensile strength, and percentage of elongation. Identify
proposed location of steel in work.
2. Foreign -manufactured reinforcing bars shall be tested for conformance to
ASTM requirements by a certified independent testing laboratory located in
United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Submit
test reports foi review. Do not begin fabrication of reinforcement until
material has been approved.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01350-Submittals.
B. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are
concealed from view.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301-99:Specifications for Structural Concrete -
IP
B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
C. Conform appropriately to ACI 305R-99:Hot Weather Concreting or ACI 306R.1-
90:Standard Specification foi Cold Weather Concreting.
5/2013
03300 - 3 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01310 — Coordination and Meetings.
B. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and
placement of form accessories.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM - C150, Type I - Normal Portland Type II - Moderate Sulphate
resistance Portland type.
B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM - C33.
C. Use coarse limestone aggregate and crushed limestone for fine aggregate. The product
of concrete alkalinity (A, as equivalent calcium carbonate) times the thickness of cover
over the reinforcing steel (Z, in inches) shall not be less than 0.54, i.e. concrete shall
have an AZ factor greater than or equal to 0.54. Provide a minimum concrete cover of
2" over reinforcing steel on the inside of the structures.
D. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete.
2.02 ADMIXTURES
A. Air Entrainment: ASTM - C260.
B. Chemical: ASTM - C494, Type A - Water Reducing Type D - Water Reducing and
Retarding Type E - Water Reducing and Accelerating admixture.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Bonding Agent: Two component modified epoxy resin.
B. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil clear polyethylene film type recommended for below grade
application.
C. Non -Shrink Grout Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement,
water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive
strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days.
2.04 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS
A. Joint Filler Type C: ASTM - D 1752; Premolded sponge rubber, fully compressible
with recovery rate of minimum 95 percent.
5/2013
03300 - 4 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
B. Sealant ASTM - D1190; synthetic rubber.
2.05 CONCRETE MIX
A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM - C94, Alternative No. 3. A
minimum of 5.75 bags of cement per cubic yard of concrete shall be used. For
Concrete in Contact with sewage use Portland Type II, ASTM - C 150, Cement.
B. Provide concrete to the following criteria:
1. Compressive Strength 7 days: 2400 psi
2. Compressive Strength 28 days: 4000 psi
3. Slump. 3 to 4 inches for concrete cast against earth in slabs and footings and
where used as a topping. 5 to 6 inches for concrete in supported slabs, beams,
columns and walls.
4. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.50.
C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer. Use of
admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements.
D. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Engineer.
E Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to
temperature lower than 40 degrees F. Air content shall be 3 percent maximum for
concrete with trowel finished surfaces and 3-5 percent foi other concrete.
2.06 FORM MATERIAL
A. Smooth Forms: New plywood, metal, plastic, tempered concrete -form hardboard,
dressed lumber faced with plywood or lining, or metal -framed plywood -faced panel
material, to provide continuous, straight, smooth surfaces. Form material shall be free
of raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects. Furnish
material in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and, when indicated on
Plans conform to joint system indicated. Form material shall have sufficient stiength
and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or
deflection.
B. Rough Forms: Plywood, metal, dressed or undressed lumber free of knots, splits or
other defects, of other material acceptable to the Engineer of sufficient stiength and
thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection.
C. Plywood: Conform to PS 1, Class 1.
D. Lumber: Conform to PS 20.
5/2013
03300 - 5 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
E Edge Forms and Intermediate Screed Strips: Type and strength compatible with the
screed equipment and methods used.
F. Plastic Forms: One-piece forms for domes, beams and pan joists. Single lengths for
columns not exceeding height of 7'-6' . For columns over 7'-6", use 7'-6" sections and
filler sections as needed. To facilitate removal of pan joist forms, taper sides 1 inch
per foot.
G. Metal Pan Joist Forms: Removable type; fabricated of minimum 14-gage steel; one
piece between end closures. Adjustable foims not allowed. Taper sides 1 inch per foot
to facilitate removal.
H. Earth Cuts for Forms:
1. Use earth cuts for forming unexposed sides of grade beams cast monolithically
with slabs on grade.
2. Where sides of excavations are stable enough to prevent caving or sloughing,
following surfaces may be cast against neat -cut excavations:
a. Sides of footings.
b. Inside face of perimeter grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade
When inside face is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated
on Plans by 1 inch.
c. Both faces of interior grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade.
When grade beam is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated
on Plans by 2 inches.
I. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms:
1. Corrugated fiberboard carton forms, when called for, are intended to form a
void space beneath pile -supported and pier -supported slabs and other structural
elements as shown.
2. Provide products of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in commercial
production of double-faced corrugated fiberboard carton forms, constructed of
waterproof paper and laminated with waterproof adhesive.
3. Fiberboard forms: Capable of supporting required dead load plus construction
loads, and designed to lose their strength upon prolonged contact with moisture
and soil bacteria.
4. Seal cuts and ends of each form section by dipping in waterproof wax, unless
liners and flutes are completely impregnated with waterproofing.
5/2013
03300 - 6 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
5. Size forms as indicated on Plans. Assemble as recommended by manufacturer,
either with steel banding at 4'-0" maximum on centers, or, where liners and
flutes are impregnated with waterproofing, with adequate stapling.
J. Circular Forms:
1. Form round -section members with paper or fiber tubes, constructed of
laminated plies using water-resistant adhesive with wax -impregnated exterior
for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall
thickness to resist loads imposed by wet concrete without deformation.
Provide manufacturer's seamless units to minimize spiral gaps and seams.
2. Fiberglass or steel forms may be used for round -section members.
K. Shores: Wood or adjustable metal, with bearing plates; with double wedges at lower
end.
L Form Ties:
1. Use commercially -manufactured ties, hangers and other accessories for
embedding in concrete. Do not use wire not commercially fabricated for use as
a form accessory.
2. Fabricate ties so ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spalling
of concrete faces. Depth from formed concrete face to the embedded portion:
At least 1 inch, or twice the minimum dimension of tie, whichever is greater.
3. Provide waterstop feature foi form ties used on liquid -containing structures and
on concrete walls which will have earth backfill on one side.
4. Removable ties: Taper ties may be used when approved by the Engineer. In
the hole left by the removal of the taper tie, insert a preformed neoprene or
polyurethane plug sized to seat at the center of the wall.
M. Form Coating: Commercial formulation of form oil or form -release agent having
proven satisfactory performance. Coating shall not bond with, stain or otherwise
adversely affect concrete surfaces, or impair their subsequent treatment, including
application of bonding agents, curing compounds, paint, piotective liners and
membrane waterproofing.
N . Coating for Plastic Forms: Alkali -resistant gel -coat.
O . Chamfer Strips: Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, provide 3/4 inch chamfer strips
in corners of forms to pioduce beveled edges where required by this Section, 3.0
"Execution".
P . Form Gaskets: Polyethylene rod, closed cell, 1-inch diameter.
5/2013
03300 - 7 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2.07 DESIGN OF FORMWORK
A. Conform to ACI 117, ACI 347 and building codes, unless more restrictive
requirements are specified or shown on Plans. Contractor shall design and engineer
concrete formwork, including shoring and bracing. Design formwork for applicable
gravity loads, lateral pressure, wind loads and allowable stresses. Camber formwork to
compensate foi anticipated deflection during placement of concrete required to
maintain specified tolerances. Design formwork to be readily removed without
impact, shock or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.
B. Slip Forming: Permitted on written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall
demonstrate suitability of method proposed.
2.08 REINFORCING MATERIAL
A. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed bars conforming to ASTM - A615, grade as indicated on
Plans, except column spirals and those shown on Plans to be smooth bars. Where
grade is not shown on Plans, use Grade 60.
B. Smooth Bars: Where indicated on Plans, use smooth bars conforming to ASTM -
A36; ASTM - A615, Grade 60; or ASTM - A675, Grade 70.
C. Column Spirals: Bars conforming to ASTM - A615, Grade 60, or wire conforming to
ASTM - A82.
D. Epoxy -Coated Deformed Bars, Column Spirals and Smooth Bars: Conform to ASTM
- A775/A775M.
E Welded Wire Fabric:
1. Welded Smooth Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM - A185.
2. Welded Deformed Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM - A497.
3. Provide wire size, type and spacing as shown. Where type is not shown on
Plans, use welded smooth wire fabric.
4. Furnish welded wire fabric in flat sheets only.
F. Tie Wire: 16-1/2 gage or heavier annealed steel wire. Use plastic -coated tie wire with
epoxy -coated reinforcing steel.
G. Bar Supports: Provide chairs. Use bar supports and accessories of sizes required to
provide required concrete cover. Where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather,
water or wastewater, provide plastic accessories only do not use galvanized or plastic -
tipped metal in such locations. Provide metal bar supports and accessories rated Class
1 or 2 conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Use epoxy -coated bar
supports with epoxy -coated reinforcing bars.
5/2013
03300 - 8 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
H. Slabs on Grade: Provide chairs with sheet metal bases or provide precast concrete bar
supports 3 inches wide, 6 inches long, and thick enough to allow required cover.
Embed tie wires in 3-inch by 6-inch side.
I. Mechanical Bar Splices:
1. Conform to ACI 318-05:Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
and Commentaiy; use where indicated on Plans.
a. Compression splices shall develop ultimate stress of reinforcing bar.
b. Tension splices shall develop 125 percent of minimum yield point
stress of reinforcing bar.
2. Regardless of chemical composition of steel, any heat effect shall not adversely
affect performance of reinforcing bar.
J. Welded Splices:
1. Provide welded splices where shown and where approved by the Engineer.
Welded splices of reinforcing steel shall develop a tensile strength exceeding
125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcing bars connected.
2. Provide materials for welded splices conforming to AWS D1.4 — Structural
Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel.
K. Epoxy Grout: High -strength rigid epoxy adhesive, conforming to ASTM - C881, Type
IV, manufactured for purpose of anchoring dowels into hardened concrete and the
moisture condition, application temperature and orientation of the hole to be filled.
Unless otherwise shown, depth of embedment shall be as required to develop the full
tensile strength (125 percent of yield strength) of dowel, but not less than 12 diameters.
2.09 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING
A. Bending: Fabricate bars to shapes indicated on Plans by cold bending. Bends shall
conform to minimum bend diameters specified in ACI 318-05:Building Code
Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. Do not straighten or rebend
bars. Fabricate epoxy -coated reinforcing steel to required shapes in a manner that will
not damage epoxy coating. Repair any epoxy coating with patching material
conforming to Item 4.4 of ASTM - A775/A775M.
B. Splices:
1. Locate splices as indicated on Plans. Do not locate splices at other locations
without approval of the Engineer. Use minimum number of splices located at
points of minimum stress. Stagger splices in adjacent bars.
2. Length of lap splices: As shown on Plans.
5/2013
03300 - 9 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
3. Prepare ends of bars at mechanical splices in accordance with splice
manufacturer's requirements.
C. Construction Joints: Unless otherwise shown, continue reinforcing through
construction joints.
D. Bar Fabrication Tolerances: Conform to tolerances listed in ACI 315, Figures 4 and 5.
E Standard Hooks: Conform to the requirements of ACI 318-05:Building Code
Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary.
F. Marking: Clearly mark bars with waterproof tags showing number of bars, size, mark,
length, and yield strength. Mark steel with same designation as member in which it
occurs.
2.10 FINISHING MATERIALS
A. Sealer/Dustproofer (VOC Compliant): Water -based acrylic sealer; non -yellowing
under ultraviolet light after 200-hour test in accordance with ASTM - D4587.
Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements.
B. Epoxy Floor Topping: Two -component epoxy resin meeting ASTM - C881 Type III,
resistant to wear, staining and chemical attack, blended with granite, sand, trap rock or
quartz aggregate trowel -applied over concrete floor. Topping thickness shall be 1/8
inch. Color shall be gray.
C. Abrasive Aggiegate for Nonslip Finish. Fused aluminum oxide grit, or crushed emery
aggregate containing not less than 40 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25
percent ferric oxide. Material shall be factory graded, packaged, rustproof and
nonglazing, and unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning materials.
D. Epoxy Penetrating Sealer Low -viscosity, two -component epoxy system designed to
give maximum penetration into concrete surfaces. Sealer shall completely seal
concrete surfaces from penetration of water oil and chemicals; prevent dusting and
deterioration of concrete surfaces caused by heavy traffic; and be capable of adhering
to floor surfaces subject to hydrostatic pressure from below. Color shall be transparent
amber or gray. Surface shall be non -slip.
E Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable latex base liquid conforming to ASTM -
C1059. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, bonding agent shall
be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and
suitability certification by manufacturer is required.
F. Bonding Grout: Prepare bonding grout by mixing approximately one part cement to
one part fine sand meeting ASTM - C144 but with 100 percent passing No. 30 mesh
sieve. Mix with water to consistency of thick cream. At Contractor s option, a
commercially -prepared bonding agent used in accordance with manufacturer's
5/2013 03300 - 10 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
recommendations and instructions may be used. When used in water and wastewater
treatment structures, bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously
submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is
required. Submit manufacturer's technical information on proposed bonding agent.
G. Patching Mortar:
1. Make patching mortar of same materials and of approximately same
proportions as concrete, except omit coarse aggregate. Substitute white
Portland cement for part of gray Portland cement on exposed concrete in older
to match color of surrounding concrete. Determine color by making trial patch.
Use minimum amount of mixing water required for handling and placing.
Mix patching mortar in advance and allow to stand. Mix fiequently with
trowel until it has reached stiffest consistency that will permit placing. Do not
add water.
2. Proprietary compounds for adhesion or specially formulated cementitious
repair mortars may be used in lieu of or in addition to foregoing patching
materials provided that properties of bond and compressive strength meet or
exceed the foregoing and color of surrounding concrete can be matched where
required. Use such compounds according to manufacturer's recommendations.
When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, material shall be
suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and
suitability certification by manufacturer is required.
H. Epoxy Adhesive: Two -component 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compound
developing 100 percent of strength of concrete, suitable for use on dry of damp
surfaces Epoxy used to inject cracks and as a binder in epoxy mortar shall meet
ASTM - C881, Type VI Epoxy used as a bonding agent for fresh concrete shall meet
ASTM - C881, Type V.
Non -shrink Grout: See Section 03600 - Structural Grout.
J. Spray -Applied Coating: Acceptable products are Thoro System Products "Thoroseal
Plaster Mix" or approved equal. Color: Gray.
K. Concrete Topping: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size, as
specified in this Section.
L Concrete Fill: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size, (Class
C where fill thickness exceeds 3 inches throughout a placement), as specified in
Section 03310 - Structural Concrete.
M. Evaporation Retardant Confilm, manufactured by Master Builders; Eucobar,
manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; or equal.
5/2013
03300 - 11 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2.11 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS
A. Membrane -forming Curing Compound: Conform to ASTM - C309, Type 1D, and
following requirements.
1. Minimum solids content: 30 percent.
2. Compound shall not permanently discolor concrete. When used for liquid -
containing structures, curing compound shall be white -pigmented.
3. When used in areas that are to be coated, or that will receive topping or floor
covering, material shall not reduce bond of coating, topping, or floor covering
to concrete. Curing compound manufacturer's technical information shall state
conditions under which compound will not prevent bond.
4. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. Conform to
local, state and federal solvent emission requirements.
5. White pigmented concrete curing compound shall be sprayed on in one even
coat with a hand or power sprayer as soon as the surface water disappears from
concrete surface.
B. Clear Curing and Sealing Compound (VOC Compliant): Conform to ASTM - C309,
Type 1, Class B, and the following requirements: 30 percent solids content minimum;
non -yellowing under ultraviolet light after 500-houi test in accordance with ASTM -
D4587. Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. Conform to local, state and
federal solvent emission requirements.
C. Sheet Material for Curing Concrete: ASTM - C171; waterproof paper, polyethylene
film or white burlap -polyethylene sheeting.
D. Curing Mats (for use in Curing Method 2): Heavy shag rugs or carpets, or cotton mats
quilted at 4 inches on center; 12 ounce per square yard minimum weight when dry.
E Water for curing: Clean and potable.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete
are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing
concrete.
5/2013
03300 - 12 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding
agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing
concrete, insect steel dowels and pack solid with non -shrink grout.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING
A. Earth Surfaces:
1. Under interior slabs on grade, install vapor barrier. Lap joints at least 6 inches
and seal watertight with tape, or sealant applied between overlapping edges and
ends. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of reinforcing and
inserts with vapoi barrier material; lap over damaged areas at least 6 inches and
seal watertight.
2. Other Earth Surfaces: Thoroughly wet by sprinkling prior to placing concrete,
and keep moist by frequent sprinkling up to time of placing concrete thereon.
Remove standing water. Surfaces shall be free from standing water, mud and
debris at the time of placing concrete.
B. Construction Joints:
1. Definition: Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed,
where the placement of the concrete has been interrupted so that, in the
judgment of the Engineer, new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with
that previously placed.
2. Interruptions: When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for
the concrete to take a set, use forms or other means to shape the working face
to secure proper union with subsequent work. Make construction joints only
where acceptable to the Engineer.
3. Preparation: Give horizontal joint surfaces a compacted, roughened surface for
good bond. Except where the Plans call for joint surfaces to be coated, clean
joint surfaces of laitance, loose or defective concrete and foreign material by
hydroblasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate), roughen surface to expose
aggregate to a depth of at least 1/4 inch and wash thoroughly. Remove
standing water from the construction joint surface before new concrete is
placed.
4. After surfaces have been prepared cover approximately horizontal construction
joints with a 3-inch lift of a grout mix consisting of Class A concrete batched
without coarse aggregate; place and spread grout uniformly. Place wall
concrete on the grout mix immediately thereafter.
5/2013
03300 - 13 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
C. Set and secure reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and similar embedded
items in the forms where indicated on Plans, Shop Drawings and as otherwise required.
Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is
the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
D. Unless otherwise approved by Engineer, place no concrete until at least 4 hours after
formwork, inserts, embedded items, reinforcement and surface preparation have been
completed and accepted by the Engineer. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded items
that have become encrusted with grout of previously -placed concrete before placing
adjacent concrete.
E Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete
(any concrete which is greater than 60 days of age), thoroughly clean and roughen the
surface of the old concrete by hydro -blasting of sandblasting (exposing aggregate).
Coat joint surface with epoxy bonding agent following manufacturer's written
instructions, unless indicated otherwise. Unless noted otherwise, this provision does
not apply to vertical wall joints where waterstop is installed.
F. Protection from Water: Place no concrete in any structure until water entering the
space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or diverted and carried out of
the foams, clear of the work. Deposit no concrete underwater. Do not allow still water
to rise on any concrete until concrete has attained its initial set. Do not allow water to
flow over the surface of any concrete in a manner and at a velocity that will damage
the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping, dewatering and other necessary operations
for removing ground water, if required, are subject to the Engineer's review.
G. Corrosion Protection: Position and support pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous
items to be embedded in concrete construction prior to placement of concrete so there
is at least a 2 inch clearance between them and any part of the concrete reinforcement.
Do not secure such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement.
H. Where practicable, provide for openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and
brackets, and setting of anchors during placing of concrete.
I. Accurately set anchor bolts and maintain in position with templates while they are
being embedded in concrete.
J Cleaning: Immediately before concrete is placed, thoroughly clean dirt, grease, grout,
mortar, loose scale, rust and other foreign substances from surfaces of metalwork to be
in contact with concrete.
3.04 FORMWORK INSTALLATION
A. Formwork Construction
1. Construct and maintain formwork so that it will maintain correct sizes of
members, shape, alignment, elevation and position during concrete placement
and until concrete has gained sufficient strength. Provide for required
5/2013 03300 - 14 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, anchorages, and
inserts.
2. Construct forms for easy removal without damage to concrete surfaces.
3. Make formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during
concrete placement Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as
required to prevent leakage and fins. Provide gaskets for wall forms to prevent
concrete paste leakage at their base.
4. Place chamfer strips in forms to bevel edges and corners permanently exposed
to view, except top edges of walls, and slabs which are indicated on Plans to be
tooled. Do not bevel edges of formed joints and interior corners unless
indicated on Plans. Form beveled edges for vertical and horizontal corners of
equipment bases. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, make bevels 3/4 inch
wide.
5. Provide temporary openings at bases of column and wall forms and other
points as required for observation and cleaning immediately before concrete is
placed.
6. Where runways are required for moving equipment, support runways directly
on the formwork or structural members. Do not allow runways or supports to
rest on reinforcing steel.
7 Use smooth forms on formed concrete surfaces required to have smooth form
finish or rubbed finish.
8. Rough forms may be used on formed concrete surfaces indicated to have rough
form finish.
B. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish:
1. Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar around
tie holes. Uniformly space form ties and align in horizontal and vertical rows.
Install taper ties, if used, with the large end on the wet face of the wall.
2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or
offsets. Back up joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square
intersections.
3. Form molding shapes, recesses and projections with smooth -finish materials
and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement.
4. Form exposed corners of beams and columns to produce square, smooth, solid,
unbroken lines.
5/2013
03300 - 15 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
5. Provide exterior exposed edges with 3/4-inch chamfer or 3/4-inch radius.
6. Arrange facing material in orderly and symmetrical fashion. Keep number of
joints to practical minimum. Support facing material adequately to prevent
deflection in excess of allowable tolerances.
7. For flush surfaces exposed to view in completed structure, overlap previously -
placed hardened concrete with form sheathing by approximately 1 inch. Hold
forms against hardened concrete to maintain true surfaces, preventing offsets or
loss of mortar.
C. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Rubbed Finish: Provide forms as specified in this
Section, 3.04B "Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish". Use smooth
plywood linings or forms, in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even
edges and close joints.
D. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and
Intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in
finished slab surface. Provide and secure supports for types of screeds required.
E Circular Forms: Set forms in one piece for full height of member.
F. Surfaces to Receive Membrane Waterproofing: Coordinate surface finish, anchors,
reglets, and similar requirements with membrane waterproofing applicator.
G. Fireproofing Steel Member: Construct forms to provide not less than the concrete
thickness necessary, measured from face of steel member, to provide the required fire
rating. Forms for concealed surfaces may be unlined.
H. Tolerances:
Unless noted otherwise on Plans, construct formwork so concrete surfaces will
conform to tolerance limits listed in Tables 03100A and 03100B at end of this
Section.
Establish sufficient control points and bench marks as references for tolerance
checks. Maintain these references in undisturbed condition until final
completion and acceptance of the Work.
Adjustment of Formwork:
1. Use wedges or jacks to provide positive adjustment of shores and struts. After
final inspection and before concrete placement, fasten in position wedges used
for final adjustment of forms.
2. Biace forms securely against lateral deflections. Prepare to compensate for
settling during concrete placement.
5/2013
03300- 16of38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
3. For wall openings, construct wood forms that facilitate necessary loosening to
counter act swelling of forms.
J. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms:
1. Place on smooth firm bed of suitable material to prevent vertical displacement,
set tight to prevent horizontal displacement. Exercise care to avoid buckling of
forms. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions and
recommendations.
2. Fit carton forms tightly around piles and piers; completely fill the space
between subgrade and concrete placement with carton foims to form a void
space.
3. Protect carton forms from moisture and maintain in a dry condition until
concrete is placed on them If they become wet before placement of concrete,
allow them to dry and carefully inspect for strength before concrete is placed.
4. Before concrete placement, replace damaged or deteriorated forms which are
incapable of supporting concrete dead load plus construction live loads.
3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES
A. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded materials before placing concrete. Remove
accumulated mortar, grout, rust and other foreign matter.
B. Coat forms for exposed or painted concrete surfaces with form oil or form -release
agent before placing reinforcement. Cover form surfaces with coating material in
accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not allow excess coating
material to accumulate in forms or to contact hardened concrete against which fresh
concrete will be placed. Remove coating material from reinforcement before placing
concrete.
C. Forms for unexposed surfaces, other than retained -in -place metal forms, may be wet
with water immediately before concrete placement in lieu of coating. When possibility
of freezing temperatures exists, however, the use of coating is mandatory.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT
A. Placement Tolerances: Place reinforcement within tolerances of Table 03210A at the
end of this Section. Bend tie wire away from foims to maintain the specified concrete
coverage.
5/2013
B. Interferences Maintain 2-inch clearance from embedded items. Where reinforcing
interferes with location of other reinforcing steel, conduit or embedded items, bars may
be moved within specified tolerances or one bar diameter, whichever is greater. Where
03300 - 17 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
greater movement of bars is required to avoid interference, notify the Engineer. Do not
cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduit, mechanical openings or other items
without approval of the Engineer.
C. Concrete Cover: Provide clear cover measured from reinforcement to face of concrete
as listed in Table 03210B at the end of this Section, unless otherwise indicated on
Plans.
D. Placement in Forms: Use spacers, chairs, wire ties and other accessory items necessary
to assemble, space and support reinforcing properly. Provide accessories of sufficient
number, size and strength to prevent deflection or displacement of reinforcement due
to construction loads or concrete placement. Use appropriate accessories to position
and support bolts, anchors and other embedded items. Tie reinforcing bars at each
intersection, and to accessories. Blocking reinforcement with concrete or masonry is
prohibited.
E Placement for Concrete on Ground Support bar and wire reinforcement on chairs with
sheet metal bases or precast concrete blocks spaced at approximately 3 feet on centers
each way. Use minimum of one support for each 9 square feet. Tie supports to
reinforcing bars and wires.
F. Vertical Reinforcement in Columns: Offset vertical bars by at least one bar diameter at
splices. Provide accurate templates for column dowels to ensure proper placement.
G. Splices:
1. Do not splice bars, except at locations indicated on Plans or reviewed Shop
Drawings, without approval of the Engineer.
2. Lap Splices. Unless otherwise shown or noted, Class B, conforming to ACI
318-89, Section 12.15.1. Tie securely with wire prior to concrete placement, to
prevent displacement of splices during concrete placement.
3. Mechanical Bar Splices: Use only where indicated on Plans or approved by the
Engineer. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
a. Couplers located at a joint face shall be of a type which can be set
either flush or recessed from the face as shown. Seal couplers prior to
concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste
from entering.
b. Couplers intended for future connections: Recess 1/2 inch minimum
from concrete surface. After concrete is placed plug coupler and fill
recess with sealant to prevent contact with water or other corrosive
materials.
c. Unless noted otherwise, match mechanical coupler spacing and
capacity to that shown for the adjacent reinforcing.
5/2013
03300 - 18 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
4. Construction Joints: Place reinforcing continuous through construction joints,
unless noted otherwise.
H. Welded Wire Fabric: Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Unless
otherwise indicated on Plans, lap adjoining pieces at least 6 inches or one full mesh
plus 2 inches, whichever is larger. Lace splices with wire. Do not make end laps
midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures.
Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps. Conform to WRI -
Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric.
I. Field Bending: Shape reinforcing bent during construction operations to conform to
Plans. Bars shall be cold -bent; do not heat bars Closely inspect reinforcing for
breaks. When reinforcing is damaged, replace, Cadweld, or otherwise repair, as
directed by the Engineer. Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in concrete.
J. Epoxy -coated Reinforcing Steel: Install in accordance this Section, 3.06J "Field
Bending", and in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair damaged epoxy
coating with patching material as specified in Paragraph 2.09 A - Bending.
K. Field Cutting: Cut reinforcing bars by shearing or sawing. Do not cut bars with
cutting torch.
L Welding of reinforcing bars is prohibited, except where shown on Plans.
3.07 GROUTING OF REINFORCING AND DOWEL BARS
A. Use epoxy grout for anchoring reinforcing and dowel steel to existing concrete in
accordance with epoxy manufacturer's instructions. Drill hole not more than 1/4 inch
larger than steel bar diameter (including height of deformations for deformed bars) in
existing concrete. Just before installation of steel, blow hole clean of all debris using
compressed air. Partially fill hole with epoxy, using enough epoxy so when steel bar is
inserted, epoxy grout will completely fill hole around bar. Dip end of steel bar in
epoxy and twist bar while inserting into partially -filled hole.
5/2013
03300 - 19 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
TABLE 03210A
EMENT PLACEMENT TOLERANCES
PlacementTolerances
(in inches)
Clear
Distance
-
formed
soffit:
-1/4
To
other
formed
surfaces:
To
±1/4
Minimum
spacing
between
bars
-1/4
Clear
distance
from unformed
surface
to
top
reinforcement
-
Members
8 inches
deep
of
less:
±1/4
Members
more
than
8 inches
deep
but
less
than
24
inches
deep:
-1/4,
+1/2
Members
24
inches
deep
or greater:
-1/4,
+1
Uniform
spacing
of bars
+2
(but
the
required
number
of bars shall
not
reduced):
Uniform
(but
the
spacing
required
of
stirrups
number
and
of
stirrups
ties
and
ties shall
not
be reduced):
±l
Longitudinal
locations
of
bends
and
ends
of reinforcement
-
General:
+2
Discontinuous
ends
of
members:
±1/2
Length
of
bar
laps:
-1
1/2
length
-
Embedded
bar sizes
No.
3
through
11:
-1
For
bar sizes
No.
14
and
18:
-2
For
5/2013 03300 - 20 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
TABLE 03210B
CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT
Minimum
Cover
(in inches)
Surface
Slabs
and
Joists
-
and
bottom
bars for dry
conditions
Top
—
No.
14
and
No.
18 bars:
1
1/2
No.
11
bais and
smaller:
1
concrete
surfaces exposed
to earth,
water,
or weather,
over, or in
Formed
contact
with,
sewage; and
for
bottoms
bearing on work
mat,
or slabs
supporting
earth
cover -
No.
5 bars and
smaller:
1
1/2
No.
6
through
No.
18
bars:
2
Beams and
Columns
-
dry
conditions
-
For
Stirrups,
spirals
and
ties:
1
1/2
Principal
reinforcement:
2
to earth,
water,
sewage or weather
Exposed
Stirrups
and
ties:
2
Principal
reinforcement:
2
1/2
Walls
-
dry
conditions
-
For
No.
11
bars and
smaller:
1
No.
14
and
No.
18
bars:
1
1/2
concrete
surfaces exposed
to earth,
water,
sewage or weather,
or in
Formed
contact
with
ground
-
Circular
tanks
with
ring
tension:
2
All
others:
2
and
Base Slabs
-
Footings
At
formed
surfaces and
bottoms
bearing on concrete
work
mat:
2
At unformed
surfaces and
bottoms
in contact
with
earth:
3
Over
top
of
piles:
2
of footings
- - same as slabs
Top
5/2013
03300 - 21 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
3.08 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING AND PLACING CONCRETE
A. Conform to applicable requirements of this Section and Chapter 8 of ACI 301-
99:Specifications for Structural Concrete — IP, Chapter 8. Use no aluminum materials
in conveying concrete.
B. Rejected Work: Remove concrete found to be defective or non -conforming in
materials or workmanship. Replace rejected concrete with concrete meeting
requirements of Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Unauthorized Placement: Place no concrete except in the presence of the Engineer.
Notify the Engineer in writing at least 24 hours before placement of concrete.
D. Placement in Wall Forms:
1. Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel.
2. Do not place concrete in any form so as to leave an accumulation of mortar on
form surfaces above the concrete.
3. Pump concrete or use hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas,
rubber or metal (other than aluminum) for placing conciete in forms so it
reaches the place of final deposit without separation. Free fall of concrete shall
not exceed 4 feet below the ends of pump hoses, ducts, chutes or buggies
Uniformly distribute conciete during depositing.
4. Do not displace concrete in forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction from
place where it was originally deposited.
5. Deposit in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet; take care to avoid
inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required for sloping
members.
6. Place each layer while the previous layer is still soft.
7 Provide sufficient illumination in form interior so concrete at places of deposit
is visible from the deck or runway.
E Conveyors and Chutes: Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates and other
points of concrete discharge in the conveying, hoisting and placing system so conciete
passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately
receives it. Conveyors, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the Engineer. Do not
use chutes longer than 50 feet. Slope chutes so concrete of specified consistency will
readily flow If a conveyor is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such
a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyors
and chutes shall be covered.
5/2013 03300 - 22 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
F. Placement of Slabs: In hot or windy weather, conducive to plastic shrinkage cracks,
apply evaporation retardant to slab after screeding in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations. Do not use evaporation retardant to increase water
content of the surface cement paste. Place concrete for sloping slabs uniformly from
the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As work
progresses, vibe ate and carefully work concrete around slab reinforcement. Screed the
slab surface in an up -slope direction.
G. When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete
placement. Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F
and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising.
Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete
from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3
days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F.
When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes
between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is
such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective
means, such as pre -cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at
night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, below 90 degrees F.
3.09 PUMPING OF CONCRETE
A. If pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory results, in the judgment of the
Engineer, discontinue pumping operations and proceed with the placing of concrete
using conventional methods
B. Pumping Equipment: Use a 2-cylinder pump designed to operate with only one
cylinder if one is not functioning, or have a standby pump on site during pumping.
C. The minimum hose (conduit) diameter: Comply with ACI 304.2R-96:Placing
Concrete by Pumping Methods
D. Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that do not function properly.
E Do not use aluminum conduits for conveying concrete.
F. Field Quality Control Take samples for slump, air content and test cylinders at the
placement (discharge) end of the line.
3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE
A. Place concrete in a sequence acceptable to the Engineer. To minimize effects of
shrinkage, place concrete in units bounded by construction joints shown. Place
alternate units so each unit placed has cured at least 7 days for hydraulic structures, or
3 days for other structures, before contiguous unit or units are placed, except do not
5/2013 03300 - 23 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
place corner sections of vertical walls until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at
least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 7 days for other structures.
B. Level the concrete surface whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To ensure straight
and level joints on the exposed surface of walls, tack a wood stiip at least 3/4-inch
thick to the forms on these surfaces. Carry concrete about 1/2 inch above the
underside of the strip. About one hour after concrete is placed, remove the strip, level
irregularities in the edge formed by the strip with a trowel and remove laitance.
3.11 TAMPING AND VIBRATING
A. Thoroughly settle and compact concrete throughout the entire depth of the layer being
consolidated, into a dense homogeneous mass; fill corners and angles, thoroughly
embed reinforcement, eliminate rock pockets and bring only a slight excess of water to
the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Use ACI 309R-96:Guide for
Consolidation of Concrete, Group 3, immersion -type high-speed power vibrators
(8,000 to 12,000 rpm) in sufficient number and with sufficient (at least one) standby
units. Use Group 2 vibrators only when accepted by the Engineer for specific
locations. Do not transport concrete by vibrating
B. Use care in placing concrete around waterstops. Carefully work concrete by rodding
and vibrating to make sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat -strip
type waterstops are placed horizontally, work concrete under waterstops by hand,
making sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Give concrete surrounding the
waterstops additional vibration beyond that used for adjacent concrete placement to
assure complete embedment of waterstops in concrete.
C. Concrete in Walls: Internally vibrate, ram, stir, or work with suitable appliances,
tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until concrete completely fills forms or
excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Do not place subsequent layers of
concrete until previously -placed layers have been so worked. Provide vibrators in
sufficient numbers, with standby units as required, to accomplish the results specified
within 15 minutes after concrete of specified consistency is placed in the forms. Keep
vibrating heads from contact with form surfaces. Take care not to vibrate concrete
excessively o1 to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents.
3.12 PLACING MASS CONCRETE
A. Observe the following additional restrictions when placing mass concrete.
1. Use specified superplasticizer.
2. Maximum temperature of concrete when deposited: 70 degrees F.
3. Place in lifts approximately 18 inches thick. Extend vibrator heads into
previously -placed layer.
5/2013 03300 - 24 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
4. Refer to Section 03310 - Structural Concrete for Mass Concreting.
3.13 CONCRETE FINISHING
3.14 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES
A. Unfinished Surfaces: Finish is not required on surfaces concealed from view in
completed structure by earth, ceilings or similar cover, unless indicated otherwise on
Plans.
B. Rough Form Finish:
1. No form facing material is required on rough form finish surfaces.
2. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height.
3. Rough form finish may be used on concrete surfaces which will be concealed
from view by earth in completed structure, except concealed surfaces required
to have smooth form finish, as shown on Plans
C. Smooth Form Finish:
1. Form facing shall produce smooth, hard, uniform texture on concrete. Use
plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth,
even edges and close joints.
2. Patch tie holes and defects. Rub fins and joint marks with wooden blocks to
leave smooth, unmarred finished surface.
3. Provide smooth form finish on the wet face of formed surfaces of water -
holding structures, and of other formed surfaces not concealed from view by
eaith in completed structure except where otherwise indicated on Plans. Walls
that will be exposed after future construction, at locations indicated on Plans,
shall have smooth form finish. Smooth form finish on exterior face of exterior
walls shall extend below final top of ground elevation. Exterior face of all
perimeter grade beams shall have smooth form finish for full depth of grade
beam.
D. Rubbed Finish:
Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with
smooth, even edges and close joints.
2. Remove forms as soon as practicable, repair defects, wet surfaces, and rub with
No. 16 carborundum stone or similar abrasive. Continue rubbing sufficiently
to bring surface paste, remove form marks and fins, and produce smooth, dense
5/2013 03300 - 25 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
surface of uniform color and texture. Do not use cement paste other than that
di awn from concrete itself. Spread paste uniformly over surface with brush.
Allow paste to reset, then wash surface with clean water.
3. Use rubbed finish at locations indicated on Plans, except where rubbed finish is
indicated for a wall which will be containing a liquid, use spray -applied
coating.
E Spray -applied Coating: At Contractor's option, in lieu of rubbed finish, spray -applied
coating may be applied after defects have been repaired and fins removed. Remove
form oil, curing compound and other foreign matter that would prevent bonding of
coating. Apply coating in uniform texture and color in accordance with coating
manufacturer's instructions.
F. Related Unformed Surfaces: Tops of piers, walls, bent caps, and similar unformed
surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is
placed. Float unformed surfaces to texture reasonably consistent with that of formed
surfaces. Continue final treatment on formed surfaces uniformly across unformed
surfaces.
3.15 HOT WEATHER FINISHING
A. When hot weather conditions exist, as defined in the Section 1 03A "Hot Weather",
and as judged by the Engineer, apply evaporation retardant to the surfaces of slabs,
topping and concrete fill placements immediately after each step in the finishing
process has been completed.
3.16 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO CLASS A, B AND C
TOLERANCES
A. Apply Class A, B and C finishes at locations indicated on Plans. Class B or better
finish shall be applied if not shown otherwise by the Plans.
B. Shaping to Contour: Use strike -off templates or approved compacting -type screeds
riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour. See
Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork for edge forms and screeds
C. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as stiff as
practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in
beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate
and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other
approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not permit manipulation of
surfaces prior to finishing operations.
D. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Check tolerances by placing straightedge of
specified length anywhere on slab. Gap between slab and straightedge shall not exceed
tolerance listed for specified class.
5/2013 03300 - 26 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Class
A
B
C
Straightedge
Length in Feet
10
10
2
Tolerance
in Inches
1/8
1/4
1/4
E Raked Finish: After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled to
Class C tolerance, roughen surface before final set. Roughen with stiff brushes or rakes
to depth of approximately 1/4 inch. Notify the Engineer prior to placing concrete
requiring initial raked surface finish so that acceptable raked finish standard may be
established for project. Piotect raked, base -slab finish from contamination until time
of topping. Provide raked finish for following:
1. Surfaces to receive bonded concrete topping or fill.
2. Steep ramps, as noted on Plans.
3. Additional locations as noted on Plans.
F. Float Finish:
1. After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not
work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has
disappeared, or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation
of power -di iven float. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats. Use hand
floating with wood or cork -faced floats in locations inaccessible to power -
driven machine and on small, isolated slabs.
2. After initial floating, re -check tolerance of surface with 10-foot straightedge
applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low
spots to Class B tolerance. Immediately re -float slab to a uniform, smooth,
granular texture.
3. Provide float finish at locations not otherwise specified and not otherwise
indicated on Plans.
G. Trowel Finish:
1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power
trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which
may still contain some trowel marks. Do additional troweling by hand after
surface has hardened sufficiently. Do final troweling when ringing sound is
produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by
hand troweling operations.
2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and
appearance and conforming to Class A tolerance. On surfaces intended to
5/2013 03300 - 27 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
support floor coverings, remove defects which might show through covering by
grinding.
3. Provide trowel finish foi floors which will receive floor covering and
additional locations indicated on Plans.
H. Broom or Belt Finish:
1. Apply float finish as previously specified. Immediately after completing
floated finish, draw broom or burlap belt across surface to give coarse
transverse scored texture.
2. Provide broom or belt finish at locations indicated on Plans.
3.17 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO "F-NUMBER SYSTEM"
FINISH
A. Shaping to Contour: Use strike -off templates or approved compacting -type screeds
riding on screed strips or edge forms to being concrete surface to proper contour Edge
forms and screeds: Confoim to Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork.
B. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as dry as practicable.
Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and
girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level
slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved
means. After consolidation and leveling, do not manipulate surfaces prior to finishing
operations.
C. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Independent testing laboratory will check floor
flatness and levelness in accordance with this Section, 3.23F "Field Quality Control".
D. Float Finish:
1. After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not
work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has
disappeared, or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation
of power -driven float. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats. Use hand
floating with wood or cork -faced floats in locations inaccessible to power -
driven machine and on small, isolated slabs.
2. Check tolerance of surface after initial floating with a 10-foot straightedge
applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low
spots. Immediately refloat slab to uniform, smooth, granular texture to
FF20/FL17 tolerance, unless shown otherwise on Plans.
3. Provide "F-Number System" float finish at locations indicated on Plans.
5/2013 03300 - 28 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
E Trowel Finish:
1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power
trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which
may still contain some trowel marks. Do additional trowelings by hand after
surface has hardened sufficiently. Do final troweling when ringing sound is
produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by
hand troweling operations.
2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and
appearance and conforming to an FF25/FL20 tolerance for slabs on grade and
FF25/FL17 for elevated slabs, unless shown otherwise on Plans. On surfaces
intended to support floor coverings, remove defects, which might show
through covering, by grinding.
3. Provide "F-Number System" trowel finish at locations indicated on Plans.
3.18 BONDED CONCRETE TOPPING AND FILL
A. Surface Preparation:
1. Protect raked, base -slab finish from contamination until time of topping.
Mechanically remove oil, grease, asphalt, paint, clay stains or other
contaminants, leaving clean surface.
2. Prior to placement of topping or fill, thoroughly dampen roughened slab
surface and leave free of standing water. Immediately before topping or fill is
placed, scrub coat of bonding grout into surface. Do not allow grout to set or
dry before topping or fill is placed.
B. Concrete Fill:
1. Where concrete fill intersects a wall surface at an angle steeper than 45 degrees
from vertical, provide a 1.5-inch deep keyway in the wall at the point of
intersection; size keyway so that no portion of the concrete fill is less than 1.5
inches thick. Form keyway in new walls; create by saw cutting the top and
bottom lines and chipping in existing walls.
2. Apply wood float finish to surfaces of concrete fill.
3. Provide concrete fill at locations shown on Plans.
C. Bonded Concrete Topping in Bottom of Clarifiers and Thickeners:
1. Minimum thickness of concrete topping: 1 inch. Maximum thickness when
swept in by clarifier and thickener equipment: 3 inches.
5/2013 03300 - 29 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2. Compact topping and fill by rolling or tamping, bring to established grade, and
float. Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the
bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. Coat surface
with evaporation retardant as needed between finishing operations to prevent
plastic shrinkage cracks.
3. Screed topping to true surface using installed equipment. Protect equipment
from damage during sweeping -in process. Perform sweeping -in process under
supervision of equipment manufacturer's factory representative. After topping
has been screeded, apply wood float finish. During finishing, do not apply
water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand to the surface.
4. As soon as topping or fill finishing is completed coat surface with curing
compound. After the topping is set and sufficiently hard in clarifiers and where
required by the Engineer fill the tank with sufficient water to cover the entire
floor for 14 days.
5. Provide bonded concrete topping in bottom of all clarifiers and thickeners.
3.19 EPDXY PENETRATING SEALER
A. Surfaces to receive epoxy penetrating sealer: Apply wood float finish. Clean surface
and apply sealer in compliance with manufacturer s instructions.
B. Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or
base to its Juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots:
Apply minimum 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface.
C. Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surface to prevent floor coating contact.
D. When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots, use
masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove.
E Provide epoxy penetrating sealer at locations indicated on Plans.
3.20 EPDXY FLOOR TOPPING
A. Surfaces to receive epoxy floor topping: Apply wood float finish unless recommended
otherwise by epoxy floor topping manufacturer. Clean surface and apply epoxy floor
topping in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions.
Thickness of topping: 1/8 inch.
B. Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or
base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots:
apply 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface.
5/2013 03300 - 30 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
C. Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surfaces to prevent floor coating contact.
D. When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots, use
masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove.
E Finished surface shall be free of trowel marks and dimples.
F. Provide epoxy floor topping at locations indicated on Plans.
3.21 SEALERJDUSTPROOFER
A. Where sealer or sealer/dustproofer is indicated on Plans, just prior to completion of
construction, apply coat of specified cleat sealer/dustproofing compound to exposed
interior concrete floors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.22 NONSLIP FINISH
A. Apply float finish as specified. Apply two-thirds of required abrasive aggregate by
method that ensures even coverage without segregation and re -float. Apply remainder
of abrasive aggregate at right angles to first application, using heavier application of
aggregate in areas not sufficiently covered by first application. Re -float after second
application of aggregate and complete operations with troweled finish. Perform
finishing operations in a manner that will allow the abrasive aggregate to be exposed
and not covered with cement paste.
B. Provide nonslip finish at locations indicated on Plans.
3.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301-
99:Specifications for Structural Conciete - IP and under provisions of Sections 01440
— Inspection Services and Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services.
B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm.
C. Submit proposed mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior to
commencement of Work.
D. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with
specified requirements.
E Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 cu yds or less of concrete or as
directed by the Engineer.
F. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured on job
site under same conditions as concrete it represents.
5/2013 03300 - 31 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
H. Provide the results of alkalinity tests of concrete used in sanitary structures. Provide
one test for each structure. These tests shall be performed by an independent testing
laboratory. Perform the test on the concrete covering reinforcing steel on the inside of
the pipe of structure. Alkalinity tests aie to be in accordance with Encyclopedia of
Industrial Chemical Analysis, Vol. 15, Page 230, Interscience Publishers Division,
John Wiley and Sons.
3.24 PATCHING
A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms.
B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify
Engineer upon discovery.
C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301-99:Specifications for Structural
Concrete - IP
3.25 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions,
tolerances or specified requirements.
B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, of replace exposed concrete except upon express
direction of Engineer for each individual area.
3.26 CURING
A. Comply with ACI 308.1-98:Standard Specifications for Curing Concrete. Cure by
preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a
period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days
when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has
disappeared fiom the concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any
calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours.
Colder days may be counted if ail temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained
above 50 degrees F. In continued cold weather when artificial heat is not provided,
removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to
twice the required number of curing days. Howevei, leave soffit forms and shores in
place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed
otherwise by the Engineer.
B. Cure formed surfaces not requiring rub -finished surface by leaving forms in place for
the full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during the cueing period. Add water as
5/2013 03300 - 32 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor's option, forms may be removed
after 2 days and cueing compound applied.
C. Rubbed Finish:
1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as
practicable without damaging the surface.
2. After rub -finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by
using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until
normal curing period is complete.
D. Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method.
1. After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has
disappeared, immediately seal surface with a uniform coating of approved
curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by
manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer. Do not apply less than 1 gallon
per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and
check rate of application of the compound.
2. Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved
mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For
application on small miscellaneous items, hand -powered spray equipment may
be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface
during spraying operations.
3. Do not apply compound to a dry surface If concrete surface has become dry,
thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations
where coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls
on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage,
apply an additional coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage.
3.27 CURING MASS CONCRETE
A. Observe the following additional restrictions when curing mass concrete.
1. Minimum curing period: 2 weeks.
2. When ambient air temperature falls below 32 degrees F, protect surface of
concrete against freezing.
3. Do not use steam or other curing methods that will add heat to concrete.
4. Keep foims and exposed concrete continuously wet for at least the first 48
hours after placing, and whenever surrounding air temperature is above 90
degrees F during final curing period.
5/2013 03300 - 33 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
5. During 2-week curing period, provide necessary controls to prevent ambient air
temperature immediately adjacent to concrete from falling more than 30
degrees F in 24 hours.
3.28 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Time Limits:
1. When repair of surface defects or finishing is required before concrete is aged,
forms on vertical surfaces may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened
sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations.
2. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has
attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging Loosen wood forms for wall
openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete.
Leave formwork for water -retaining structures in place for at least 2 days.
Formwork for non -water -retaining columns, walls, sides of beams and other
formwork components not supporting weight of concrete maybe removed after
12 hours, provided concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from
removal operations, and provided removal of forms will not disturb members
supporting weight of concrete.
3. Forms and shoring supporting weight of concrete or construction loads• Leave
in place until concrete has reached minimum strength specified for removal of
forms and shoring. Do not remove such forms in less than 4 days.
B. Circular Paper or Spiral Tube Forms: Follow manufacturer's directions for form
removal. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to concrete surface. When
removal is done before completion of curing time, replace form, tie in place, and seal
to retard escape of moisture
Removal Strength:
1. Control Tests: Suitable strength -control tests will be required as evidence that
concrete has attained specified strength for removal of formwork or shoring
supporting weight of concrete in beams, slabs and other structural members.
Furnish test cylinders and data to verify strength for early form removal.
a. Field -cured Test Cylinders: When field -cured test cylinders reach
specified removal strength, formwork or shoring may be removed from
respective concrete placements.
b. Laboratory -cured Test Cylinders: When concrete has been cured as
specified for structural concrete for same time period required by
laboratory -cured cylinders to reach specified strength, formwork or
shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements.
5/2013 03300 34 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Determine length of time that concrete has been cured by totaling the
days or fractions of days, not necessarily consecutive, during which air
temperature surrounding concrete is above 50 degrees F and concrete
has been damp or thoroughly sealed against evaporation and loss of
moisture.
2. Compressive Strengths: The minimum concrete compressive strength for
removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete is 75 percent of specified
minimum 28-day strength for class of concrete involved.
3.29 RESHORING
A. When reshoring is permitted, plan operations in advance and obtain the Engineer's
approval of such operations. While reshoring is under way keep live load off new
construction. Do not permit concrete in any beam, slab, column or other structural
member to be subjected to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads
permitted for developed concrete strength at time of reshoring.
B. Place reshores as soon as practicable after form -stripping operations are complete but
in no case later than end of day on which stripping occurs. Tighten reshores to carry
required loads without over stressing construction Leave reshores in place until tests
representative of concrete being supported have reached specified strength at time of
removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete.
C. Floors supporting shores under newly -placed concrete' Leave original supporting
shores in place, or re -shore Locate reshores directly under shore position above.
Extend reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute weight of newly -
placed concrete, forms and construction live loads in such manner that design
superimposed loads of floors supporting shores are not exceeded.
3.30 FORM REUSE
A. Do not reuse forms that are worn or damaged beyond repair. Thoroughly clean and
recoat forms before reuse. For wood and plywood forms to be used for exposed
smooth finish, sand or otherwise diess concrete contact surface to original condition or
provide form liner facing material. For metal forms, straighten, remove dents and
clean to return forms to original condition.
5/2013 03300 - 35 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
TABLE 03100A
TOLERANCES FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BUILDINGS**
Variation
For anyFor
20-foot
any
Maximum
Variation In
10-foot
for Entire
lanyth
From
length
bay or
Dimension
Plumb
or
Lines and
Piers, Walls
Surfaces
and
of
Arrises
Columns,
1/4"
- - -
1"
1/2"
Specified
Batter
Exposed
Joint
Conspicuous
Corner
Grooves,
Lines
Columns,
and
Control
Other
....
1/4"
Slab
Soffits,
Ceilings,
Beam
Soffits,
before
1/4"
3/8"
3/4"
and
Anises
(measured
Level
of
removal
of
shores),
Specified
Grade
Exposed
Horizontal
Conspicuous
Lintels,
Grooves
Lines
Sills,
and
Parapets,
Other
-
1/4"
1/2"
Drawing
Dimensions
Position
Columns,
of
Walls
Linear
and
Building
Partitions
Lines,
- - -
1/2"
1"
Size and
Location
of Sleeves,
Floor
- ...
- - -
±1/4"
Openings
and
Wall
Openings
Cross
Slabs,
Section
and
Walls
of
Columns,
Beams,
- - -
- - -
+1/2",
-1/4"
Footings*
in
Plan
- - -
- - -
+2",
-1/2"
Footing
Misplacement
or
Eccentricity
- ....
- - -
2% of
Width
Direction
Error
lesser
or
2"
in
of
(the
of)
Footing
Thickness
Decrease
..... -
- - -
5%
Footing
Thickness
Increase
- - -
- - -
No
Limit
Step
Rise in
Flight
of Stairs
- - -
- - -
±1/8"
Step
Tread
in
Flight
of Stairs
- - -
- - -
±1/4"
Consecutive
Step
Rise
- - -
- - -
±1/16"
Consecutive
Step
Tread
- - -
- - -
±1/8"
*Footing tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical reinforcing
steel, dowels, or embedded items
**Includes water and wastewater process structures
5/2013
03300 - 36 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
TABLE 03100B
TOLERANCE FOR FORMED SURFACES
CONCRETE IN BRIDGES, WHARVES AND MARINE STRUCTURES
Variation
Variation In
Maximum
From
Plumb
of
Specified
Surfaces of columns,
piers and
walls
1/2" in
10'
Batter
Level
or
surfaces of slabs
See Section
03345
Top
Specified
Grade
surfaces of curbs and
railings
3/16"
in
10'
Top
Drawing
Dimensions
similar
Cross
section
members
of
columns,
caps,
walls,
beams, and
-1/4"
±1/2",
Thickness
of deck
slabs
-1/8"
±1/4",
Size and
location
of slab
and
wall
openings
±1/2"
in
plan
-1/2"
Footings
+2,
Footing
of
error
(the
misplacement
of)
or eccentricity
in direction
2% of width
or 2"
lesser
thickness
decrease
5%
Footing
thickness
increase
No
limit
Footing
Step
rise in
flight
of
stairs
±1/8"
Step
tread
in flight
of stairs
±1/4"
Consecutive
step
rise
±1/16"
Consecutive
step
tread
±1/8"
5/2013 03300 - 37 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
3.31 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner.
B. Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow Provide such
protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is
imminent or occulting.
C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all
components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached
the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the
Engineer.
END OF SECTION
5/2013 03300 - 38 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
SECTION 03310
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cast -in -place normal -weight structural concrete and mass concrete.
B. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 00300
2. Section 01200
3. Section 01350
4. Section 01450
5. Section 03300
— Bid Proposal
— Measurement
— Submittals
— Testing Laboratory Services
— Cast -in -Place Concrete
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement for structural concrete is on an each basis for each structure as bid.
Payment includes related work performed on these structures in accordance with
related sections of these Specifications.
B. If Extra Structural Concrete is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and
indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a
cubic -yard basis, measured in place Payment includes related work performed in
accordance with related sections of these Specifications.
C. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures.
D. No provisions shall be provided for temperature controlled curing of test cylinder.
Test cylinder(s) shall be cured in identical environment until picked up by lab.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Mass Concrete: Concrete sections 4 feet or more in least dimension.
B. Hot Weather: Any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and
wind velocity tending to impair quality of flesh or hardened concrete or otherwise
resulting in abnormal properties. Hot weather concreting shall be done in accordance
with ACI - 305R.
C. Cold Weather: Period when, for more than 2 successive days, mean daily temperature
is below 40 degrees F. Cold weather concreting shall be done in accordance with ACI
- 306R.
5/2013 03310-1 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to Section 01350 — Submittals.
B. Mill Certificates: Required for bulk cement.
C. Design Mixes:
1. Submit test data on proposed design mixes for each type of concrete in the
Work, including each class, and variations in type, source or quantity of
material. Include type, brand and amount of cementitious materials type,
brand and amount of each admixture; slump; air content; aggregate sources,
gradations, specific gravity and absorption; total water (including moisture in
aggregate); water/cement ratio• compressive strength test results for 7 and 28
days; and shrinkage tests for Class C and D concrete at 21 or 28 days of drymg.
2. Submit abrasion loss and soundness test results for limestone aggregate.
3. Testing of aggregates, including sieve analysis, shall be performed by a
certified independent testing laboratory. Tests shall have been performed no
earlier than 3 months before Notice to Proceed.
4. Provide standard deviation data for plant producing concrete. Data shall
include copies of laboratory test results and standard deviation calculated in
accordance with ACI 318, Item 5.3.1. Laboratory tests shall have been
performed within past 12 months. When standard deviation data is not
available, comply with ACI 318, Table 5.3.2.2.
5. Review and acceptance of mix design does not relieve Contractor of
responsibility to provide concrete of quality and strength required by these
Specifications.
D. Admixtures: Submit manufacturer's technical information, including following:
1. Air -Entraining Admixture: Give requirements to control air content under all
conditions, including temperature variations and presence of other admixtures.
2. Chemical Admixtures: Give requirements for quantities and types to be used
under various temperatures and job conditions to produce uniform, workable
concrete mix. Submit evidence of compatibility with other admixtures and
cementitious materials proposed for use in design mix.
E High -Range Water Reducer (Superplasticizer): When proposed for use, submit
manufacturer's technical information and instructions for use of superplasticizer. State
whether superplasticizer will be added at ready -mix plant or job site. When
superplasticizer will be added at job site submit proposed plan for measuring and
adding superplasticizer to concrete mix at job site and establish dosing area on site
with holding tanks and metering devices. When superplasticizer is to be added at
5/2013 03310-2 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
ready -mix plant, submit contingency plans for adding additional superplasticizer at job
site when required due to delay in placing concrete. Identify portions of Work on
which superplasticizer is proposed for use.
F. Hot and Cold Weather Concreting: Submit, when applicable, proposed plans for hot
and cold weather concreting. Review and acceptance of proposed procedure will not
relieve Contractor of responsibility for quality of finished product.
G. Project Record Drawings: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and
components that are concealed from view.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide necessary controls during evaluation of materials, mix designs, production and
delivery of concrete, placement and compaction to assure that the Work will be
accomplished in accordance with Contract Documents. Maintain records of concrete
placement. Record dates, locations, quantities, air temperatures, and test samples
taken.
B. Code Requirements: Concrete construction for buildings shall conform to ACI 318.
Concrete construction for water and wastewater treatment and conveying structures
shall conform to ACI 318 with modifications by ACI 350R, Item 2.6. Where this
Specification conflicts with ACI 318 or ACI 350R, this Specification governs.
C. Testing and Other Quality Control Services:
1. Concrete testing required in this section, except concrete mix design, limestone
aggregate test data, and testing of deficient concrete, will be performed by an
independent commercial testing laboratory employed and paid by the Owner in
accordance with Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services.
2. Provide material for and cooperate fully with Owner's testing laboratory
technician in obtaining samples for required tests.
3. Standard Services: The following testing and quality control services will be
provided by Owner in accordance with Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory
Services:
a. Verification that plant equipment and facilities conform to NRMCA
"Certification of Ready -Mix Concrete Production Facihties".
b. Testing of proposed materials for compliance with this Specification.
c. Review of proposed mix design submitted by Contractor.
5/2013 03310-3 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
d. Obtaining production samples of materials at plants or stockpiles
duiing work progress and testing for compliance with this
Specification.
e. Strength testing of concrete according to following procedures:
1) Obtaining samples for field test cylinders from every 100 cubic
yards and any portion less than 100 cubic yards for each mix
design placed each day, according to ASTM C172, with each
sample obtained from a different batch of concrete on a
representative, random basis. Selecting test batches by any
means other than random numbers chosen before concrete
placement begins is not allowed.
2) Molding four specimens from each sample according to ASTM
C31, and curing under standard moisture and temperature
conditions as specified in Sections 7(a) and (b) of ASTM C31.
3) Testing two specimens at 7 days and two specimens at 28 days
according to ASTM C39, reporting test results averaging
strengths of two specimens. However, when one specimen
evidences improper sampling, molding or testing, it will be
discarded and remaining cylinder considered test result. When
high -early -strength concrete is used, specimens will be tested at
3 and 7 days.
Air content: For each strength test, determination of air content of
normal weight concrete according to ASTM C231.
g. Slump: For each strength test, and whenever consistency of conciete
appears to vary, conducting slump test in accordance with ASTM
C143.
h. Temperature: For each strength test, checking concrete temperature in
accordance with ASTM C1064.
i. Lightweight concrete: For each strength test, or more frequently when
requested by the Engineer determination of air content by ASTM C567
and unit weight by ASTM C567.
J•
Monitoiing of current and forecasted climatic conditions to determine
when rate of evaporation, as determined by Figure 2.1.5 of ACI 305R,
will produce loss of 0.2 pounds of water, of more, per square foot per
hour Testing lab representative will advise Contractor to use hot
weather precautions when such conditions will exist during conciete
placement, and note on concrete test reports when Contractor has been
advised that hot weather conditions will exist.
5/2013 03310-4 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
k. Class A and D Concrete Shrinkage Tests: Performance of drying
shrinkage tests for trial batches as follows:
1) Preparation and Testing of Specimens: Compression and
drying shrinkage test specimens will be taken in each case from
the same concrete sample; shrinkage tests will be considered a
part of the normal compression tests for the project. 4-inch by
4-inch by 11-inch prisms with an effective gage length of 10
inches, fabricated, cured, dried and measured in accordance
with ASTM C157, modified as follows:
(a). Wet curing: Remove specimens from molds at an age
of 23 hours ±1 hour after trial batching and
immediately immerse in water at 70 degrees F ±3
degrees F for at least 30 minutes;
(b). Measure within 30 minutes after first 30 minutes of
immersion to determine original length (not to be
confused with "base length");
(c). Then submerge in saturated limewater, at 73 degrees F
±3 degrees F, for 7 days;
(d). Then measure at age 7 days to establish "base length"
for drying shrinkage calculations ( 'zero" days drying
age);
(e). Calculate expansion (base length expressed as a
percentage of original length);
(f).
(g)•
Immediately store specimens in a temperature and
humidity controlled loom maintained at 73 degrees F,
±3 degrees, and 50 percent relative humidity, ±4
percent, for the remainder of the test.
Measure to determine shrinkage expressed as
percentage of base length. Compute the drying
shrinkage deformation of each specimen as the
difference between the base length (at ?zero@ days
drying age) and the length after drying at each test age.
Compute the average drying shrinkage deformation of
the specimens to the nearest 0.0001 inch at each test
age If the drying shrinkage of any specimen departs
from the average of that test age by more than 0.0004
inch, disregard the results obtained from that specimen.
5/2013 03310-5 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
Report results of shrinkage tests to the nearest 0.001
percent of shrinkage.
(h). Report shrinkage separately for 7, 14, 21, and 28 days
of drying after 7 days of moist curing.
4. Additional Testing and Quality Control Services: The following will be
performed by an independent commercial testing laboratory employed and paid
by the Owner in accordance with Section 01450, Testing Laboiatory Services,
when requested by the Engineer.
a. Checking of batching and mixing operations.
b. Review of manufacturer's report of each cement shipment and
conducting laboratory tests of cement.
c. Molding and testing reserve 7-day cylinders or field cylinders.
d. Conducting additional field tests for slump, concrete temperature, and
ambient temperature.
e. Alkalinity Tests: For concrete used in sanitary structures one test for
each structure. Perform alkalinity tests on concrete covering
reinforcing steel on the inside of the pipe or structure in accordance
with "Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis," Vol. 15, page
230.
5. Contractor shall provide the following testing and quality control services:
a. Employ an independent commercial testing laboratory, acceptable to
Owner, to prepare and test design mix for each class of concrete for
which material source has been changed.
b. Notify commercial testing laboratory employed by Owner 24 hours
prior to placing concrete.
6. Testing of deficient concrete in place:
a. When averages of three consecutive strength test results fail to equal or
exceed specified strength, or when any individual strength test result
falls below specified strength by more than 500 psi, strength of
concrete shall be considered potentially deficient and core testing,
structural analysis or load testing may be required by the Engineer.
b. When concrete in place proves to be deficient, Contractor shall pay
costs, including costs due to delays, incurred in providing additional
5/2013 03310-6 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
testing and analysis services provided by the Engineer, or the
independent commercial testing laboratory selected by the Owner.
c. Replace concrete work judged inadequate by core tests, structural
analysis or load tests at no additional cost to the Owner.
d. Core Tests:
1) Obtain and test cores in accordance with ASTM C42. Where
concrete in structure will be dry under service conditions, air
dry cores (temperature 60 to 80 degrees F, relative humidity
less than 60 percent) for 7 days before test; test dry. Where
concrete in structure will be more than superficially wet under
service conditions, test cores after moisture conditioning in
accordance with ASTM C42.
2) Take at least three representative cores from each member or
area of concrete in place that is considered potentially deficient.
Location of cores shall be determined by the Engineer so as to
least impair strength of structure. When, before testing, one or
more cores shows evidence of having been damaged during or
after removal from structure, replace the damaged cores.
3) Concrete in area represented by core test will be considered
adequate when average strength of cores is equal to at least 85
percent of specified strength, and when no single core is less
than 75 percent of specified strength.
4) Patch core holes in accordance with Section 03300 — Cast -in -
Place Concrete, Paragraph 3.13.
e. Structural Analysis: When core tests are inconclusive or impractical to
obtain, the Engineer may perform additional structural analysis at
Contractor's expense to confirm safety of structure.
f. Load Tests: When core tests and structural analysis do not confirm
safety of structure, load tests may be required, and their results
evaluated, in accordance with ACI 318.
g. Testing by impact hammer, sonoscope, probe penetration tests
(Windsor probe), or other nondestructive device may be permitted by
the Engineer to determine relative strengths at various locations in
structure, to evaluate concrete strength in place or for selecting areas to
be cored However, such tests, unless properly calibrated and
correlated with other test data, shall not be used as basis for acceptance
or rejection of structure's safety.
5/2013 03310-7 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS
A. Cement: Store cement in weather tight buildings, bins or silos to provide protection
from dampness and contamination and to minimize warehouse set. When there is any
doubt as to the expansive potential of shrinkage -compensating cements because of
method or length of storage and exposure, laboratory test cement before use.
B. Aggregate: Arrange and use aggregate stockpiles to avoid excessive segregation or
contamination with other materials or with other sizes of like aggregates. Build
stockpiles in successive horizontal layers not exceeding 3 feet in thickness. Complete
each layer before next is started.
C. Fine Aggregate: Before using, allow fine aggregate to drain until uniform moisture
content is reached.
D. Admixtures: Store admixtures to avoid contamination, evaporation of damage. For
those used in form of suspensions or non -stable solutions, provide suitable agitating
equipment to assure uniform distribution of ingredients. Protect liquid admixtures
fiom freezing and other temperature changes which would adversely affect their
characteristics.
E Lightweight Aggregates: Uniformly pre -dampen lightweight aggregates as necessary
to prevent excessive variations in moisture content. Allow pre -dampened aggregates
to remain in stockpiles, under continuous fog spray, foi minimum of 24 hours before
use. Provide adequate drainage in stockpile areas to eliminate excess water and
accumulation of contaminated fines.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cement:
1. Use same brand of cement used in concrete mix design Use only one brand of
each type in each structure, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
2. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II, gray in color. Use Type III
only when specifically authorized by the Engineer in writing. Use Type II,
including the requirements of Table 2, in construction of liquid -containing
structures and cooling towers, unless shown otherwise on Drawings.
B. Admixtures:
1. Do not use calcium chloride, thiocyanate or admixtures containing more than
0.05 percent chloride ions.
2. Air -Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C260, compatible with other admixtures
used.
5/2013 03310-8 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
3. Chemical Admixtuies: Polymer type, non -staining, chloride -free admixtures
conforming to ASTM C494, Type A, C, D or E
4. High -Range Water Reducer (Superplasticizer): ASTM C494 Type F or G,
compatible with and by the same manufacturer as other admixtures.
C. Mixing Water: Use clean, potable water, free from harmful amounts of oils, acids,
alkalis or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94.
D. Aggregates: Use coarse aggregate from only one source and fine aggregate from only
one source, for exposed concrete in any single structure.
1. Coarse Aggregate: Gravel, crushed gravel or crushed limestone conforming to
ASTM C33.
2. Fine Aggregate: Natural sand complying with ASTM C33.
3. Limestone aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 and the following additional
requirements:
a. Clean, hard, strong and durable particles free of chemicals and coatings
of silt, clay, or other fine materials that may affect hydration and bond
of cement paste.
b. Select crushed limestone: High -calcium limestone (minimum 95
percent CaCO3 and maximum 3.5 percent MgCO3) with maximum Los
Angeles Abiasion loss of 38 percent, when tested in accordance with
ASTM C131 or ASTM C535.
c. Test aggregate for soundness in accordance with ASTM C88;
maximum loss shall not exceed 18 percent after 5 cycles of magnesium
sulfate test.
4. Maximum size of coarse aggregate:
a. Normal weight concrete, except as noted below: 1-1/2 inches.
b. Formed members 6 inches or less in least dimension: 1/5 least
dimension.
c. Slabs: 1/3 depth of slab.
d. Drilled shafts: 1/3 clearance between reinforcing steel, but not greater
than 3/4 inch.
e. Concrete fill, seal slabs and bonded concrete topping in clarifiers: 3/8
inch.
5/2013 03310-9 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
5. Coarse aggregate for lightweight concrete: ASTM C330. Grading limits: 3/4
inch to No. 4.
6. Abrasive Aggregate: Conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in -
Place Concrete, Paragiaph 3.13.
E Calcium Chloride: Not permitted.
F. Evaporation Retardant: Masterbuilders "Confilm", Euclid "Eucobar", or equal.
G. Miscellaneous Materials:
1. Bonding Agent: Two -component modified epoxy resin.
2. Vapor barrier. 6-mil clear polyethylene film of type recommended for below -
grade application.
3. Non -shrink grout: premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate,
cement and water -reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing
minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28
days.
2.02 CONCRETE MIX
A. Objective: Select proportions of ingredients to produce concrete having proper
placability, durability, strength, appearance and other specified properties.
B. Mix Design: Employ and pay an independent commercial testing laboratory,
acceptable to Owner, to prepare and test mix designs for each type of concrete
specified. Proportion mix design ingredients by weight. Submit mix designs and test
results for approval.
During the trial batches, aggregate proportions may be adjusted by the testing
laboratory using two coarse aggregate size ranges to obtain the required
properties If one size range produces an acceptable mix, a second size range
need not be used. Such adjustments shall be considered refinements to the mix
design and shall not be the basis for extra compensation to the Contractor.
Concrete shall conform to the requirements of this Section, whether the
aggregate proportions are from the Contractor's preliminary mix design, or
whether the proportions have been adjusted during the trial batch process.
Prepare trial batches using the aggregates, cement and admixtures proposed for
the project. Make trial batches large enough to obtain 3 drying shrinkage test
specimens and 6 compression test specimens from each batch. Shrinkage
testing is required only for Class A and D concrete.
5/2013 03310-10 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
2. Determine compressive strength by testing 6-inch diameter by 12-inch high
cylinders, made cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C192 and ASTM
C39 Test 3 compression test cylinders at 7 days and 3 at 28 days. Average
compressive strength for the 3 cylinders tested at 28 days for any given trial
batch shall be not less than 125 percent of the specified compressive strength.
3. Perform sieve analysis of the combined aggregate for each trial batch according
to of ASTM C136. Repoit percentage passing each sieve.
4. In mix designs for Class A and D concrete, fine aggregate shall not exceed 41
percent of total aggregate by weight.
C. Shrinkage Limitations, Class A and D Concrete
1. Maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast in the laboratory from the
trial batch: 0.036 percent as measured at 21-day drying age or 0.042 percent at
28-day drying age. Use for construction only mix designs that meet trial batch
shrinkage requirements. Shrinkage limitations apply only to Class A and D
concrete.
2. Maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast in the field shall not exceed
the trial batch maximum shrinkage requirement by more than 25 percent.
3. If the requited shrinkage limitation is not met during construction, take any or
all of the following actions, at no additional cost to the Owner, for securing the
specified shrinkage requirements: Changing the source or aggregates, cement
or admixtures; reducing water content; washing of aggregate to reduce fines•
increasing the number of construction joints; modifying the curing
requirements; or other actions designed to minimize shrinkage or its effects.
D. Selecting Ingredient Proportions for Concrete:
1. Proportion concrete mix according to ACI 301, Chapter 3.
2. Establish concrete mix design by laboratory trial batches prepared by
independent testing laboratory, or on basis of previous field experience in
accordance with provisions of ACI 318, Item 5.3; however, minimum cement
content for each class of concrete shall not be less than specified.
3. Concrete mix design data submitted for review shall have average 28-day
compressive strength calculated in accordance with ACI 318, Item 5.3.2.1.
When data is not available to determine standard deviation in accordance with
ACI 318, Item 5.3.1, average 28-day strength of mix design shall conform to
ACI 318, Table 5.3.2.2.
E Water -Cement Ratios:
1. Maximum allowable water -cement ratios shall be as follows:
5/2013 03310-11 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
a. Concrete for liquid -containing structures: 0.45.
b. Concrete subjected to brackish water, salt splay or deicers: 0.40.
c. All other concrete: 0.55.
2. Superplasticizer may be added to maintain specified maximum water -cement
ratios. Include free water in aggregate in water -cement ratio computations.
F. Adjustment of Mix Proportions: After sufficient data becomes available during
construction, mix may be adjusted upon approval of the Engineer, in accordance with
ACI 318, Item 5.5; however, minimum cement content for each class of concrete shall
not be less than specified.
G. Entrained Air: Air -entrain all concrete except drilled shafts. Total air content in
accordance with ASTM C173: 4 to 6 percent.
H. Consistency, Workability, and Slump.
L The quantity of water in a batch of concrete shall be just sufficient, with a
normal mixing period to produce concrete which can be worked properly into
place without segregation, and which can be compacted by vibratory methods
as specified, to give the desired strength, density, impermeability and
smoothness of surface. Change the quantity of water as necessary, with
variations in the nature or moisture content of the aggregates, to maintain
uniform production of a desired consistency. Determine the consistency of the
concrete in successive batches by slump tests in accordance with ASTM C 143.
Slumps shall be as follows:
Concrete Type Minimum Slump Maximum
Slump
Portland Cement Concrete 2" 4"
Concrete to be dosed with
superplasticizer: 1" 3„
Normal Weight Concrete after
dosing with superplasticizer 4" 9"
Lightweight Concrete after
dosing with superplasticizer 4" 7„
Drilled Shaft Concrete:
4"* 8"
* Minimum slump where drilled shafts are cast in temporary casings: 5 inches
2. Specified slump shall apply at time when concrete is discharged at job site.
Perform slump tests to monitor uniformity and consistency of concrete
delivered to job site however, do not use as basis for mix design. Do not
exceed water -cement ratios specified.
03310-12 of 23
5/2013
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
I. Admixtures: Proportion admixtures according to manufacturer's recommendations.
Use of accelerator is permitted when air temperature is less than 40 degrees F. Use of
retarder is permitted when temperature of placed concrete exceeds 65 degrees F.
J. High -Range Water Reducers (Superplasticizers): Use superplasticizer to improve
workability of concrete or delay hydration of cement, in accordance with requirements
and recommendations of product manufacturer and approved submittals.
K. Concrete Classification and Strength:
1. Strength: Conform to values for class of concrete indicated on Drawings for
each portion of Work. Requirements are based on 28-day compressive
strength. If high early -strength concrete is allowed, requirements are based on
7-day compressive strength.
2. Classification:
Minimum 28-day
Class Compressive Strength Minimum Cement Content
(Normal -weight) (psi) Pounds per Cubic Yard
Concrete for Structures Containing Water or Wastewater
4,000 564 (6 sacks)
A
B
C
D
H
1,500
3,000
5,000
3,000
329 (3 1 sacks)
470 (5 sacks)
658 (7 sacks)
611 (6 1/2 sacks)
Concrete for Buildings, Slabs on Grade and Miscellaneous Structures
AB 4,000 Not Applicable
BB 1,500 Not Applicable
CB 3,000 Not Applicable
DB 5,000 Not Applicable
Class
(Light -weight)
E
F
G
Minimum 28-day
Compressive Strength
(psi)
3,000
4,000
5,000
Minimum Cement Content
Pounds per Cubic Yard
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
3. Maximum size aggregate for Class H concrete: 3/8 inch. Maximum size
aggregate for all other normal -weight concrete: 1-1/2 inches, except as
specified in Paragraph 2.01D.4.
4. When required strength is not obtained with minimum cement content as
specified, add cement, lower water -cement ratio or provide other aggregates as
necessary.
5/2013
03310-13 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
5. In addition to conforming to specified strength, lightweight concrete must be
within specified unit weight limits. Maximum air-dry unit weight is 118
pounds per cubic foot; minimum is 110 pounds per cubic foot unless shown
otherwise on Drawings. Determine air-dry unit weight in accordance with
ASTM C567. Correlate air-dry unit weight with fresh unit weight of the same
concrete as a basis for acceptance during construction.
L Use of Classes of Concrete:
1. Use classes of concrete as indicated on the Drawings and in other
specifications.
2. Liquid -containing structures: If not otherwise indicated, use the following
classes foi structures containing water or wastewater and for utility
applications in the locations described:
a. Class A: All reinforced concrete and where not otherwise defined.
b. Class B: Unreinforced concrete used for plugging pipes, seal slabs,
thrust blocks, and trench dams, unless indicated otherwise.
c. Class H: Fill and topping. Where concrete fill thickness exceeds 3
inches in the majority of a placement and is not less than 1.5 inches
thick, Class A concrete may be used.
3. All other structures* If not otherwise indicated, use the following classes in the
locations described:
a. Class AB• All reinforced concrete and where not otherwise defined.
b. Class CB: Duct banks; see Section 16402 — Underground Duct Banks
for additional requirements.
c. Class BB: Unreinforced concrete fill under structures.
2.03 MIXING NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE
A. Conform to ACI 301, Chapter 7.
B. Ready -Mixed Concrete:
1. Measure, batch, mix and transport ready -mixed concrete according to ASTM
C94. Plant equipment and facilities shall conform to NRMCA "Certification
of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities".
5/2013 03310-14 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
2. Provide batch tickets with information specified in ASTM C94. Deliver batch
ticket with concrete and give to Owner's on -site testing laboratory
representative.
C. Batch Mixing at Site:
1. Mix concrete in batch mixer conforming to requirements of CPMB "Concrete
Plant Mixer Standards". Use mixer equipped with suitable charging hopper,
water storage tank and water measuring device. Batch mixer shall be capable
of mixing aggregates, cement and water into uniform mass within specified
mixing time, and of discharging mix without segregation. Operate mixer
according to rated capacity and recommended revolutions per minute printed
on manufacturer's rating plate.
2. Charge batch into mixer so some water will enter before cement and
aggregates. Keep water running until one-fourth of specified mixing time has
elapsed. Provide controls to prevent dischaiging until required mixing time
has elapsed. When concrete of normal weight is specified, provide controls to
prevent addition of water during mixing. Discharge entire batch before mixer
is recharged.
3. Mix each batch of 2 cubic yards or less for not less than 1 minute and 30
seconds. Increase minimum mixing time 15 seconds for each additional cubic
yard or fraction of cubic yard.
4. Keep mixer clean. Replace pick-up and throw -over blades in drum when they
have lost 10 percent of original depth.
D. Admixtures:
1. Charge air -entraining and chemical admixtures into mixer as solution using
automatic dispenser or similar metering device. Measure admixture to
accuracy within + 3 percent. Do not use admixtures in powdered form.
2. Two or more admixtures may be used in same concrete, provided that
admixtures in combination retain full efficiency and have no deleterious effect
on concrete or on properties of each other. Inject admixtures separately during
batching sequence.
3. Add retarding admixtures as soon as practicable after addition of cement.
E Temperature Control:
1. When ambient temperature falls below 40 degrees F, keep as -mixed
temperature above 55 degrees F to maintain concrete above minimum placing
temperature.
5/2013 03310-15 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
2. When water or aggregate has been heated, combine water with aggregate in
mixer before cement is added. Do not add cement to mixtures of water and
aggregate when temperature of mixture is greater than 100 degrees F.
3. In hot weather, maintain temperature of concrete below maximum placing
temperature. When necessary, temperature may be lowered by cooling
ingredients, cooling mixer drum by fog spray, using chilled water or well -
crushed ice in whole or part for added water, or arranging delivery sequence so
that time of transport and placement does not generate unacceptable
temperatures.
4. Submit hot weather and cold weather concreting plans for approval.
2.04 MIXING LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE
A. Determining Absorption of Aggregates: Mixing procedures vary according to total
absorption by weight of lightweight aggregates. Determine total absorption by weight
before pre -damping in accordance with ASTM C127.
B. Ten Percent or Less Absorption: Follow same requirements as for mixing normal -
weight concrete when preparing concrete made with low -absorptive lightweight
aggregates having 10 percent or less total absorption by weight. To be low -absorptive,
aggregates must absorb less than 2 percent additional water in first hour after mixing.
C. More Than 10 Percent Absorption: Batch and mix concrete made with lightweight
aggregates having more than 10 percent total absorption by weight, as follows:
1. Place approximately 80 percent of mixing water in mixer.
2. If aggregates are pre -dampened, add air -entraining admixture and all
aggregates. Mix for minimum of 30 seconds, or 5 to 10 revolutions of truck
mixer.
3. When aggregates have not been pre -dampened, mix aggregates and water for
minimum of 1 minute and 30 seconds, or 15 to 30 revolutions of truck mixer.
Then add air -entraining admixture and mix for additional 30 seconds.
4. Then, in the following sequence, add specified or permitted admixtures (other
than air -entraining agent) all cement, and mixing water previously withheld.
5. Complete mixing using procedures for normal -weight concrete.
2.05 MASS CONCRETE
A. Do not use high early -strength cement (Type III) or accelerating admixtures.
5/2013 03310-16 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
B. Use high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) to minimize water content
and cement content.
C. Specified water -reducing retarding admixture may be required to prevent cold joints
when placing large quantities of concrete, to permit revibration of concrete, to offset
effects of high temperature in concrete or weather, and to reduce maximum
temperature or rapid temperature rise.
2.06 EQUIPMENT
A. Select equipment of size and design to ensure continuous flow of concrete at delivery
end. Conform to following equipment and operations requirements.
B. Truck mixers, agitators and manner of operation: Conform to ASTM C94. Use of
non -agitating equipment for transporting concrete is not permitted.
C. Belt conveyors: Configure horizontally, or at a slope causing no segregation or loss.
Use approved ari angement at discharge end to prevent separation. Discharge long runs
without separation into hopper.
D. Chutes: Metal or metal -lined (other than aluminum). Arrange for vertical -to -
horizontal slopes not more than 1 to 2 or less than 1 to 3. Chutes longer than 20 feet or
not meeting slope requirements may be used if concrete is discharged into hopper
before distribution.
E Do not use aluminum or aluminum -alloy pipe or chutes for conveying concrete.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
A. Concreting Under Water: Not permitted except where shown otherwise on Drawings
or approved by the Engineer. When shown or permitted deposit concrete under water
by methods acceptable to the Engineer so fresh concrete enters mass of previously -
placed concrete from within, causing water to be displaced with minimum disturbance
at surface of concrete.
B. Protection from Adverse Weather: Unless adequate protection is provided or the
Engineer's approval is obtained, do not place concrete during rain sleet, snow or
freezing weather. Do not permit rainwater to increase mixing water or to damage
surface finish. If rainfall occurs after placing operations begin, provide adequate
covering to protect Work.
3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING
A. Earth Surfaces:
5/2013 03310-17 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
1 Under interior slabs on grade, install vapor barrier. Lap joints at least 6 inches
and seal watertight with tape, or sealant applied between overlapping edges and
ends. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of reinforcing and
inserts with vapoi barrier material; lap over damaged areas at least 6 inches and
seal watertight.
2. Other Earth Surfaces: Thoroughly wet by sprinkling prior to placing concrete,
and keep moist by frequent sprinkling up to time of placing concrete thereon.
Remove standing water. Surfaces shall be free from standing water, mud and
debris at the time of placing concrete.
B. Construction Joints:
1. Definition: Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed,
where the placement of the concrete has been interrupted so that, in the
judgment of the Engineer, new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with
that previously placed.
2. Interruptions: When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for
the concrete to take a set, use forms or other means to shape the working face
to secure proper union with subsequent work. Make construction joints only
where acceptable to the Engineer.
3. Preparation: Give horizontal joint surfaces a compacted, roughened surface for
good bond. Except where the Drawings call for joint surfaces to be coated,
clean joint surfaces of laitance loose or defective concrete and foreign material
by hydroblasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate), roughen surface to
expose aggregate to a depth of at least 1/4 inch and wash thoroughly. Remove
standing water from the construction joint surface before new concrete is
placed.
4. After surfaces have been prepared cover approximately horizontal construction
joints with a 3-inch lift of a grout mix consisting of Class A concrete batched
without coarse aggregate; place and spread grout uniformly. Place wall
concrete on the grout mix immediately thereafter.
C. Set and secure reinforcement anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and similar embedded
items in the forms where indicated on Contract Drawings, shop drawings and as
otherwise required. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before concrete is placed.
Accuracy of placement is the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
D. Place no concrete until at least 4 hours after formwork inserts, embedded items,
reinforcement and surface preparation have been completed and accepted by the
Engineer. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted
with grout o1 previously -placed concrete before placing adjacent concrete.
5/2013 03310-18 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
E Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete
(any concrete which is greater than 60 days of age), thoroughly clean and roughen the
surface of the old concrete by hydroblasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate).
Coat joint surface with epoxy bonding agent following manufacturer's written
mstiuctions, unless indicated otherwise. Unless noted otherwise, this provision does
not apply to vertical wall joints where waterstop is installed.
F. Protection from Water: Place no concrete in any structure until water entering the
space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or divested and carried out of
the forms, clear of the work. Deposit no concrete underwater without special methods.
Do not allow still water to rise on any concrete until concrete has attained its initial
set. Do not allow water to flow over the surface of any concrete in a manner and at a
velocity that will damage the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping, dewatering and
other necessary operations for removing ground water, if required, are subject to the
Engineer's review.
Corrosion Protection. Position and support pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous
items to be embedded in concrete construction prior to placement of concrete so there
is at least a 2 inch clearance between them and any part of the concrete reinforcement.
Do not secure such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement.
H. Where practicable, provide for openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and
brackets, and setting of anchors during placing of concrete.
I. Accurately set anchor bolts and maintain in position with templates while they are
being embedded in concrete.
J. Cleaning: Immediately before concrete is placed, thoroughly clean dirt, grease, grout,
mortar, loose scale, rust and other foreign substances from surfaces of metalwork to be
in contact with concrete.
3.03 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING AND PLACING CONCRETE
A. Conform to applicable requirements of Chapter 8 of ACI 301 and this Section. Use no
aluminum materials in conveying concrete.
B. Rejected Work: Remove concrete found to be defective or non -conforming in
materials or workmanship. Replace rejected concrete with concrete meeting
requirements of Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Unauthorized Placement: Place no concrete except in the presence of the Engineer.
Notify the Engineer in writing at least 24 hours before placement of concrete.
D. Placement in Wall Forms:
1. Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel that will not be covered by
current pour.
5/2013 03310-19 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
2. Do not place concrete in any form so as to leave an accumulation of mortar on
form surfaces above the concrete.
3. Pump concrete or use hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas
rubber or metal (other than aluminum) for placing conciete in forms so it
reaches the place of final deposit without separation. Free fall of concrete shall
not exceed 4 feet below the ends of pump hoses, ducts, chutes or buggies
Uniformly distribute conciete during depositing.
4. Do not displace concrete in forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction from
place where it was originally deposited. Do not transport conciete with
vibrators.
5. Deposit in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet; take care to avoid
inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required foi sloping
members.
6. Place each layer while the previous layer is still soft. Rate of placement shall
not exceed 5 feet of vertical rise per hour.
7 Provide sufficient illumination in form interior so concrete at places of deposit
is visible from the deck or runway.
E Conveyors and Chutes: Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates and other
points of concrete discharge in the conveying, hoisting and placing system so concrete
passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately
receives it. Conveyors, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the Engineer. Do not
use chutes longer than 50 feet. Slope chutes so concrete of specified consistency will
readily flow If a conveyor is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such
a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyors
and chutes shall be covered.
F. Placement of Slabs: In hot or windy weather, conducive to plastic shrinkage cracks,
apply evaporation retardant to slab after screeding in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations. Do not use evaporation retardant to increase water
content of the surface cement paste. Place concrete for sloping slabs uniformly from
the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As work
progresses, vibrate and carefully work concrete around slab reinforcement. Screed the
slab surface in an up -slope direction.
G. When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete
placement. Do not mix concrete when the aii temperature is at or below 40 degrees F
and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising.
Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete
from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured foi a minimum of 3
days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F.
5/2013 03310-20 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
H. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes
between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is
such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective
means, such as pre -cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at
night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, below 90 degrees F.
3.04 PUMPING OF CONCRETE
A. If pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory results, in the judgment of the
Engineer, discontinue pumping operations and proceed with the placing of concrete
using conventional methods.
B. Pumping Equipment: Use a 2-cylinder pump designed to operate with only one
cylinder if one is not functioning, or have a standby pump on site during pumping.
C. The minimum hose (conduit) diameter: Comply with ACI 304.2R.
D. Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that do not function properly.
E Do not use aluminum conduits for conveying concrete.
F. Field Control: Take samples for slump, air content and test cylinders at the placement
(discharge) end of the line.
3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE
A. Place concrete in a sequence acceptable to the Engineer. To minimize effects of
shrinkage, place concrete in units bounded by construction joints shown. Place
alternate units so each unit placed has cured at least 7 days for hydraulic structures, or
3 days for other structures, before contiguous unit or units are placed, except do not
place corner sections of vertical walls until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at
least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 7 days for other structures.
B. Level the concrete surface whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To ensure straight
and level joints on the exposed surface of walls, tack a wood strip at least 3/4-inch
thick to the forms on these surfaces. Carry concrete about 1/2-inch above the
underside of the strip. About one hour after concrete is placed, remove the strip, level
irregularities in the edge formed by the strip with a trowel and remove laitance.
3.06 TAMPING AND VIBRATING
A. Thoroughly settle and compact concrete throughout the entire depth of the layer being
consolidated, into a dense homogeneous mass; fill corners and angles, thoroughly
embed reinforcement, eliminate rock pockets and being only a slight excess of water to
the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Use ACI 309R Group 3 immersion -
type high-speed power vibrators (8,000 to 12,000 ipm) in sufficient number and with
5/2013 03310-21 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
sufficient (at least one) standby units. Use Group 2 vibrators only when accepted by
the Engineer for specific locations.
B. Use care in placing concrete around waterstops. Carefully work concrete by sodding
and vibrating to make sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat -strip
type waterstops are placed horizontally, work concrete under waterstops by hand,
making sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Give concrete surrounding the
waterstops additional vibration beyond that used for adjacent concrete placement to
assure complete embedment of waterstops in concrete.
C. Concrete in Walls: Internally vibrate, ram, stir, or work with suitable appliances,
tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until concrete completely fills forms or
excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Do not place subsequent layers of
concrete until previously -placed layers have been so worked. Provide vibrators in
sufficient numbers, with standby units as required, to accomplish the results specified
within 15 minutes after concrete of specified consistency is placed in the forms. Keep
vibrating heads from contact with form surfaces. Take care not to vibrate concrete
excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents.
3.07 PLACING MASS CONCRETE
A. Observe the following additional restrictions when placing mass concrete.
1. Use specified supeiplasticizer.
2. Maximum temperature of concrete when deposited: 70 degrees F.
3. Place in lifts approximately 18 inches thick. Extend vibrator heads into
previously -placed layer.
3.08 REPAIRING SURFACE DEFECTS AND FINISHING
A. Conform to Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete.
3.09 CURING
A. Conform to Section 03300 - Cast -in- Place Concrete.
3.10 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner.
B. Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow Provide such
protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is
imminent or occurring.
5/2013 03310-22 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all
components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached
the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the
Engineer.
END OF SECTION
5/2013 03310-23 of 23
CITY OF PEARLAND COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
SECTION 13731
COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. General provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and Division 01
Specification Sections, 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures, 01350 Submittals, 01500
Temporary Facilities and Controls and 01505 Mobilization apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Portable "laptop" computer work -station.
2. One or more internet access workstations.
3. Computer operating system and application software.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CPU: Central processing unit.
B. ProTrak software: a web -based project management and collaborative communications system
providing multiple project users access to all project documentation.
C. Credential: Password for the protected access to the ProTrak software providing data security
for project documentation.
DSL• Digital Subscriber Line. Commercial subscription for access to the internet
E Wireless Hub: Wireless access to the DSL internet connection for use with wireless computer
modems in lap top computers.
F. PC: Personal computer. Applies to the central station, workstations, file servers and portable
lap tops.
G. PDF: Portable Document Format. The file format used by the Acrobat document -exchange -
system software from Adobe.
H. RAS: Remote access services.
I. RF: Radio frequency.
J. ROM: Read-only memory. ROM data are maintained through losses of power.
K. TCP/IP Transport control protocol/Internet protocol incorporated into Microsoft Windows.
12-2- 2011 13730 - 1
CITY OF PEARLAND COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
L. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply.
M. USB: Universal serial bus.
N . WAN: Wide area network.
O . WAV: The digital audio format used in Microsoft Windows.
P . WMP: Windows media player.
Q. Windows: Operating system by Microsoft Corporation.
R. Workstation: A PC with software that is configured for specific functions.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product description as a submittal for each type of
product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties
or accessories. Reference each product to the original specification Warranty data and any
required warranty use authorization should be provided and transferable to the City as end user.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide all users' manuals, warranty information and any
proof of purchase type information required for warranty and information regarding imbedded
software licensing. In addition to items specified in Section 01782 "Operation and Maintenance
Data," include the following:
1. Microsoft Windows software documentation.
2. PC installation and operating documentation, manuals, and software for the PC and all
installed peripherals. Software shall include system restore, emergency boot diskettes/
cd's, and drivers for all installed hardware. Provide separately for each PC
3. Hard copies of manufacturer's specification sheets operating specifications, design
guides, user's guides for software and hardware, and PDF files on CD-ROM of the hard -
copy submittal.
4. System installation and setup guides with data forms to plan and record options and setup
decisions.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code."
B. Provide "new" in the box materials and equipment complete with manufacturer's warranty as
required. Provide all documentation as supplied by OEM.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Workstations, and Portable "laptop" computers:
12-2- 2011 13730 - 2
CITY OF PEARLAND COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
1. Store in temperature- and humidity -controlled environment in original manufacturer's
sealed containers. Maintain ambient temperature between 50 and 85 deg F, and not more
than 80 percent relative humidity, non -condensing
2. Open each container; verify contents against packing list; and file copy of packing list,
complete with container identification.
3. Save original manufacturer's containers and packing materials and deliver as directed
under provisions covering extra materials.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: System shall be capable of withstanding the following
environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of operating
capability:
1. Indoor, Controlled Environment System components, except installed in air-conditioned
indoor environments shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of 36
to 78 deg F dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, non -condensing.
2. Outdoor Environment: System components installed in locations exposed to weather
shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of 36 to plus 100 deg F dry
bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, condensing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following
Manufacturer to comply with existing City IT requirements and Software access:
1. Dell Computer: Latitude E6420 ATG (225-0702)
Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Dell Latitude
E6420 (225-0702) or comparable product.
2.2 DESCRIPTION
A. System Hardware and Software:
Base Unit: Dell Latitude E6420 ATG (225-0702)
Processor:
Memory:
Keyboard:
Keyboard:
Keyboard:
Video Card:
Hard Drive:
Intel Core i5-2540M, 2.60GHz, 3MB Cache, Dell Latitude E6X20 (317-5995)
4.0GB, DDR3-1333MHz SDRAM, 2 DIMM, Dell Latitude (317-6239)
Internal Backlit Dual Pointing English Keyboard, Dell Latitude E (331-1201)
Tech Setup Guide, English, Dell Latitude E6420 ATG (331-1715)
Documentation (English/French), Dell Latitude E-Family/Mobile Precision (331-2169)
Intel HD Graphics 3000, Dell Latitude E6420 ATG (318-0512)
320GB Hard Drive 7200RPM, Dell Latitude E (342-0482)
12-2- 2011
13730 - 3
CITY OF PEARLAND
COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
Hard Drive Controller: NO Internal Fingerprint Reader and NO contactless smartcard reader, Dell Latitude
E6420 ATG (331-2714)
Floppy Disk Drive:
Floppy Disk Drive:
Operating System:
Modem:
TBU:
TBU:
CD-ROM or DVD-ROM
Drive:
Software:
Software:
Sound Card:
Processor Cable:
Documentation Disk-
ette:
Bundled Software:
Bundled Software:
Feature
Feature
Service:
Service:
Service:
Service:
Service:
Service:
Support:
Support:
14.0 in HD(1366x768) Anti -Glare LED, Dell Latitude E6420 ATG (320-2141)
LCD Cover, No Touchscreen, Dell Latitude E6420 ATG (318-0510)
Genuine Windows 7 Professional, 64-bit, No Media, Latitude, English (421-8067)
No Modem, Dell Latitude E (331-1221)
90W 3-Pin, AC Adapter, Dell Latitude E (331-1719)
US - 3 foot Flat Power Cord, Dell Latitude (330-4016)
8X DVD+/-RW Bezel, Dell Latitude E6320/E6420/E6520/ATG (318-0466)
Cyberlink Power DVD 9.5,No Media, Dell OptiPlex, Latitude and Precision Work-
station (421-4370)
Roxio Creator Starter,No Media,Dell OptiPlex, Latitude and Precision Workstation
(421-4539)
No Camera, with single digital microphone, Dell Latitude E6420/ATG (318-0441)
Intel WiFi Link 6205 (802.11a/g/n 2X2) 1/2 MiniCard for VPRO Latitude E/Mobile
Precision (430-3961)
Intel vPro Technology Advanced Management Features, Dell Latitude E6X20 (331-
1227)
Adobe Acrobat X, includes Serial Key Card, FI, ENG/FRN (410-0560)
Microsoft Office Professional 2010,English,OptiPlex,Precision and Latitude (421-
3957)
6-Cell (60WH) Primary Lithium Ion Battery for Latitude (312-1151)
Carrying Handle, Latitude E6420 ATG (331-1713)
Dell Limited Hardware Warranty Plus Service Extended Year(s) (934-9528)
Dell Limited Hardware Warranty Plus Service Initial Year (929-3587)
ProSupport: Next Business Day Limited Onsite Service After Remote Diagnosis 4
Year Extended (927-0034)
ProSupport: Next Business Day Limited Onsite Service After Remote Diagnosis Ini-
tial Year (951-4140)
ProSupport : 7x24 Technical Support, 4 Year Extended (928-8134)
ProSupport : 7x24 Technical Support, Initial (956-5210)
Accidental Damage Service, 5 Year (927-0184)
Info, Complete Care (988-7689)
12-2- 2011
13730 - 4
CITY OF PEARLAND
COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
Misc:
Misc:
Energy Star Enabled/E-PEAT/Gold, Latitude E6420/ATG (331-1931)
Intel Core i5 vPro Processor (331-1641)
Resource DVD with Drivers, Dell Latitude E6420/ATG (331-1222)
Cyberlink Power 9.5.1 AND Roxio Creator Starter Media for DVD+/-RW,Dell Opti-
Plex,Workstation and Latitude (421-5109)
Media Kit,Win 7 Professional64bit,MUI,Del1 OptiPlex, Precision and Latitude (421-
5682)
Dell Back-up and Recovery Manager for Win7, MUI,Optiplex, Precision, Latitude
(331-3300)
CFI,Integration Fee,Order Ready,Pronc (365-0530)
B. Field Office Internet Access
1. CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for DSL Internet access in the temporary Field
Office for use by OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and
INSPECTORS as well as for CONTRACTOR S use.
a. Service must support a minimum of two users simultaneously and be available at
all times during working ours
b. No separate pay item will be made for Internet Access. Include monthly cost in
Temporary Facilities, if a separate pay item is established, or as an incidental cost
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Provide computer equipment and software submittal in initial "Critical" submittals as material
submittal #1. Upon approval by OWNER and ENGINEER;
a) deliver computer equipment to OWNER in original manufacturer's
packaging.
b) Establish wireless internet connections in CONTRACTOR'S field
office and coordinate operation of computes with internet access at
this location and request
c) Invoice Computer Equipment line item in first 50% of Mobilization.
END SECTION
12-2- 2011
13730 - 5
READY -MIXED CONCRETE
NT
Y
1700 + T N, TX 77 51-1700
•
REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS: Latest revision of the
following:
ASTM C33
ASTM C94
CENTERPOINT ENERGY
HOUSTON, TX
WRITTEN
07/17/02 C.M. Stapling
CHECKED
07/17/02
6
07/01/04
Changed Company Name
CMS
APPROVED
07/17/02
5
07/17/02
Revised & Rewritten
NO
DATE
BY
CH
APP
SHEET 1 OF 3
007
221 01
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This specification covers the furnishing and delivery of ready -mixed concrete to
CenterPoint Energy (CenterPoint).
1.2 Unless otherwise stated, any reference to "representative" in this specification
shall be the CenterPoint representative stated in the purchase order.
2.0 GENERAL
2.1 All material shall be in accordance with the CenterPoint purchase order, this
specification and the latest revision of any referenced American Society for
Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards.
3.0 READY -MIXED CONCRETE MATERIALS
3.1 Unless otherwise stated on the purchase order or by the representative, ready -
mixed concrete will be purchased as specified by ASTM C 94 Option A and shall
meet the requirements of ASTM C 94 and the following requirements.
3.1.1 Aggregate
3.1.1.1 Coarse aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 size 467
(nominal maximum size 1 1/2 inches).
3 1 1 2 Pea gravel coarse aggregate, if specified, shall conform to
ASTM C 33 size 67 (nominal maximum size 3/ inches).
3.1.1.3 The restriction on reactive materials in fine aggregate in
section 7.3 of ASTM C 33 shall apply.
3.1.1.4 The restriction on reactive materials in coarse aggregate in
section 11.2 of ASTM C 33 shall apply.
3.1.1.5 Crushed hydraulic -cement concrete shall not be used as
aggregate.
3.1.2 Slump
3.1.2.1 For concrete not specified as a pump mix, the slump shall
be 4 inches.
3 1 2 2 For concrete specified as a pump mix, the slump shall be 7
inches.
3.1.3 Air Entrainment
3.1.3.1 If air -entrained concrete is specified, the total air content
shall be that recommended for a mild exposure condition.
REVISION
NO.
6
SPECIFICATION
SHEET 2 OF 3 SHEETS
007
221
01
3.1.4 Admixtures
3.1.4.1 Chemical admixtures shall have been in general
commercial use for five years or more.
3.1.4.2 Fly ash shall not be used in concrete intended for structures
in contact with salt water.
3.1.5 Concrete Strength
3.1.5.1 The concrete shall meet the requirements for compressive
strength as stated on the purchase order or by the
representative.
REVISION
NO.
6
SPECIFICATION
SHEET 3 OF 3 SHEETS
007
221
01
THIS CATEGORY WILL FURNISH MATERIAL FOR THE INSTALLATION OF DUCT
LINE BORES.
THE CONSTRUCTION UNIT (CU) LIST:
DLBIAXX:
DLBI BXX:
DLBICXX:
DLBI DXX:
DLB1EXX:
DLBIFXX:
DLBIGXX:
DLBIHXX:
DLBI IXX:
DLBIJXX:
DLBIKXX:
DLBILXX:
DUCT LINE BORE, 1-4"
DUCT LINE BORE, 2-4"
DUCT LINE BORE, 3-4"
DUCT LINE BORE, 1-6"
DUCT LINE BORE, 2-6"
DUCT LINE BORE, 3-6"
DUCT LINE BORE, 6-4"
DUCT LINE BORE, 4-6"
DUCT LINE BORE, 2-6"
DUCT LINE BORE, 4-6"
DUCT LINE BORE, 6-6"
DUCT LINE BORE, 8-6"
DLBI- 2 IN-PVC-EB-NP:
DLBI- 2 IN-PVC-SCH 40-NP:
DLBI- 2 IN-PVC-SCH 80-NP:
DLBI- 4 IN-PVC-EB-NP:
DLBI- 4 IN-PVC-SCH 40-NP:
DLBI- 4 IN-PVC-SCH 80-NP:
DLBI- 6 IN-PVC-DB-NP:
DLBI- 6 IN-PVC-SCH 40-NP:
DLBI- 6 IN-PVC-SCH 80-NP:
, VARIABLE LENGTH
, VARIABLE LENGTH
, VARIABLE LENGTH
, VARIABLE LENGTH
, VARIABLE LENGTH
, VARIABLE LENGTH
W/26" CASING, VARIABLE LENGTH
W126" CASING, VARIABLE LENGTH
& 1-4" W/20' CASING, VARIABLE LENGTH
& 1-4" W/30" CASING, VARIABLE LENGTH
& 1-4" W/36" CASING, VARIABLE LENGTH
& 1-4" W/42" CASING, VARIABLE LENGTH
NO PARTS -CONDUIT 2" PVC,
NO PARTS -CONDUIT 2" PVC,
NO PARTS -CONDUIT 2" PVC,
NO PARTS -CONDUIT 4" PVC,
NO PARTS -CONDUIT 4" PVC,
NO PARTS -CONDUIT 4" PVC,
NO PARTS -CONDUIT 6" PVC,
NO PARTS -CONDUIT 6" PVC,
NO PARTS -CONDUIT 6" PVC,
THE MATERIAL UNIT (MU) LIST:
DLB24A:
DLB26A:
DLB26B:
DLB26C:
DLB26D:
4" CONDUIT PLUG - BORE
6" CONDUIT PLUG - BORE
6" 2 DUCT SPACER FOR 20'
6" 2 DUCT SPACER FOR 36'
6" 2 DUCT SPACER FOR 42'
TYPE EB
SCHEDULE 40
SCHEDULE 80
TYPE EB
SCHEDULE 40
SCHEDULE 80
TYPE DB
SCHEDULE 40
SCHEDULE 80
DISTRIBUTION STANDARD l
DLB
DUCT LINE BORE
fb DATE
REVISION
G1
01
AR
DRAWN
CHECKED 9 _� e SHEET 1 OF 6 SHEETS
11-4_t- 0`1 DYAWP:GNUMBFa
CenterPomt Energy
HOUSTON, TX
P.G.WILLIAMS SECTION CO
APPR o y 'rZa"/ 006 1237 I 15
BORE PIT
PUMP
TUBING
'VAS!/ \�cette\ x.<\
SPACER PANS CASING
BORE SPACERS
RECEIVING PIT
`X \A.\n. Y>. YNV").
SEE DETAIL 'A'
SPACERS SHALL BE PLACED EVERY 5' ON RUNS
LESS THAN 2001. TWO SPACERS EVERY 5' ON
RUN OVER 200'.
SPACER PANS SHALL BE PLACED AT EVERY
OTHER SPACER. AT EVERY THIRD PAN. ONE
AODTIONAL PAN SHALL BE PLACED ON TOP.
PUHP TUBING SHALL BE PLACED AT DIFFERENT
LENOHTS INSIDE THE CASINO. THESE LENGTHS
ARE GIVEN ON PAGE 3 OF THIS SUBSECTION.
DUCT TAPE SHALL BE APPLIED TO JOINTS TO
KEEP SLURRY FROM SEEPING INTO CONDUIT.
CASING SHALL. BE FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR.
DETAIL 'A'
\,�
DUCT TAPE
DISTRIBUTION STANDARD
DLB
DUCT LINE BORE
CenterPoint Energy
HOUSTON, TEXAS
DRAWN Cr 2•20•eY
CHECKED q- LZ•o'
P.G. WILLIAMS
SECTIONCO
2
SUBSECTION DLB
IT 8 'WEIS
\rn\ni RSA nrN fIR122M2Mld A9•7F•11 PAA
I N_f DATE
I 1 fll I APP
APPROVED 0,44, of
OCCI
UNO B
000237115
15'
50'
70'
40' 40'
75'
100'
50'
I00'
150'
50'
50' 50'
100' 100'
PUMP TUBE LENGTHS
200'
60'
125' 125'
250'
60'
60'
120'
175'
120'
60'
300'
70'
140'
200'
140'
70'
350'
BO'
160'
225'
160'
80'
400'
ALL DIMENSIONS ON PUMP TUBING ARE FROM THE
EDGE OF CASINO. THESE LENGTHS ARE USED FOR
CALCULATION PURPOSES. ACTUAL POSITIONING
WILL BE DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR.
450'
BORE LENGTHS
PUMP TUBE LENGTHS
DISTRIBUTION STANDAR
DLB
DUCT LINE BORE
(PUMP TUBE LENGTHS)
CenterPoint Energy
HOUSTON.TEXAS
eV
sop
ORAHN G(, t 2—ay
CHECKED 1'Z1,-04
APPDOYEtyo_ O ,(
3ECTio.N CO
A-144i bOe23�1
RA11N0 NUYDFR
is
sua•uc1IOH DLB
SICEI 3 or 8 wars
on uit I sing tst action
(Revised 2.24• 02)
Invention
I've done it, I've done it!
Guess what I've don&
Invented a light that plugs into the sun.
The sun is bright enough
The bulb is strong enough,
But, oh, there's only one thing wrong...
The cord ain't long enough.
The poem, "Invention" illustrates the never-ending quest of the power and
communication industries to 'get the cord long enough " Conduit -in -casing construction
is one method that helps make the cord long enough to get from the communication or
power source to the consumer If you can't go over it and can't go around it and,
therefore, must go under it, conduit -in -casing is often the construction method of choice.
Shel Silverstein, ' Invention," Where the Sidewalk Ends. (New York, NY: Harper Collins, 1974) 48
reprinted with permission
1
That is Conduit -In -Casing Construction?
The conduit -in -casing construction procedure is a solution to the problem of laying
power/communication cables under a surface obstruction (highway, runway, rail bed,
river, etc.) without disrupting either traffic roadbed rail bed or riverbed. The basic
procedure is to:
1. Excavate and shore pits on both sides of the surface obstruction.
2. Bore under the surface obstruction connecting the excavated pits and install
a steel casing.
3. Place conduits in the steel casing.
4. Inject grout into the area between the conduits and steel casing,
5. Allow the grout to cure.
6. Pull power and/or communication cables through the conduits.
The steel casing is usually pushed into place with hydraulic jacks while the earth ahead
of the casing is removed with special boring machines or by hand.
Why use Conduit In -Casing Construction?
Organization: Conduit -in -Casing construction keeps the conduits organized within the
steel casing. The advantage of this method is the precise placement of the casing
within the earth. Such precision helps avoid existing underground pipes, cables and
obstructions. The organization also keeps to a minimum underground clutter that may
hinder future construction projects. The casing is easily located and avoided by those
doing future underground work.
Protection: Conduit -in -casing is the obvious choice when maximum cable protection is
a priority. The casing will protect mission critical cables, such as airport cables from
being severed by a natural disaster or construction accident.
Longevity: Conduit -in -casing construction provides the ultimate in longevity. Further
it is normally possible to replace cables by simply pulling out the old cables and pulling
in new ones.
Steel Casing Sizes
The most common steel casings used for conduit -in -casing installations are shown in
Table I. Steel casings above 12" in diameter should always be specified by both OD
and wall thickness. Unless there is a specific reason to the contrary, casings between
14" and 48" should have one of the OD's shown in Table I. The selection of casing
OD's that do not conform to this table may require specialized boring equipment,
causing higher installation costs Casing wall thicknesses that do not conform to Table 1
are often used and normally do not pose any installation problems
2
Table 1
Casing
OD
(Inches)
Casing
Wall
Thickness
(Inches)
Railroad
Nominal
Actual
Under
Highway
Under
12
12.75
.188
& .250
.250
---
14
.188
& .250
.250
& .281
---
16
.188
& .250
.250
& .281
---
18
.250
.312
---
20
.250
.344
& .375
---
24
.250
.375
---
30
.312
& .375
.375 & .469
---
36
.375 & .500
.500
& .531
- --•
42
.500
& .750
.625
---
48
.500
& .750
.688
Since wall thickness requirements vary with each location, it is important to consider soil
conditions and to get casing approval from the applicable airport or roadway or
waterway authorities.
Conduit Normally Used
N ormally the conduit used within the steel casing is EPC40 (Schedule 40) PVC per
N EMA TC-2. On occasion, DB120 PVC conduit per NEMA TC-6&8 epoxy reinforced
fiberglass conduit per NEMA TC-14 and/or UL1684 and heavy wall HDPE conduit have
been successfully used. These are all fairly heavy wall conduits that hold up to the
hydraulic pressure normally encountered when injecting grout, They also hold up to the
loads presented by the bands that are used to hold the conduits and bore spacers
together.
What. Supports the Conduits?
Manufactured spacers are available that are shaped to fit in a round steel casing. Some
of the typical features incorporated in bore spacers are:
1. Provisions for mounting rollers to aid in installation.
2. Holes for wire ropes, which when held taut prevent the corkscrewing of the
duct bank when pulled through the casing.
3. Float -stops to prevent the conduit from being deformed by the upward Toad
created by the duct bank floating when the grout is injected.
4. Flow holes and a contoured perimeter to allow the grout to pass through
easily.
5. Bore Spacers are usually manufactured from a nonmetallic material.
It is a common practice to place the bore spacers five feet apart and secure the
conduits to the bore spacers with carbon steel bands (see figures 6 through 10). On
o ccasion non-magnetic stainless steel bands, nonmetallic bands or split stop rings are
u sed to secure the conduits to the bore spacers.
3
The most common separation between conduit -in -casing conduits is shown in Table II -
Table II
Duct
Bank
Application
Common
Separations
1"
Communications
Power
1
1/2" or
2"
(3' on
occasion)
Between
Power
& Communications
1
W , 2" or
3"
Fiber
Optics
1"
A few typical conduit -in -casing configurations are shown in Figure 1 through 5 below:
rjr
Figure 1 - 1.500" Conduit Separation
30" OD x 469" Wall Casing
Figure 4 - 1.000" Conduit Separation
36" OD x 531" Wall Casing
Figure 3 - 1 000" Conduit Separation
Figure 2 - 2 000" Conduit Separation 20" OD x 375" Wall Casing
24" OD x 375" Wall Casing
Figure 5 - 2.000" Conduit Separation
48" OD x 688" Wall Casing
NOTES: 1 Conduits and casing are not shown in side sectionals
2. I = Hole or slot provided for grout INJECTION pipe.
3. F = Grout FLOW hole.
Grout and Reasons to Grout
e- _1..CW __ _....
The space between the OD of the conduits and the casing ID is normally grouted for the
following reasons:
(Reasons 1-3 are applicable to both power and communication applications. Reasons 4
& 5 are applicable only to power applications)
1. To eliminate the possibility of a duct bank collapse due to the force put on the
duct bank when cable is being pulled into place..
2. To eliminate the possibility of duct bank collapse due to the weight of the
cables.
3. To eliminate the possibility of duct bank rotation due to cable weight causing
an out of balance rotational torque.
4. To reduce the possibility of a duct bank meltdown when there is a cable fault.
The grout will tend to contain the fault to a single duct
5. To transfer the heat generated by the power cables to the surrounding
ground.
It is important to select a proper grout recipe for the injection process. An ideal grout
will fill the casing void completely, while maintaining a pumping pressure low enough so
as to not collapse the conduits.
There are a number of grout mix designs that have worked very well for conduit -in-
casing installations. Cement grout mix designs that are highly cementitious (high in
cement and fly ash) and have a slump of approximately eight inches perform well for
both power and communication applications.
Grout with special additives (such as "Elastizell' or "Mearicrete") which reduce the grout
density to about 75 lbs./cu. ft. and increase fluidity so it is similar to that of an 11" slump,
also work well, but since they have lower thermal conductivity they are normally
restricted to communication applications.
"No Grout" and "Blown Sand" Applications
There are applications where it is advantageous not to fill the area between the conduit
and casing with grout. When approaching a no -grout application, be sure to allow for
duct bank expansion and contraction due to temperature change and be sure that the
bore spacers are of sufficient strength and close enough together to properly support
the cables.
On rare occasions dry sand is blown into the area between the conduit and the casing
Since sand will not dissipate the heat generated by power cables as quickly as cement
grout it may be necessary to de -rate the power cables. If kiln dried sand is used, the
installer must ensure that the sand is cool; hot sand can cause the conduit to deform or
collapse
5
Grout Injection Techniques
Br.
There are a number of different grout injection techniques and variations.. Figures 6
through 10 show a few of these techniques.
FIGURE 6 - DUCT BANK BEING INSTALLED IN A
CASING WITH A PULL PLATE AND WINCH LINE
STEEL OAIDS ITYP)--1\
•
STEEL PLATE
EYEBOLT
WASHER
HEX NUT
PLYWOOD PSC
GASPED
FIGURE 8 - SINGLE END GROUT INJECTION WITH BULK HEADS
GROUT ?EJECTION
WLET
CASWO
BOLE ICAO
EARTH
OAS PROCEDURE:
IN,'ECT GROUT PlTO GROUT ELECTION MEET UNTO GROUT
OVER ROWS OUT OF VENT PIPE
BORE SPACER -.
\
•
•
•
•
COMl1AT / STEEL BAND (TVP) \� GROVE
FIGURE 9 - SINGLE END GROUT INJECTION WITH CONCRETE DAM
GROUT SELECTION
FIGURE 7 • CROSS-SECTION OF A TYPICAL
CONDUIT -IN -CASING INSTALLATION
OISTMICE BETWEEN
BORE SPACERS
OA510 PROCEDURE
INJECT GROUT SETO GROUT *EJECTION MET LNTL
GROUT OVER FLOWS OUT OF VENT PEPE
INLET
CASS:0 BORE SPACER -� Sc•
ryP)
S FEET
(TYPj
•
•
CONCRETE DAM
STEEL BANG MP) \
INSTANCE BETWEEN
BORE SPACERS
MCA TO BE GROUTED
FIGURE 10 - SINGLE END EXTRACTABLE GROUT INJECTION PIPE TECHNIQUE
t*SCHAEIGE END OF
GROUT IN IECTION PPE
[[[ - CHAMFERED St'C OP
BCRE &FACILE% (TYP)
B FEET (TYP)
GROUT WREN AREA BETWEEN COMDUIT CASING
00 OF CONNATE S CASNO O
HAS EDEN PARTIALLY itt1E0 OGRE SPACER &ITER BAPFT —
I
i HUE FOR GROUT
P&£CTNNi PPE
GOODIE!
• GROUT
VENT PPE ;,
RU91 COUPLED
STEET. PPE • /
/
• IF
KEY
ROUT
-
DORE SPACER
S1ABUZATON CABLE
BANONO
CASPIO
VENT PPE
BOWE
CONCRETE DAM
VENT PIPE
BASIC PROCEDURE:
t WITtORAW GROUT ?HECTOR PRE AS OASNO LS FLEECE
2 NEED It DISCHARGE END OF lit GROUT ?MOTION RYE
EUSFnuO W THE GROUT GLIGIRY AT ALL DUES.
1 KEEP THE ENDS OF TIE CONCURS OPEN DOOM FLIDIO OF
CAB310 AND CURING OF GROUT FOR FREE ROW OF MR
)
BLUE NEAR
(TYP BOTR ENOS OF CASING) -
C01AUTS & GROUT PAECDON PPE PROTRUDE
TRIOUGH CLOSELY M HOLES W BLUOIEAD —+
Other Methods and Practices
,_
The foregoing is a general overview of the common conduit -in -casing practice that
utilizes a straight steel casing and nonmetallic conduits. Some other methods of
installing power and communication duct banks under surface obstructions that are
beyond the scope of this bulletin are noted below:
• HDPE casing containing a nonmetallic duct bank that is pulled into a directionally
drilled hole.
• Casingless duct bank that utilizes nonmetallic conduits, bore spacers and bands
that is pulled into a directionally drilled hole.
• Epoxy reinforced fiberglass casing containing nonmetallic conduits that is placed
in a dredged trench and backfilled with marine grade concrete.
Casingless duct bank that utilizes bore spacers and bands that is pulled into a
dredged trench and is then backfilled with marine grade concrete.
•
• Concrete pipe casing and nonmetallic conduit.
7
Polymer Raceway Products Section of the
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
MEMBER COMPANIES
AFC Cable Systems
New Bedford, MA 02745
Allied Moulded Products
Bryan, OH 43506
Arlington Industries
S cranton, PA 18517
Cantex, Inc.
Mineral Wells, TX 76068
Champion Fiberglass, Inc.
S pring, TX 77388
Cooper B-Line
Highland IL 62249
Crouse -Hinds Division
S yracuse, NY 13221
FRE Composites Corporation
St. -Andre -Est, Quebec JOV 1X0
Hubbell Incorporated
Orange, CT 06477
IPEX, Inc.
Mississauga, Ontario L5J 4C7
J-M Manufacturing Company, Inc
Livingston, NJ 07039
This document provided courtesy of:
Setting Standards for Excellence
Lamson & Sessions
Cleveland, OH 44122
P -W Industries, Inc.
Atlanta, GA 30336
P anduit Corporation
Tinley Park, IL. 60477
P anolam Industries Intl., Inc
Auburn, ME 04210
P icoma Industries, Inc.
Waynesboro, PA 17268
P roducto Electric
Orangeburg, NY 10962
S outhern Pipe, Inc
N ew London, NC 28127
U nderground Devices, Inc
N orthbrook, IL 60062
U nited Fiberglass of America, Inc
S pringfield, OH 45501
Wiremold
West Hartford, CT 06133
This document was prepared by the NEMA Polymer
Raceway Products (5TC) Technical Committee
8